Accounting
ACCY 402 – Current Issues in Management Accounting
A survey of recent management accounting literature relating to the behavioural dimensions of management accounting and focusing on the design of reporting systems.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 302 or 314
Not offered in 2023
ACCY 403 – Applied Management Accounting
Examination of selected theoretical and empirical studies from the psychological and behavioural accounting literature. Design of experiments and analysis of data sets.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 402
Not offered in 2023
ACCY 404 – Current Issues in Public Sector Accounting and Finance
An examination of funding, financial management, performance measurement, external government reporting and audit in central and local government.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 307 or 308
Not offered in 2023
ACCY 405 – Foundations of Public Sector Accounting
Examination of fundamental notions such as accountability, distributive justice, property rights and obligations, constitutional constraints on executive power and the nature of the accounting entity.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 404
Not offered in 2023
ACCY 406 – Auditing
Current issues in audit theory and practice including a review of case law affecting auditors' liability to injured third parties for audit negligence.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 330
Not offered in 2023
ACCY 407 – History of Accounting Thought
The course traces the evolution of accounting and accounting thought and relates the historical developments to present day accounting theory and practice.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
ACCY 408 – ST: Data Analytics for Financial Statements
A critical examination of accounting and finance concepts as applied to financial statements of firms, focusing on the interests of equity investors. The course will also consider the value of financial statement analysis to capital markets and communities.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School (X) ACCY 306
Not offered in 2023
ACCY 409 – Special Topic: Tax Policy
This course explores the theory and application of tax policy, incorporating both academic and practitioner perspectives.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School (X) TAXN 305
Not offered in 2023
ACCY 410 – Advanced Taxation
Analysis of New Zealand income taxation laws with specific reference to business taxpayers, financing of business enterprises and cross-border transactions, and the Goods and Services Tax.
15 pts • (P) TAXN 301 (or MMPA 509)
Not offered in 2023
ACCY 411 – Applied Taxation
Research course on a selected aspect of the New Zealand taxation system.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 410
Not offered in 2023
ACCY 412 – Current Issues in Financial Accounting
A critical examination of policy issues related to accounting professionalism, the determination of a body of knowledge, and the scope and control of financial reporting practices.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 308
Not offered in 2023
ACCY 413 – Accounting, Organisations and Society
An examination of the ethical, social and cultural bases underlying the technical dimension of accounting. The course focuses on the values and assumptions underlying accounting systems at both the micro and macro levels of society.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 308 (or 307)
Not offered in 2023
ACCY 423 – Studies in Auditing
Examination and review of the theory and practice of auditing in New Zealand with special reference to the exercise of auditor judgement in the context of both evaluation of internal control systems and assessment of financial reporting.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 308
Not offered in 2023
ACCY 425 – Studies in Taxation
Examination and review of the theory and practice of taxation in New Zealand with special reference to concepts on income, general deduction provisions and taxation of corporate entities.
15 pts • (P) ACCY 308
Not offered in 2023
ACCY 430 – Research Project in Accounting
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, 421; (C) 15 400-level ACCY pts
FCOM 401 – Research Methodology A
This course examines a number of scientific methodologies and related research methods within the business context, with an emphasis on science-informed and evidence-based decision making. Methods are the means by which knowledge, predictions, or control are achieved. Characteristic of science are systematic observation and experimentation, inductive and deductive reasoning, and the formation and testing of hypotheses and theories.
15 pts • (C) FCOM 421
FCOM 421 – Research Methodology B
This course examines interpretive and critical social science methodologies within the specific context of business disciplines. It introduces cultural aspects of conducting business research, including Mātauranga Māori.
15 pts • (C) FCOM 401
FCOM 429 – Applied Research Internship
Applied research is a critical skill required in organisations. Through a research internship with an approved organisation this course allows students to experience applied research in an organisational context. The research problem is provided by the organisation and scoped in consultation with the Course Coordinator. Students work approx. 1.5 days per week within that organisation for 12 weeks to undertake the research under supervision, and report research progress and results in the form of presentations and a final report (or equivalent). This course has limited capacity and is by selection only.
15 pts
FCOM 430 – Research Project
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, FCOM 421
ACCY 530 – Research Project
Research Project on a selected topic in the discipline.
30 pts
ACCY 591 – Thesis
MCom thesis in Accounting.
120 pts
ACCY 592 – Thesis in Accounting
90 point Thesis in Accounting.
90 pts
ACCY 593 – Dissertation
60 point dissertation in Accounting.
60 pts
MMPA 501 – Financial Accounting
A comprehensive perspective on financial reporting, including current New Zealand GAAP and recognition of revenue, assets and liabilities.
15 pts
MMPA 502 – Management Accounting
Cost and management accounting in the contemporary business environment.
15 pts
MMPA 503 – Business Law
The impact of the legal system and the legislative process on selected aspects of the business environment.
15 pts
MMPA 504 – Finance
Financial decision-making by firms, and the behaviour of financial markets.
15 pts
MMPA 505 – Corporations and Business Associations Law
The law of business organisations and its relevance to the accounting profession.
15 pts • (P) MMPA 503
Not offered in 2023
MMPA 506 – Advanced Financial Accounting
The social, political and economic impact of financial accounting on the contemporary business environment.
15 pts • (P) MMPA 501
MMPA 507 – Statistics
Statistical techniques useful in accounting research or practice.
15 pts
MMPA 508 – Economics
Economic principles and their application to issues facing the accounting profession.
15 pts
MMPA 509 – Taxation
An in-depth examination of key aspects of New Zealand's tax regime from a domestic and international perspective. The impact of taxation on business decisions in New Zealand is also examined.
15 pts • (P) MMPA 501 or 503
MMPA 510 – Auditing
The corporate governance role of external auditing in financial markets, including professional, ethical and technical requirements, and current auditing research issues.
15 pts • (P) MMPA 501
MMPA 512 – Advanced Management Accounting
Strategic applications of cost and management accounting.
15 pts • (P) MMPA 502
MMPA 513 – Accounting Systems
Accounting systems and the role of accountants in a systems environment.
15 pts • (P) MMPA 501 or 502
MMPA 516 – Special Topic: New Zealand Banking Law and Regulation
Fundamentals of the law of banking, including the rules relating to money, the bank-customer relationship, negotiable instruments, liability of paying and collecting banks, the recovery of mistaken payments, debit/credit/smart cards, electronic payments, securities for bank lending, letters of credit, unclaimed money, and the Reserve Bank and its regulatory functions.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MMPA 517 – Special Topic: Sustainability and Accountability
This course covers the study of sustainability and accountability in a social and political context. Emphasis will be placed on understanding and analysing recent and ongoing developments in this area.
15 pts • (P) MMPA 501, 502; (X) ACCY 314
MMPA 518 – Special Topic
To be advised.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MMPA 519 – Special Topic
To be advised.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MMPA 520 – ST: Issues in Mgmnt Accounting & Decision Making
This course covers current issues in Management Accounting and Decision Making. Emphasis will be placed on understanding and analysing recent and ongoing developments in this area.
15 pts • (P) MMPA 502
Not offered in 2023
MMPA 521 – CA: Financial Accounting and Reporting
This course will examine the main reporting mechanisms for preparing financial statements for organisations across all sectors of the economy to develop student competence in respect to the technical and conceptual skills required to practice as a professional accountant. Students will also apply the conceptual framework for financial reporting and the financial accounting standards and pronouncements to a variety of real-life practical financial accounting scenarios.
12 pts • (C) MMPA 506
Not offered in 2023
MMPA 522 – CA: Management Accounting and Applied Finance
This course will examine the skills and knowledge that are utilised to identify, analyse, interpret and communicate financial and non-financial organisational information to develop student competence in respect to the technical and conceptual skills required to practice as a professional accountant. Students will also apply these management accounting skills using integrated case studies and real-life activities and scenarios to help people manage the resources of their businesses more efficiently and effectively and achieve their strategic goals.
12 pts • (C) MMPA 504, 512
Not offered in 2023
MMPA 523 – CA: Audit and Assurance
This course will identify and analyse the requirements of audit and assurance to develop student competence in respect to the technical and conceptual skills required to practice as a professional accountant. Students will also apply the Auditing, Assurance and Ethics Standards to a variety of real-life case scenarios associated with planning, performing and completing an audit and undertaking other assurance services.
12 pts • (C) MMPA 510
Not offered in 2023
MMPA 524 – CA: Taxation New Zealand
This course will examine and apply relevant New Zealand taxation law to various tax entities to develop student competence in respect to the technical and conceptual skills required to practice as a professional accountant. Students will explain, calculate and analyse the taxation consequences applicable to a range of real-life simulated scenarios, including a comprehensive tax reconciliation which integrates the various parts of the course.
12 pts • (C) MMPA 509
Not offered in 2023
MMPA 525 – CA: Professional Accounting Case Study
The capstone module integrates knowledge from MMPA 521-524 in developing the professional competence required to become a Chartered Accountant.
12 pts • (P) MMPA 521-524
Not offered in 2023
MMPA 531 – CA: Risk and Technology
This course will analyse how businesses create and protect stakeholder value with a focus on risk management, data and technology.
7.5 pts • (P) MMPA 502 (C) MMPA 513
MMPA 532 – CA: Financial Accounting and Reporting
This course will cover the application of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) or local equivalents and regulatory and ethical requirements to account for and report on a diverse range of business transactions and events.
7.5 pts • (C) MMPA 506, 513 (X) MMPA 521;
MMPA 533 – CA: New Zealand Taxation
This course focuses on areas of technical competence, including tax administration and controls, income tax, taxation of structures and transactions, and other taxes and interactions with taxes. It also explores the skills and knowledge required to evaluate and explain the broad impact of changes across a range of areas that may impact tax practice.
7.5 pts • (C) MMPA 509, MMPA 513 (X) MMPA 524;
MMPA 534 – CA: Business Performance
This course equips students with skills for critiquing the performance of a business and supporting business decision-making.
7.5 pts • (P) MMPA 531 (C) MMPA 504, MMPA 512; (X) MMPA 522;
MMPA 535 – CA: Audit and Assurance
This course examines the knowledge and skills required for applying professional judgement and professional scepticism in addressing risk in auditing areas where significant professional judgement is required in the context of the audit of general purpose financial statements.
7.5 pts • (P) MMPA 532 (C) MMPA 510; (X) MMPA 523;
MMPA 536 – CA: Integrated Chartered Accounting Practice
This course enables students to build on and integrate existing technical knowledge, critical thinking and professional skills to provide business advice.
7.5 pts • (P) MMPA 531-535; one course from MMPA 511, 516-520, GBUS 511-513, GOVT 512, 518, or an approved substitute
ACCY 690 – Accounting for PhD
120 pts
Actuarial Science
ACTS 416 – Directed Individual Study
Approved directed individual study.
15 pts • (P) Programme director approval (X) ACTS 301;
ACTS 417 – Directed Individual Study
Approved directed individual study.
15 pts
ACTS 501 – Actuarial Control Cycle I
This course provides an understanding of actuarial principles applied to a range of commercial and business problems. It provides a holistic approach to understanding actuarial practice incorporating business skills and actuarial judgment. The course will emphasize case study analysis and problem solving skills.
15 pts • (P) ACTS 301, 336; STAT 335
ACTS 502 – Actuarial Control Cycle II
This course provides an understanding of actuarial principles applied to a range of problems in insurance product design, pricing, valuation and risk management. The course will emphasize case study analysis and problem solving skills with examples drawn from diverse areas of actuarial and financial practice.
15 pts • (P) ACTS 501
ACTS 503 – Data Science for Actuaries
This course introduces modern analytic techniques in data analysis. Students will apply this knowledge to actuarial business settings and communicate results in a professional manner.
15 pts • (P) ACTS 301, 336; STAT 335
ACTS 690 – Actuarial Science for PhD
Thesis for PhD.
120 pts
Animation and Visual Effects
COMD 411 – Narrative Design / Hoahoa ā-Paki
Narrative is an important element in design. Design can tell stories, communicate information, and create meaning. This course looks at a range of tools and techniques for creatively constructing and deploying narratives in various contexts, including visual design, interactive formats, and texts. Students will learn how to build story into their design projects, enhancing their appeal and impact.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
DSDN 451 – Contemporary Perspectives in Design Innovation / Nō Nāianei Tirohanga i te Auaha Hoahoa
This course introduces students to a diverse range of research practices that foster criticality, creativity and a deepening of our connection to whanaungatanga associated with a range of contemporary issues and emerging technologies. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts
DSDN 481 – Research Methods/Tikanga ā-Rangahau
This seminar-based course introduces postgraduate students to current qualitative methods in design research. It explores a range of creative and empirical methods, concentrating on the formulation of research questions, the identification of appropriate research methods, and the articulation of research methodologies and analytical frameworks.
30 pts
FADN 411 – Fashion Cultures / Ngā Ahurea ā-Kākahu
This course explores the theory and practice of fashion history, culture and design. Students undertake analysis and critique of fashion paradigms through an interdisciplinary approach and consider the significance of fashion for people and societies throughout time. In lectures, seminars, readings and workshops, students investigate fashion as object, representation and practice. This course is first offered in 2022.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
INDN 441 – Creative Digital Manufacturing
In this course students undertake industrial design projects researching new and emerging digital technologies as a catalyst for the creation of innovative future products, systems and services. Students develop design proposals considering the effects of novel methods of manufacturing and digital production technology in stimulating socio-cultural change.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
IXXN 411 – Affective Interaction Design
The course investigates how hyper-personalised designs can affect emotional responses in people. In-depth research and design experiments will be carried out through theoretical and applied methods and presented by students through weekly seminars. Students will develop novel approaches and methods for addressing personalisation and affective design.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 402 – Digital Product Design/Hoahoa ā-Huataonga Matihiko
In this course students will explore and implement current digital product design methods for software, complex websites and apps. The course will emphasise complex interaction design, developing design systems, the interrelationship between design research and rapid prototyping. Students will be also introduced to digital product environments such as Agile development.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 403 – Design Ideation / Ariā ā-Hoahoa
This course is an advanced investigation of a range of topics relevant to professional activity in current design practice, including branding, marketing, networking, presentation and portfolio. Students will consider both traditional and emergent contexts and approaches to these topics while demonstrating rangatiratanga, an autonomous design style and content.
15 pts • (P) Permission from Head of School; (X) CCDN 422
MDDN 412 – Experimental Design for Decentralised Media & Networks
Students will gain advanced level experience with newly emerging media and interaction design techniques specific to mixed human-machine communication networks such as Blockchain, Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts • (P) 30 300-level MDDN or IXXN pts
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 413 – Graphic Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Whakairoiro
In this course students will explore and utilise graphic design elements, software, and strategies in the pursuit of a body of design work, while analysing ways to leverage personal experience and unique backgrounds. Through research, exercises and projects, students will develop technical mastery, formal graphic design skills and independent research skills towards expressing a unique visual identity.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 415 – Information Design Practice
This course explores practice for effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Topics will include understanding datasets to create accurate data visualisations, and visualising a variety of information to effectively communicate ideas in different contexts.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 416 – Advanced User Experience Studio/Taupuni Wheako Whaiaro Whatutoto
In this course students will analyse and conceive user experience design concepts, techniques and strategies. Students will explore a number of different design processes, frameworks, research methods, prototyping techniques, and design outcomes.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 417 – User Experience Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Wheako Kaiwhakamahi
In this course students develop skills in core user experience design processes such as: problem framing, qualitative research and analysis, visualisation techniques, interaction design, and prototyping. Students are introduced to designing for accessibility, and design ethics, and will use industry standard tools and techniques.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 421 – Compositing and VFX Design/Hiatotanga me te Hoahoa ā-Ataata Taunaki
In this course students will gain a comprehensive command of professional approaches to previsualization, production planning, and coordination. They will then progress to asset creation, which may include live action plates, set extensions, visual effects elements, matte painting, and modelling. Students will complete their understanding of the production process by developing workflows for post-production and compositing.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 301 or MDDN 311
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 422 – Effects and Simulation / Rākeitanga me te Whaihanga
In this course students will focus on developing a mastery of the skills relating to the creation of creature, human, and mechanical puppet rigs for digital characters, as well as creating digital simulations of physical phenomena.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 201 or MDDN 432
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 431 – Lighting and Rendering / Tūrama me te Whakaritenga
In this course students will critique and analyse traditional applications of lighting such as portraiture, practical studio lighting, and cinematography. Projects will develop a mastery of digital lighting and rendering software while evidencing mastery of an individual creative focus in areas such as CG animation, games, VR, and motion capture.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 421
MDDN 432 – Motion and Performance
In this course students will analyse and create digital animated sequences with a strong focus on using character-based animation to convey compelling and emotive narratives. The course will focus on technical workflows, skills, and good practices for animating complex characters and will culminate in a final animated short.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 311
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 443 – Creative Artificial Intelligence
This course introduces the latest research practices in the data-driven creation and manipulation of digital media. It covers techniques of how to organize, represent, transform, and generate image-based media. Students will strengthen their computational skills by constructing datasets and configuring machine learning pipelines in order to produce original content.
30 pts • (X) DSDN 487 in 2018–2020
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 451 – Creative Coding for Digital Content/Waehere Auaha
This course covers computer graphics techniques that are used as current practice in the film industry. While working on projects that span a range of approaches for generating special effects, and algorithmic treatment of media, students will also review and analyse cinematic examples.
30 pts • (P) 40 300-level MDDN pts
SIDN 412 – Mātauranga Design / Hoahoa ā-Mātauranga
This course engages with Māori creativity and mātauranga Māori (Māori knowledge) in the production of both visual and material cultural design that honours our place and past in Aotearoa New Zealand. Guided by traditional Māori protocols and knowledge, students will learn how to understand and interact with Māori concepts in ways that are culturally sound and appropriate.
15 pts • (X) CCDN 412
SIDN 472 – Advanced Theory
A critical examination of theoretical and creative work at the intersections of design, culture, history, politics and ethics. Students will read and analyse a range of texts relevant to contemporary multi-disciplinary design research practice. Special focus will be given to developing, and effectively communicating, a theoretical standpoint that supports individual research interests.
30 pts • (X) CCDN 472 for 2020
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 541 – Visual Effects Capstone
This studio consists of a supervised practicum, working on experimental design studio based research and project work, generally as a placement in the visual effects industry.
60 pts • (P) MDDN 431 or 432
Antarctic Research Centre
See also School of Geography, Environment and Earth Sciences
GEOL 695 – Geology for PhD (ARC)
Geology for PhD (Antarctic Research Centre).
120 pts
GPHS 695 – Geophysics for PhD (ARC)
Geophysics for PhD (Antarctic Research Centre).
120 pts
PHYG 695 – Physical Geography for PhD (ARC)
Physical Geography for PhD (Antartctic Research Centre).
120 pts
Anthropology (Cultural)
ANTH 401 – Culture through an Ethnographic Lens
This course critically examines the ethics and politics of ethnographic representation, historically and in the present. It further explores contemporary creative approaches to ethnography that push the genre’s boundaries. We will also experiment with diverse ethnographic writing styles and approaches, reflecting on the opportunities and challenges they afford us.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ANTH 406 – Special Topic: Culture through an Ethnographic Lens
What does it mean when we call something 'ethnographic'? In this course we will critically examine the diverse anthropological approaches to ethnography, and read key texts that have shaped and reshaped the ethnographic method and writing model. We will also experiment with diverse ethnographic writing styles and approaches, reflecting on the opportunities and challenges they afford us to explore and represent cultural worlds.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ANTH 407 – Ideas and Approaches
In this course, we will examine how people anticipate, cope with, and thrive across radical social, political, technological, and environmental changes. Through close readings of selected anthropological, philosophical, and historical texts, as well as works of speculative fiction, we will consider the multiple layers of rupture and continuity in which cultures are always situated, and reflect on how anthropology can comprehend and engage lives lived in shifting conditions. Themes to be addressed will include the Anthropocene, colonialism, late industrialism and capitalism, and posthumanism.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ANTH 408 – Ethnographic Methods
There are many methods for conducting empirical research. This course will concentrate on those used in ethnographic research, and guide students through their own fieldwork projects. Students will learn how to write a research proposal, a field report and an ethnographic account.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ANTH 410 – Current Directions in Anthropological Thought
This course examines contemporary issues in anthropological theory. Focusing on cutting-edge ideas in the discipline, it explores historical, ethnographic and philosophical contexts of their development.
30 pts
ANTH 489 – Ethnographic Research Project
In this course students will choose and conduct an ethnographic field research project and write an extended essay. They will learn basic research methodologies and debates around methods in Anthropology through focused seminars and will then formulate a research question, conduct field research and develop an essay based on that research.
30 pts
ANTH 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Anthropology.
120 pts
ANTH 690 – Anthropology for PhD
120 pts
Applied Linguistics
See also Linguistics and TESOL
LALS 401 – Foundations of Linguistics for Advanced Study
An intensive course that surveys foundational issues in the core areas of linguistics (semantics, syntax, phonology and phonetics). An advanced introduction to the scientific study of language for post-graduate students without sufficient prior linguistics training to proceed directly to the Master of Linguistics.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
ALIN 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Applied Linguistics.
120 pts
ALIN 690 – Applied Linguistics for PhD
120 pts
Architectural Science
BILD 451 – Project Management in Digital Environment / Ngā Kaupapa Whakahaere o te Ao Hangarau
An investigation of a range of topics relevant to contemporary project management, including digital tools for project delivery, data sharing, design integration and performance monitoring. Traditional and emergent approaches to these topics will be compared and critiqued.
15 pts
BILD 452 – Future of Project Management / Te Mahi Whakahaere ā Mua
This course examines best practice for project management, including the influences of legal, economic, environmental and social contexts around construction, and awareness of how tikanga Māori influence legal, social and environmental contexts that are significant to Māori. The course puts students into contact with the most advanced techniques and tools for managing projects and built facilities.
15 pts • (P) BILD 451
BILD 460 – Building Project Management / Te Mahi Whakahaere o ngā Hanga Whare
This course advances students' knowledge of the principles and practices of project management from conception through to completion including constraints, cost planning and control, planning and managing tasks, administration and quality control, including awareness of how tikanga Māori influences legal, social and environmental contexts that are significant to Māori. Students solve problems in a group setting.
15 pts • (X) BILD 461
BILD 462 – Advanced Contemporary Project Management / Ngā Tikanga Whatutoto o ngā Mahi Whakahaere
Examination of construction project management from conception to completion, utilising tools and techniques that are consistent with current industry practices.
15 pts • (P) BILD 460
BILD 491 – Research Methods for Architectural Science / Ngā Tikanga Rangahau o te Ao Hangahanga
Scientific methodologies are presented for application in research undertaken in the architectural science fields. A research proposal or identification of a professional project, with each focussing on a methodological approach, is developed under the direction of academic staff in preparation for the development of a thesis, research project or practicum project.
15 pts
BILD 581 – Practicum in Architectural Science / Ngā Ritenga o te Ao Hangahanga Hangarau
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in an area of architectural science. Each student is supervised by an academic staff member and a host organisation involved in architectural science research or applications in the public or private sectors. Each student will critically reflect on their experiences in a report and by presenting a seminar.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MArchSc
BILD 582 – Industry Project / Ngā Kaupapa Ahumahi
This course enables students to gain knowledge about architectural science industry issues through supervised research. Students will analyse an aspect of the design, production, use or maintenance of the built environment in practice and prepare a professional quality report.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MArchSc
Architecture
ARCI 411 – Architecture Design Research I / Te Mahi Rangahau o Te Whakarākei Whare I
Studio-based advanced design project requiring students to pursue an area of disciplinary specialisation through a research question. Project options will include a range of types including domestic, institutional and urban scales, with an emphasis on architecture as the creative solution to an identified problem.
15 pts • (P) ARCI 312
ARCI 412 – Architecture Design Capstone Project / Te Tikanga-Tūtohu o Te Whakarākei Whare
Studio-based capstone project in which students demonstrate through applied design, knowledge gained in the integrated technologies course. Emphasis is placed on developing environmental and technological factors and their relationship with critical thinking and design decision-making.
30 pts • (P) ARCI 411 (C) ARCI 421
ARCI 421 – Integrated Technologies / Te Whakakotahitanga o ngā Mahi Whakarākei
Advanced construction theory, practice and technology integration. Integrated modules incorporate advanced instruction in servicing, construction and structures, documentation practices and detailing.
15 pts • (P) ARCI 411
ARCI 451 – Architectural Theory, Culture and Critique / Te Ariā Hoahoanga, Te Ahurea me Te Arohaehae
This course examines contemporary architectural theories with a particular emphasis on emergent critical frameworks of cultural, material and aesthetic production.
15 pts • (P) SARC 351 or 352
BILD 451 – Project Management in Digital Environment / Ngā Kaupapa Whakahaere o te Ao Hangarau
An investigation of a range of topics relevant to contemporary project management, including digital tools for project delivery, data sharing, design integration and performance monitoring. Traditional and emergent approaches to these topics will be compared and critiqued.
15 pts
BILD 452 – Future of Project Management / Te Mahi Whakahaere ā Mua
This course examines best practice for project management, including the influences of legal, economic, environmental and social contexts around construction, and awareness of how tikanga Māori influence legal, social and environmental contexts that are significant to Māori. The course puts students into contact with the most advanced techniques and tools for managing projects and built facilities.
15 pts • (P) BILD 451
BILD 460 – Building Project Management / Te Mahi Whakahaere o ngā Hanga Whare
This course advances students' knowledge of the principles and practices of project management from conception through to completion including constraints, cost planning and control, planning and managing tasks, administration and quality control, including awareness of how tikanga Māori influences legal, social and environmental contexts that are significant to Māori. Students solve problems in a group setting.
15 pts • (X) BILD 461
BILD 462 – Advanced Contemporary Project Management / Ngā Tikanga Whatutoto o ngā Mahi Whakahaere
Examination of construction project management from conception to completion, utilising tools and techniques that are consistent with current industry practices.
15 pts • (P) BILD 460
BILD 491 – Research Methods for Architectural Science / Ngā Tikanga Rangahau o te Ao Hangahanga
Scientific methodologies are presented for application in research undertaken in the architectural science fields. A research proposal or identification of a professional project, with each focussing on a methodological approach, is developed under the direction of academic staff in preparation for the development of a thesis, research project or practicum project.
15 pts
PLAN 411 – Urban Planning Design Studio / Whakamahere Tāone Taupuni Hoahoa
This course explores the principles and concepts of urban design and their application in urban planning practice by focusing on the social, cultural, environmental and economic processes that affect the natural and built environment.
15 pts
PLAN 412 – Regional Planning Design Studio / Whakamahere ā-Rohe Taupuni Hoahoa
This advanced design-based planning studio focuses on the research investigation of complexities resulting from the interaction between people and their environment and the associated economic and land development processes.
15 pts • (P) PLAN 411 (C) PLAN 421
PLAN 413 – GIS and Design Tools for Planning / Pūnaha Hōtuku Matawhenuatanga me te Hoahoa Taputapu hei Whakamahere
This course exposes students to a variety of geographic information systems (GIS) and design tools to address planning and design problems at a variety of scales.
15 pts
PLAN 421 – Land Management and Infrastructure / Whakahaere Whenua me te Tūāhanga
This course critically examines land use planning, infrastructural systems and assemblages, and research methods skills for urban and regional planning. The for cities and their surrounding environments in the context of international practice and thought.
15 pts • (P) PLAN 411
PLAN 451 – Planning Theory, Culture and Critique / Ariā Whakamahere, Ahurea me te Arohaehae
This course examines planning theories and approaches and contemporary debates and trends that guide the profession of urban and regional planning.
15 pts
PLAN 453 – Economics of Planning and Development / Ōhanga ā-Whakamahere me te Ōhanga ā-Whakawhanake
This course focuses on examining the nature of urban economics and the planning processes used to shape the local development while addressing the economic activity and the ability of urban environments to restructure in the face of globalisation, climate adaptation and sustainability goals. This course is first offered in 2024.
15 pts • (P) 60 400-level PLAN pts
Not offered in 2023
PLAN 455 – Policy Development and Implementation / Whakawhanake Kaupapa Here me te Whakatinana
This course will explore the models and theories related to policy-making and development, specifically focused on environmental policy and sustainability goals that affect governance policies and strategies related to cities, regions, communities, workplaces and homes in Aotearoa-New Zealand. This course is first offered in 2024.
15 pts • (P) 60 400-level PLAN pts
Not offered in 2023
PLAN 462 – Construction and Planning Law / Ture Waihanga me te Ture Whakamahere
A critical understanding of Aotearoa-New Zealand’s bicultural mandate for planning legislation and our obligations to te Tiriti o Waitangi, including key legal concepts and processes, government organisation and inenvirstitutional structures, resource and environmental legislation, and case law.
15 pts • (P) PLAN 411, PLAN 451
SARC 401 – Introduction to Robotic Fabrication / He Tīmatanga Kōrero mō te Hanga Karetao
This studio-based course introduces students to concepts, tools and methods used in robotic fabrication practices. It investigates through practice, the relationship between technology and design, focusing on the development of skills related to robotic fabrication, as part of the preparation for the construction industry of the future.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS, BBSc schedules (X) SARC 482 (2017 - 2019)
Not offered in 2023
SARC 402 – Prison Architecture: Buildings, Policy and Representation / Ngā Mahi Waihanga Whare Herehere
This course examines built and non-built aspects of prisons including architectural history (e.g., planning and interior environmental qualities), policy, and cultural images of prisons. International examples will be drawn on. Particular attention will be paid to New Zealand prison architecture.
15 pts • (P) SARC 223, SARC 352; (X) SARC 368 in 2016, 2017, 2019; SARC 328 in 2020; SARC 468 in 2016, 2017, 2019; SARC 428 in 2020
Not offered in 2023
SARC 412 – Advanced Furniture Design / Ngā Tikanga Matua me Ngā Tukanga Waihanga Taputapu Whare
Studio-based and independent study of advanced concepts, processes, and materials used in the furniture industry. Students extend their knowledge of theory, development, prototyping and production methods, and business models available to professional designers for the design, production and promotion of furniture.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level points from the BAS or BDI schedules (X) SARC 312
SARC 415 – Critical Urbanism Aotearoa New Zealand / Tātari Kāinga Rua
This course critically explores concepts and practices which have influenced the production of space, form and meaning in Aotearoa New Zealand cities. Current urban issues and their relationship to historical and contemporary political, socio-cultural and environmental paradigms are examined alongside emerging urban practices motivated by justness.
15 pts
SARC 420 – Topic in Digital Computation / Tātai Hangarau
.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from ARCI/INTA/ LAND/SARC; and permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
SARC 428 – Topic in Current Research in Architecture / Ngā Rangahau o te Wā i te Mahi Whakarākei / Prison Architecture: Buildings, Policy and Representation
This course examines built and non-built aspects of prisons including architectural history (e.g., planning and interior environmental qualities), policy, and cultural images of prisons, including film, digital and heritage representations of prisons. International examples will be drawn on, but there will be particular attention paid to New Zealand prison architecture.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from ARCI/INTA/LAND/SARC; and permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
SARC 452 – History of the City in Landscape / Ngā Kōrero mō Te Taone me Te Pokepoke i a Papa-tūā-nuku
Critical exploration of concepts and practices which have influenced the form and meaning of Australasian cities. Contemporary urban development issues and their relationship to historical and contemporary paradigms for urban form.
15 pts • (P) Two of SARC 351,352, 353, 354; (X) ARCH 371
Not offered in 2023
SARC 453 – History of Architecture / Ngā Kōrero o Mua o Te Mahi Whakarākei
Examines paradigm shifts in architectural thinking. Course material emphasises enduring examples of great architecture which reflect the prevailing social and cultural standards of their respective periods.
15 pts • (P) Two of SARC 351, 352, 354; (X) ARCH 379, SARC 353
Not offered in 2023
SARC 454 – Heritage Conservation / Ngā Mahi Tiaki i ngā Whare Whakaniko
This course introduces the why, what and how of heritage conservation. Historic and contemporary approaches to heritage conservation are discussed with recent case studies (including building visits) used as vehicles for the discussion. The purpose and role of a Conservation Plan is explored, and a plan prepared. Research methods for eliciting historical information specific to a building or interior are introduced and practised. Methods of assessing heritage significance and value, and of making recommendations for conservation activity are explored.
15 pts • (P) Two of SARC351, 352, 353; (X) ITDN 373, SARC 354
SARC 455 – House and Home / He Whare, He Kāinga
Ideas and issues surrounding house and home will be presented across a broad range of disciplines ranging from technical aspects to theoretical, with the idea that the accommodation of intra-related disciplines reaches most complexity in the design of a house.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level ARCI/INTA/LAND/SARC pts
SARC 461 – Professional Practice / Ngā Mahi Ngāio
Professional and legal parameters involved in planning processes and project implementation and delivery. The business of practice, including strategic market management, policy development and implementation, financial planning and insurance, and professional conduct.
15 pts • (P) SARC 362 or equivalent (X) ARCH/INTA 461
SARC 462 – Digital Design Methodologies / Ngā Tikanga Rangahau a Te Ao Hangarau
The relationship of building design to numerically or geometrically definable design goals.
15 pts • (P) 60 pts 300-level ARCI/BILD/INTA/LAND and one of INTA/LAND/SARC 321
SARC 463 – Digital Representation and Documentation / Te Mahi a te Ao Hangarau
Computer applications as aids to visualisation and information management.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS, BBSc, BDI schedules or equivalent; (X) SARC 363
SARC 464 – Building Code Compliance / Ngā Ture Whakaruruhau
Means of compliance with the New Zealand Building Code, building on technical knowledge gained in other courses. Means of compliance are: Acceptable Solutions, Verification Methods and Certification, and Performance Based Design.
15 pts • (P) One of INTA/LAND/SARC 221; (X) BBSC 365, SARC 364, BILD 364
SARC 465 – Building Performance Assessment / He Aronga Hoahoa Whare
An introduction to strategies and methods of assessing the performance of buildings and the manner in which they support user groups and organisations.
15 pts • (P) 60 pts 300-level ARCI/BILD/INTA/LAND and one of INTA/LAND/SARC 321; (X) ARCH/BBSC 321
Not offered in 2023
SARC 471 – International Field Study / Te Mahi a te Ao Whānui
An analytical cross-cultural design exploration of designed spaces and sites with special emphasis on critical understanding of why and how they are uniquely formed by the historical and cultural contexts they are part of and the design inspiration that can be derived from such understanding.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level ARCI/INTA/LAND/SARC pts; (X) SARC 371
Not offered in 2023
SARC 481 – Special Topic: Sustainable Urban Development and Design
The course will explain and underline the decisive role of the cities in order to reach the ambitious international sustainability and particularly climate protection goals. The main challenges, hurdles, scope of action and practical approaches in sustainable urban development and design will be explored – against the background of international regulation and politics and from a decided perspective of strategic urban policies and planning. The course will try to highlight the main and decisive fields of urban action, also by giving international regulation and politics and from a decided perspective of strategic urban policies and planning. The course will try to highlight the main and decisive field of urban action, also by giving international best practice examples from cities standing at the forefront of programs, strategies and plans of urban sustainability.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS, BBSc, BDI schedules; (X) SARC 381, LAWS390
Not offered in 2023
SARC 483 – Special Topic: Advanced Art and Landscape Aotearoa
This course studies the imaginative power of landscape by analysing the art made in Aotearoa during the time people have been living on these islands. It will interpret what it is to be here through images, forms and narratives of imagination. The course explores material culture, tribal history, and Whare Whakairo carving and painting to understand continuities and changes in narrative, form and image through the 19th, 20th and 21st centuries in art of the premodern, modern and contemporary periods. Design outcomes in Architecture, Interior Architecture and Landscape Architecture will be produced through analytic drawing, mapping, and interpretative representation in model and image-making.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS, BBSc schedules; X SARC 383
SARC 484 – Special Topic: Design Thinking Business
This course critically examines ways that business contributes to architecture and design enterprises. It also evaluates a range of ways that creative strategic design-thinking contributes to various business enterprises. The course will look at how this is applied to architecture by looking at essential business concepts, tactics for starting practices and strategies for growing an established enterprise. In business application, it examines design-based concepts around Lean, Agile, Design Thinking and Scrum. The combined learnings will provide graduates with tools to open new business opportunities inside architecture and a broader set of transferable design-thinking skills to take into other businesses.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS and BDI schedules; (X) SARC 384
SARC 485 – Independent Study / Kaupapa Rangahau Motuhake
Independent study work undertaken on an approved course of study.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
SARC 486 – Special Topic: Advanced Retail Experience Architectural Design
Advanced studio investigating future of retail design relevant to the 21st century, including research concepts underlying ethical branding, products and scripting of customer journeys. Develop a design proposal for the composition and atmosphere of retail space providing extraordinary customer experience for a brand and its products.
15 pts • (P) ARCI 212 or BILD 251 or INTA 212 or LAND 212
Not offered in 2023
SARC 487 – Special Topic: Small Spaces
In the contemporary economy small spaces are increasingly seen as a cost-effective and sustainable building option. In this design-led course students will work with industry partners and clients to question, conceptualise and design small spaces and/or products.
15 pts • (P) ARCI 312 or INTA 312 or LAND 312, or 40 pts from MDDN 300-399, CCDN 300-399, or INDN 300-399
Not offered in 2023
SARC 488 – Advanced Psychology and Behaviour in the Built Environment / He Āta Wānanga i te Mātai Hinengaro me te Whanonga i ngā Whare Hangahanga
Application of advanced psychological theory, principles and research to the study of human interaction with the built environment across a range of settings. This course focuses on how to improve usability, health, well-being and work performance in relationship to space and place. The course covers human and environment interaction theory, systems theory, psychology and design research methods, environmental stressors and consequences of poorly informed design decisions.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS, BBSc schedules (X) SARC 388; SARC 484 (2017 - 2019)
SARC 491 – Research Methodologies / Ngā Momo Tikanga Rangahau
Advanced research techniques, including research by design, historical and theoretical approaches, and qualitative and quantitative method. The course discusses applied research strategies relevant to design based research and planning. A research proposal is is developed under the direction of academic staff in preparation for the development of a thesis project.
15 pts • (P) 60 400-level ARCI/BILD/INTA/LAND/PLAN/SARC pts
ARCH 591 – Thesis
MArch thesis.
120 pts
ARCH 593 – Architecture Research Portfolio / Ngā Kohinga Rangahau Hoahoa Whare
Research portfolio.
120 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
ARCI 591 – Architecture Research Thesis / Tuhinga Rangahau Hoahoa Whare
Studio-based independent design by research project. With the approval of academic staff, and under supervision, students undertake a major research-based investigation that makes an original contribution to the theory and practice of architecture. The final design/research proposal should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development and expression.
120 pts
ARCI 593 – Architecture Research Portfolio / Ngā Kohinga Rangahau Hoahoa Whare
This is a studio-based independent research by design project. With the approval of academic staff, and under supervision, students undertake a major research-based investigation that makes an original contribution to the theory and practice of architecture/interior architecture/landscape architecture. The final design/research outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development, and expression.
120 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
BILD 581 – Practicum in Architectural Science / Ngā Ritenga o te Ao Hangahanga Hangarau
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in an area of architectural science. Each student is supervised by an academic staff member and a host organisation involved in architectural science research or applications in the public or private sectors. Each student will critically reflect on their experiences in a report and by presenting a seminar.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MArchSc
BILD 582 – Industry Project / Ngā Kaupapa Ahumahi
This course enables students to gain knowledge about architectural science industry issues through supervised research. Students will analyse an aspect of the design, production, use or maintenance of the built environment in practice and prepare a professional quality report.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MArchSc
PLAN 590 – Planning Research Project / Hinonga Rangahau Whakamahere
This course enables students to collect, analyse, synthesise, data and propose planning solutions for an established urban or regional area through supervised research. This course is first offered in 2024.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MURPlan Schedule
PLAN 591 – Planning Research Thesis / Tuhinga Rangahau Whakamahere
Research thesis. This course is first offered in 2024.
90 pts
Not offered in 2023
ARCH 690 – Architecture for PhD / Tohu Kairangi Hoahoa Whare
120 pts
SSEG 690 – Sustainable Engineering Systems for PhD / Tohu Kairangi o Ngā Pūnaha Whakarauora
120 pts • (P) Relevant Master’s degree and approval from the Head of School and relevant Associate Dean (PGR)
Architecture History and Theory
ARCI 411 – Architecture Design Research I / Te Mahi Rangahau o Te Whakarākei Whare I
Studio-based advanced design project requiring students to pursue an area of disciplinary specialisation through a research question. Project options will include a range of types including domestic, institutional and urban scales, with an emphasis on architecture as the creative solution to an identified problem.
15 pts • (P) ARCI 312
ARCI 412 – Architecture Design Capstone Project / Te Tikanga-Tūtohu o Te Whakarākei Whare
Studio-based capstone project in which students demonstrate through applied design, knowledge gained in the integrated technologies course. Emphasis is placed on developing environmental and technological factors and their relationship with critical thinking and design decision-making.
30 pts • (P) ARCI 411 (C) ARCI 421
ARCI 421 – Integrated Technologies / Te Whakakotahitanga o ngā Mahi Whakarākei
Advanced construction theory, practice and technology integration. Integrated modules incorporate advanced instruction in servicing, construction and structures, documentation practices and detailing.
15 pts • (P) ARCI 411
ARCI 451 – Architectural Theory, Culture and Critique / Te Ariā Hoahoanga, Te Ahurea me Te Arohaehae
This course examines contemporary architectural theories with a particular emphasis on emergent critical frameworks of cultural, material and aesthetic production.
15 pts • (P) SARC 351 or 352
SARC 401 – Introduction to Robotic Fabrication / He Tīmatanga Kōrero mō te Hanga Karetao
This studio-based course introduces students to concepts, tools and methods used in robotic fabrication practices. It investigates through practice, the relationship between technology and design, focusing on the development of skills related to robotic fabrication, as part of the preparation for the construction industry of the future.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS, BBSc schedules (X) SARC 482 (2017 - 2019)
Not offered in 2023
SARC 402 – Prison Architecture: Buildings, Policy and Representation / Ngā Mahi Waihanga Whare Herehere
This course examines built and non-built aspects of prisons including architectural history (e.g., planning and interior environmental qualities), policy, and cultural images of prisons. International examples will be drawn on. Particular attention will be paid to New Zealand prison architecture.
15 pts • (P) SARC 223, SARC 352; (X) SARC 368 in 2016, 2017, 2019; SARC 328 in 2020; SARC 468 in 2016, 2017, 2019; SARC 428 in 2020
Not offered in 2023
SARC 412 – Advanced Furniture Design / Ngā Tikanga Matua me Ngā Tukanga Waihanga Taputapu Whare
Studio-based and independent study of advanced concepts, processes, and materials used in the furniture industry. Students extend their knowledge of theory, development, prototyping and production methods, and business models available to professional designers for the design, production and promotion of furniture.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level points from the BAS or BDI schedules (X) SARC 312
SARC 415 – Critical Urbanism Aotearoa New Zealand / Tātari Kāinga Rua
This course critically explores concepts and practices which have influenced the production of space, form and meaning in Aotearoa New Zealand cities. Current urban issues and their relationship to historical and contemporary political, socio-cultural and environmental paradigms are examined alongside emerging urban practices motivated by justness.
15 pts
SARC 420 – Topic in Digital Computation / Tātai Hangarau
.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from ARCI/INTA/ LAND/SARC; and permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
SARC 428 – Topic in Current Research in Architecture / Ngā Rangahau o te Wā i te Mahi Whakarākei / Prison Architecture: Buildings, Policy and Representation
This course examines built and non-built aspects of prisons including architectural history (e.g., planning and interior environmental qualities), policy, and cultural images of prisons, including film, digital and heritage representations of prisons. International examples will be drawn on, but there will be particular attention paid to New Zealand prison architecture.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from ARCI/INTA/LAND/SARC; and permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
SARC 452 – History of the City in Landscape / Ngā Kōrero mō Te Taone me Te Pokepoke i a Papa-tūā-nuku
Critical exploration of concepts and practices which have influenced the form and meaning of Australasian cities. Contemporary urban development issues and their relationship to historical and contemporary paradigms for urban form.
15 pts • (P) Two of SARC 351,352, 353, 354; (X) ARCH 371
Not offered in 2023
SARC 453 – History of Architecture / Ngā Kōrero o Mua o Te Mahi Whakarākei
Examines paradigm shifts in architectural thinking. Course material emphasises enduring examples of great architecture which reflect the prevailing social and cultural standards of their respective periods.
15 pts • (P) Two of SARC 351, 352, 354; (X) ARCH 379, SARC 353
Not offered in 2023
SARC 454 – Heritage Conservation / Ngā Mahi Tiaki i ngā Whare Whakaniko
This course introduces the why, what and how of heritage conservation. Historic and contemporary approaches to heritage conservation are discussed with recent case studies (including building visits) used as vehicles for the discussion. The purpose and role of a Conservation Plan is explored, and a plan prepared. Research methods for eliciting historical information specific to a building or interior are introduced and practised. Methods of assessing heritage significance and value, and of making recommendations for conservation activity are explored.
15 pts • (P) Two of SARC351, 352, 353; (X) ITDN 373, SARC 354
SARC 455 – House and Home / He Whare, He Kāinga
Ideas and issues surrounding house and home will be presented across a broad range of disciplines ranging from technical aspects to theoretical, with the idea that the accommodation of intra-related disciplines reaches most complexity in the design of a house.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level ARCI/INTA/LAND/SARC pts
SARC 461 – Professional Practice / Ngā Mahi Ngāio
Professional and legal parameters involved in planning processes and project implementation and delivery. The business of practice, including strategic market management, policy development and implementation, financial planning and insurance, and professional conduct.
15 pts • (P) SARC 362 or equivalent (X) ARCH/INTA 461
SARC 462 – Digital Design Methodologies / Ngā Tikanga Rangahau a Te Ao Hangarau
The relationship of building design to numerically or geometrically definable design goals.
15 pts • (P) 60 pts 300-level ARCI/BILD/INTA/LAND and one of INTA/LAND/SARC 321
SARC 463 – Digital Representation and Documentation / Te Mahi a te Ao Hangarau
Computer applications as aids to visualisation and information management.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS, BBSc, BDI schedules or equivalent; (X) SARC 363
SARC 464 – Building Code Compliance / Ngā Ture Whakaruruhau
Means of compliance with the New Zealand Building Code, building on technical knowledge gained in other courses. Means of compliance are: Acceptable Solutions, Verification Methods and Certification, and Performance Based Design.
15 pts • (P) One of INTA/LAND/SARC 221; (X) BBSC 365, SARC 364, BILD 364
SARC 465 – Building Performance Assessment / He Aronga Hoahoa Whare
An introduction to strategies and methods of assessing the performance of buildings and the manner in which they support user groups and organisations.
15 pts • (P) 60 pts 300-level ARCI/BILD/INTA/LAND and one of INTA/LAND/SARC 321; (X) ARCH/BBSC 321
Not offered in 2023
SARC 471 – International Field Study / Te Mahi a te Ao Whānui
An analytical cross-cultural design exploration of designed spaces and sites with special emphasis on critical understanding of why and how they are uniquely formed by the historical and cultural contexts they are part of and the design inspiration that can be derived from such understanding.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level ARCI/INTA/LAND/SARC pts; (X) SARC 371
Not offered in 2023
SARC 481 – Special Topic: Sustainable Urban Development and Design
The course will explain and underline the decisive role of the cities in order to reach the ambitious international sustainability and particularly climate protection goals. The main challenges, hurdles, scope of action and practical approaches in sustainable urban development and design will be explored – against the background of international regulation and politics and from a decided perspective of strategic urban policies and planning. The course will try to highlight the main and decisive fields of urban action, also by giving international regulation and politics and from a decided perspective of strategic urban policies and planning. The course will try to highlight the main and decisive field of urban action, also by giving international best practice examples from cities standing at the forefront of programs, strategies and plans of urban sustainability.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS, BBSc, BDI schedules; (X) SARC 381, LAWS390
Not offered in 2023
SARC 483 – Special Topic: Advanced Art and Landscape Aotearoa
This course studies the imaginative power of landscape by analysing the art made in Aotearoa during the time people have been living on these islands. It will interpret what it is to be here through images, forms and narratives of imagination. The course explores material culture, tribal history, and Whare Whakairo carving and painting to understand continuities and changes in narrative, form and image through the 19th, 20th and 21st centuries in art of the premodern, modern and contemporary periods. Design outcomes in Architecture, Interior Architecture and Landscape Architecture will be produced through analytic drawing, mapping, and interpretative representation in model and image-making.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS, BBSc schedules; X SARC 383
SARC 484 – Special Topic: Design Thinking Business
This course critically examines ways that business contributes to architecture and design enterprises. It also evaluates a range of ways that creative strategic design-thinking contributes to various business enterprises. The course will look at how this is applied to architecture by looking at essential business concepts, tactics for starting practices and strategies for growing an established enterprise. In business application, it examines design-based concepts around Lean, Agile, Design Thinking and Scrum. The combined learnings will provide graduates with tools to open new business opportunities inside architecture and a broader set of transferable design-thinking skills to take into other businesses.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS and BDI schedules; (X) SARC 384
SARC 485 – Independent Study / Kaupapa Rangahau Motuhake
Independent study work undertaken on an approved course of study.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
SARC 486 – Special Topic: Advanced Retail Experience Architectural Design
Advanced studio investigating future of retail design relevant to the 21st century, including research concepts underlying ethical branding, products and scripting of customer journeys. Develop a design proposal for the composition and atmosphere of retail space providing extraordinary customer experience for a brand and its products.
15 pts • (P) ARCI 212 or BILD 251 or INTA 212 or LAND 212
Not offered in 2023
SARC 487 – Special Topic: Small Spaces
In the contemporary economy small spaces are increasingly seen as a cost-effective and sustainable building option. In this design-led course students will work with industry partners and clients to question, conceptualise and design small spaces and/or products.
15 pts • (P) ARCI 312 or INTA 312 or LAND 312, or 40 pts from MDDN 300-399, CCDN 300-399, or INDN 300-399
Not offered in 2023
SARC 488 – Advanced Psychology and Behaviour in the Built Environment / He Āta Wānanga i te Mātai Hinengaro me te Whanonga i ngā Whare Hangahanga
Application of advanced psychological theory, principles and research to the study of human interaction with the built environment across a range of settings. This course focuses on how to improve usability, health, well-being and work performance in relationship to space and place. The course covers human and environment interaction theory, systems theory, psychology and design research methods, environmental stressors and consequences of poorly informed design decisions.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from the BAS, BBSc schedules (X) SARC 388; SARC 484 (2017 - 2019)
SARC 491 – Research Methodologies / Ngā Momo Tikanga Rangahau
Advanced research techniques, including research by design, historical and theoretical approaches, and qualitative and quantitative method. The course discusses applied research strategies relevant to design based research and planning. A research proposal is is developed under the direction of academic staff in preparation for the development of a thesis project.
15 pts • (P) 60 400-level ARCI/BILD/INTA/LAND/PLAN/SARC pts
ARCI 591 – Architecture Research Thesis / Tuhinga Rangahau Hoahoa Whare
Studio-based independent design by research project. With the approval of academic staff, and under supervision, students undertake a major research-based investigation that makes an original contribution to the theory and practice of architecture. The final design/research proposal should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development and expression.
120 pts
ARCI 593 – Architecture Research Portfolio / Ngā Kohinga Rangahau Hoahoa Whare
This is a studio-based independent research by design project. With the approval of academic staff, and under supervision, students undertake a major research-based investigation that makes an original contribution to the theory and practice of architecture/interior architecture/landscape architecture. The final design/research outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development, and expression.
120 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
AHTY 690 – Architecture History and Theory for PhD
120 pts • (P) Relevant Master’s degree and approval from the Head of School and relevant Associate Dean (PGR)
ARCH 690 – Architecture for PhD / Tohu Kairangi Hoahoa Whare
120 pts
Art History
ARTH 401 – Art History Methodology
ARTH 401 investigates the approaches art historians have developed from art history's beginnings to the present. It critically examines the work of significant art historians in relation to key topics: the construction of the artistic subject; the question of style, the interpretation of meaning; theories of perception and visual culture; the role of context and the social production of art. This is a compulsory course for Art History Honours.
30 pts
ARTH 405 – Special Topic: Modernism and its Discontents
Modernism is a central concept used to describe cultural practice from the 1860s to the 1960s, manifested globally in a series of extraordinary endeavours across a range of media. Often associated with canonical works in the visual arts, literature, film and theatre, modernism now seems a nebulous concept perturbed by its treatment of cultural and sexual difference. This course will examine its emergence as a concept, and the subsequent debates as scholars have sought to understand the relation between cultural practice and the historical experience of modernity.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2023
ARTH 406 – The Cultures of Collecting
The phenomenon of collecting is universal throughout history and across every society. ARTH 406 encourages a critical reading of the literature on the history and psychology of collecting, requiring students to compile case studies related to their own interests. Topics include collecting in the ancient world, in non-European cultures, and in European and colonial societies; the history of the museum; private versus institutional collecting; and the future of collecting.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ARTH 407 – Reading Artists Writing
Writing by artists conveys a specific way of thinking about the relationships between image and text, creative practice, critical thought, aesthetics, imagination and history. With a focus on artist’s writing from Aotearoa New Zealand, this course will consider new critical, allegorical and auto-theoretical forms of art writing. We will concentrate on the essay as a form, as well as on shorter forms of review, commentary, and microtexts. By the end of this course students will have developed an art writing practice, and be prepared to write about art in the world.
30 pts
ARTH 411 – Topics in Contemporary New Zealand Art
ARTH 411 investigates contemporary New Zealand art from 1960 to the present. Co-taught with ARTH 311 in trimester one, then supplemented in trimester two by a seminar programme and additional reading, requiring a deeper and more extensive knowledge of the subject, and resulting in the completion of a substantial research assignment.
30 pts • (X) ARTH 311
Not offered in 2023
ARTH 489 – Research Project
A research project, usually in the form of an extended essay of 10,000 words, with regular guidance from a supervisor. Students are expected to show familiarity with the literature in their chosen field, and to write a substantial discussion, engaging with questions relevant to the field and demonstrating independent thought. Note: This is a compulsory course for Art History Honours.
30 pts
ARTH 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Art History.
120 pts
ARTH 690 – Art History for PhD
120 pts
Artificial Intelligence
AIML 420 – Artificial Intelligence
This course addresses concepts and techniques of artificial intelligence (AI). It provides a brief overview of AI history and search techniques, as well as covering important machine learning topics and algorithms with their applications, including neural networks and evolutionary algorithms. Other topics include probability and Bayesian networks, planning and scheduling. The course will also give a brief overview of a selection of other current topics in AI.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level CGRA, COMP, CYBR, DATA, SWEN or NWEN pts (X) COMP 307, COMP 420
AIML 421 – Machine Learning Tools and Techniques
This course addresses the use of machine learning tools and techniques for analysing data and automatically generating applications. The course will explore a range of tools and techniques for classification, regression, image analysis, clustering, text mining, and preprocessing data. It examines the applicability and limitations of the techniques and methods for analysing and evaluating the outcome of using machine learning tools. Students will gain practical experience in applying a range of tools to a range of different problems from different domains.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level CGRA, COMP, CYBR, DATA, NWEN, or SWEN pts (X) COMP 309
AIML 425 – Neural Networks and Deep Learning
This course addresses the fundamentals of neural network based deep learning. It covers the commonly used deep learning architectures such as fully connected networks, resnets, variational autoencoders, and generative adversarial networks. It discusses functional blocks such as convolutional nets, recurrent neural nets such as LSTMs, and the common objective functions and regularization procedures. Examples will discuss applications such as object classification, classification of sequential text, and the generation of realistic human faces.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307 (X) the pair (COMP 421, 422);
AIML 426 – Evolutionary Computation and Learning
This course addresses evolutionary approaches in machine learning and optimisation. The course will cover both evolutionary algorithms and swarm intelligence as well as some other population-based techniques for problem solving. It will include a range of real-world application domains such as classification, regression, clustering and optimisation.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307
AIML 427 – Big Data
Big Data refers to the large and often complex datasets generated in the modern world: data sources such as commercial customer records, internet transactions, environmental monitoring. This course provides an introduction to the theory and practice of working with Big Data. Students enrolling in this course should be familiar with the basics of machine learning, data mining, statistical modelling and with programming.
15 pts • (P) one of (AIML 420, 421, COMP 307, 309, STAT 393, 394); one of (ENGR 123, STAT 193, MATH 177, QUAN 102) or comparable background in Statistics; (X) COMP 424, COMP 473 (2016-2018)
AIML 428 – Text Mining and Natural Language Processing
This course focuses on text mining and natural language processing. It covers a variety of topics including text representation, document classification and clustering, opinion mining, information retrieval, recommender systems, query expansion, and information extraction.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts; (C) AIML 420 or COMP 307; (X) COMP 423
Not offered in 2023
AIML 429 – Probabilistic Machine Learning
This course teaches the ideas, algorithms and techniques of probabilistic machine learning. Topics include Bayesian inference, discriminative and generative classifiers, the EM algorithm, Gaussian processes, Markov Chain Monte Carlo, hidden Markov models, belief nets and other graphical models, and causal modelling.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307; one of (MATH 177, STAT 292, 293) or approved background in Maths or Statistics; (X) COMP 421
AIML 430 – Applications and Implications of Artificial Intelligence
This course looks at the range of applications of artificial intelligence in the world of today and the future. It surveys the kinds of problem that can be solved with AI technology and techniques and considers the implications and consequences of using AI technology in these applications. It will discuss the positive and negative outcomes and the ethical issues and principles that need to be considered when creating technological solutions using AI.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts
AIML 431 – Current Topics in Artificial Intelligence
This course addresses several current topics in artificial intelligence. Possible topics include Reinforcement Learning, AI for robotics, AI in games, Intelligent image analysis, AI and optimisation, AI Planning.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307
AIML 440 – Directed Individual Study
Content depends on the individual student.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
AIML 441 – Directed Individual Study
Content depends on the individual student.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
AIML 487 – Research Project
A supervised research project in an area of Artificial Intelligence.
45 pts
AIML 501 – Research Essay in Artificial Intelligence
An investigation and literature review of an advanced topic in an area of artificial intelligence, reported in a project description and a literature review essay.
15 pts • (P) 45 points from AIML 425-440
AIML 589 – Research Project
A supervised research project in an area of Artificial Intelligence.
45 pts • (P) 45 points from AIML 425-440 (C) AIML 501
AIML 591 – Thesis in Artificial Intelligence
MSc thesis in Artificial Intelligence.
120 pts
AIML 690 – Artificial Intelligence for PhD
120 pts
Asian Studies
ASIA 401 – Methods and Issues in Asian Studies
An examination of a variety of disciplinary, conceptual and methodological issues relating to Asian Studies, with particular emphasis on interdisciplinary skills.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ASIA 489 – Research Project
A supervised research exercise.
30 pts
FHSS 410 – Global Cultures in Context
This course considers cultures as both local and global phenomena and addresses their development and evolution from an interdisciplinary range of theoretical and methodological perspectives in intercultural communication.
30 pts
ASIA 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Asian Studies.
120 pts
ASIA 690 – Asian Studies for PhD
120 pts
Biological Sciences
See also Cell and Molecular Bioscience, Conservation Biology, Ecological Restoration, Ecology and Biodiversity, Marine Biology and Microbiology
BIOL 403 – Evolutionary Analysis
This course focuses on classic questions in evolution including speciation processes, reconstruction of biological history from modern specimens, macroevolution, the origin(s) of complexity, and human evolution. Special emphasis is given to the impact of data produced by modern molecular techniques, including DNA sequences.
30 pts • (P) BIOL 329 or approval of the Head of School
BIOL 405 – Pest Management, Biosecurity and Law
Legal and biological perspectives on pest management, invasive species and biosecurity. The course examines national and international law regulating pest management and biosecurity including key international agreements and related dispute settlement processes. It explores issues in domestic and international biosecurity management, and includes recent case studies and Maori perspectives on biodiversity and biosecurity.
30 pts • (X) BIOL 425 prior to 2017
BIOL 410 – Fisheries Science
Underlying principles and techniques used in fisheries science. Topics include population responses to exploitation, collection of fish biology and fishery data, statistical data analysis and population models, and the application of science in resource management. The course is interdisciplinary, with a focus on putting theory into practice.
30 pts • (P) 30 pts of relevant statistics at 200-level or above or permission of Head of School
BIOL 414 – Advanced Island Ecology & Evolution - International Field Course in Biological Sciences
This course will put New Zealand's biota in a broader evolutionary context by investigating how our flora and fauna has evolved after reaching Lord Howe Island (LHI). Students will conduct their own research project during a weeklong field trip to LHI. Tentative dates: 28 June-5 July 2019. Note extra field cost of around $3,000 for the course.
15 pts • (P) 20 pts from 300-level Ecology or Evolution, or permission of Head of School (X) BIOL 314
Not offered in 2023
BIOL 416 – Advanced Methods in Marine Science
A field-based course in which students will learn advanced skills in analytical methods for a range of multi-disciplinary approaches to Marine Science. Students must take the VUW field course and may choose the field course offered by EITHER the University of Auckland OR the University of Otago. An additional $300 fee is charged as a contribution to the course field costs.
15 pts • (P) 20 pts from 300-level Ecology or permission of Head of School (C) BIOL 417 (X) BIOL 428 in 2010-2014
Not offered in 2023
BIOL 417 – Current Issues in Marine Science
A seminar-based examination of selected current issues in Marine Science. Seminars are delivered via an interactive link and are jointly run by the universities of Auckland, Otago and Victoria. The topics and material will recognise the wide range of undergraduate experience across participants and emphasise the value of cross- disciplinary approaches to Marine Science.
15 pts • (P) 20 pts from 300-level Ecology or permission of Head of School (X) BIOL 427 in 2010-2014
Not offered in 2023
BIOL 420 – Conservation Ecology
Ecological theory, principles, and practice relating to biological conservation: current threats to biodiversity; population & community ecology; predator-prey interaction; data analysis & modelling; conservation planning, decision making and management options; human dimensions & indigenous perspectives.
30 pts • (P) 300-level Ecology or approval of the Head of School
BIOL 422 – Ecology
In this course we will critically evaluate current and past concepts in ecology. To do this, we will examine how foundational ecological ideas/concepts have originated and changed over time, and obtain an appreciation for some of the innovative approaches that researchers today are applying to address long-standing (i.e., “classic”) ideas/questions in ecology. We integrate material across a variety of disciplines and systems.
30 pts • (P) 300-level Ecology or permission of Head of School
BIOL 423 – Marine Biodiversity and Ecology
Selected current research topics in Marine Biology, including marine ecology, diversity and conservation.
30 pts
BIOL 424 – New Zealand Conservation Practice
A practical, field-based course in New Zealand's fauna and flora and their conservation. Students visit a range of important field sites to learn about major conservation problems affecting the New Zealand biota. A case study approach is used to examine the conservation practices of New Zealand conservation scientists and managers. October 15 is the deadline for applications to take the course. The field work is of 4 weeks duration, commencing in late-January through to late-February. Assessment of the practical work continues until the end of April.
30 pts • (P) enrolment in MConBio, PGCertMarCon, MMarCon or permission of head of school
^ Limited entry course
BIOL 425 – Biodiversity
A field-based course on the measurement and analysis of biological diversity. The course begins with instruction on techniques to quantify diversity. Students then apply these concepts in a field exercise in Zealandia, whose goal is to accurately identify, inventory and evaluate species diversity using a variety of techniques. The course concludes with a computer-based exercise aimed at evaluating how tree diversity is distributed across the globe.
30 pts • (P) BIOL 329 or approval of the Head of School
Not offered in 2023
BIOL 426 – Behavioural Ecology
A supervised programme of study in Behavioural Ecology. Students will become involved in the collection, analysis and write-up of a project in animal behaviour.
30 pts • (P) BIOL 328 or approval of the Head of School
Not offered in 2023
BIOL 427 – Special Topic: Research Skills in the Life Sciences
This course is designed to develop skills in using the primary research literature, experimental design, record keeping, data presentation, statistical analysis and scientific writing. It also emphasises the importance of communicating scientific results to a variety of audiences.
15 pts • (P) 40 points from (BIOL 329, 340, BMSC 301-354, BTEC 301) or permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
BIOL 428 – Special Topic
To be advised.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
BIOL 430 – Genetics and Molecular Biology
An in-depth review of research and modern concepts in heredity, genomics, gene regulation and molecular microbiology.
30 pts • (P) 45 points from an approved combination of 300-level BIOL, BMSC, CHEM or PSYC courses or permission of Head of School (X) BMSC 430
BIOL 431 – Cell Biology
Advances in cellular structure, function and behaviour including aspects of developmental biology.
30 pts • (P) As for BIOL 430; (X) BMSC 431
BIOL 432 – Physiology and Pharmacology
Advances in physiological and pharmacological sciences at the molecular, cellular, and organismal levels, including integrative physiology of organ systems, the mechanistics of drug interactions with biological systems, pharmacokinetics, and the structural design, targeting, and biological reactivity of molecular probes and enzymes.
30 pts • (P) As for BIOL 430; (X) BMSC 432
Not offered in 2023
BIOL 435 – Research Skills in the Life Sciences
This course is designed to develop skills in using the primary research literature, experimental design, record keeping, data presentation, statistical analysis and scientific writing. It also emphasises the importance of communicating scientific results to a variety of audiences.
15 pts • (P) 40 points from (BIOL 329, BIOL 340, BMSC 301-354, BTEC 301), or permission of Head of School (X) BIOL 580; BIOL 427 in 2019-2021
BIOL 436 – Special Topic: Advanced Community Ecology
Community ecology studies the interactions between populations of co-existing species. It underpins conservation and restoration goals from scales of genes to ecosystems. This course delves into emerging network-based theories in community ecology, exploring their potential to address pressing contemporary issues (e.g. climate change).
30 pts • (P) BIOL 327 or 325 or permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
BIOL 437 – Special Topic: Tropical Marine Conservation
An examination of conservation issues and practices in sub-tropical and tropical coastal environments, with particular emphasis on coral reefs, mangrove forests, seagrass meadows, and rock reefs. The course will include a four-day field trip to the Poor Knights islands. The course will provide skills in research development, and monitoring and managing impacts on relevant marine ecosystems.
30 pts • (P) enrolment in PGCertMarCon, MMarCon or permission of Head of School (X) BIOL 529
Not offered in 2023
BIOL 439 – Directed Individual Study
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School.
BIOL 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
BIOL 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic approved by the Head of School.
30 pts
CLNR 401 – Introduction to Clinical Research and Clinical Trial Practice
A broad framework for understanding clinical research including the critical appraisal of the literature, clinical trials planning, preparation and implementation.
15 pts
CLNR 402 – Ethics and Research in Special Populations as Applied to Clinical Research
An understanding of the place of ethics in clinical research common ethical issues that arise and how to analyse them and find solutions. The role of ethics committees, applications to ethics committees and Good Clinical Practice. An in-depth consideration of obligations under the Treaty of Waitangi with special regard to ethics and community based research. The development of an appropriate and inclusive approach to clinical research with special populations.
15 pts
CLNR 403 – Biostatistics and Informatics
Biostatistics relevant to clinical research with the focus on quantitative methods and applications for clinical trials. Informatics will be introduced with its application to clinical research including information gathering, processing and storage.
15 pts
CLNR 404 – Qualitative Methods in Clinical Research
An understanding of the place of qualitative research in clinical research both as stand alone and combined with quantitative research. This course will include interview techniques contrasting advantages and disadvantages of different approaches and a range of other qualitative techniques.
15 pts
CLNR 405 – Advanced Clinical Research Design, Management and Analysis
An understanding of the practices and processes of clinical research, including clinical trials, project management, regulatory reports and audits, requirements specific to industry-funded research and the preparation and submission of study reports for publication.
30 pts • (P) CLNR 401, 402, 403, 404
CLNR 410 – Clinical Immunology
This course will provide a broad understanding of recent advances in immunology as well as advanced understanding in specialist areas of clinical immunology. In particular, the subjects covered shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice.
30 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC and BIOL courses including BIOL 334 or permission of Head of School
CLNR 411 – Practicum in Clinical Immunology
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in clinical immunology. Each student is supervised by a host organisation involved in immunological research or applications in the public or private sectors. The placement allows students to further develop teamwork and communication skills.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
CLNR 412 – Research Project in Clinical Immunology
A research project in Clinical Immunology approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
CLNR 413 – Advanced Topics in Clinical Research 1
This course aims to develop an advanced understanding of specialist clinical areas within the broad discipline of clinical research. In particular, the subjects covered may include such topics as immunology, epidemiology, or molecular therapeutics and shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice. This course is organised into modules, each covering independent topics with specific clinical aspects. Individual modules may include lectures, seminars, poster presentations or written assignments. This course will take place at the Wellington Hospital site.
15 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of the Head of School (X) BMSC 403 prior to 2017
Not offered in 2023
CLNR 414 – Advanced Topics in Clinical Research 2
This course aims to develop an advanced understanding of specialist clinical areas within the broad discipline of clinical research. In particular, the subjects covered may include such topics as pharmacology, haematology, or surgical interventions and shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice. This course will take place at the Wellington Hospital site.
15 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC, BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of the Head of School (X) BMSC 404 prior to 2017
BIOL 519 – Principles of Marine Conservation
This course focusses on the underlying principles and practice of marine conservation and management. Topics may include: population and extinction risks; coastal dynamics; marine chemistry and pollution; exploitation of marine resources, including fisheries ecology; bioinvasions and disease; global climate change; marine reserve ecology; and scenario planning.
30 pts • (P) 60 points from 300-level Marine Biology, Ecology, Environmental Studies or permission of Head of School (X) BIOL 419
BIOL 519 – Principles of Marine Conservation
This course focusses on the underlying principles and practice of marine conservation and management. Topics may include: population and extinction risks; coastal dynamics; marine chemistry and pollution; exploitation of marine resources, including fisheries ecology; bioinvasions and disease; global climate change; marine reserve ecology; and scenario planning.
30 pts • (P) 60 points from 300-level Marine Biology, Ecology, Environmental Studies or permission of Head of School (X) BIOL 419
BIOL 529 – Tropical Marine Conservation Practice
An examination of conservation issues and practices in tropical coastal environments, with particular emphasis on coral reefs, mangroves and seagrasses. This two-week field course provides practical experience of identifying, monitoring and managing impacts on tropical marine ecosystems. The course is taught overseas and is only available to students enrolled on the Master of Marine Conservation programme.
30 pts • (P) enrolment in PGCertMarCon, MMarCon or MSc in Marine Biology or permission of Head of School
BIOL 529 – Tropical Marine Conservation Practice
An examination of conservation issues and practices in tropical coastal environments, with particular emphasis on coral reefs, mangroves and seagrasses. This two-week field course provides practical experience of identifying, monitoring and managing impacts on tropical marine ecosystems. The course is taught overseas and is only available to students enrolled on the Master of Marine Conservation programme.
30 pts • (P) enrolment in PGCertMarCon, MMarCon or MSc in Marine Biology or permission of Head of School
BIOL 580 – Research Preparation
A course of study in preparation for a Master’s Part 2 research programme. Typical activities include undertaking preliminary research investigations and developing key practical and theoretical skills, that aid in the development of your Master’s thesis proposal.
30 pts
CLNR 510 – Advanced Clinical Immunology
This course will enable the development of an advanced understanding in clinical immunology. Specifically, this course shall promote critical analysis of recent advances and clinical trials and will emphasise the development of skills in science communication.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and a B or better from CLNR 410
CLNR 511 – Research Design and Implementation
This course consists of the mentor-guided development of a clinical or immunological study including the implementation pathway. In particular, students will design and produce a research proposal complete with a literature review, methodological detail, a budget and ethical considerations.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
CLNR 580 – Research Preparation
Students will bring together material from many of the other courses and write an original, full, research grant application describing a proposed clinical research project: background and aims, clinical relevance, hypotheses to be tested, design and methods, analysis of results, dissemination of results, a plan for project management including staffing, budget, timeline and milestones for project delivery and quality management issues, consultation, an ethics committee application for the project and any other regulatory body applications required.
30 pts • (P) CLNR 405
CLNR 591 – Thesis in Clinical Research
Master's thesis in Clinical Research.
120 pts • (P) PGDipClinRes or its equivalent.
CLNR 690 – Clinical Research for PhD
Doctoral thesis in Clinical Research.
120 pts
MMBI 690 – Molecular Microbiology for PhD
120 pts
Biomedical Science
BMSC 403 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
BMSC 404 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
BMSC 405 – Advanced Topics in Biomedical Science 1
A detailed examination of a selection of currently developing areas of major importance in biomedical science.
15 pts • (P) 45 points from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC, BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
BMSC 406 – Advanced Topics in Biomedical Science
A detailed examination of a selection of currently developing areas of major importance in biomedical science.
15 pts • (P) 45 points from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC, BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of Head of School
BMSC 433 – Human and Clinical Biochemistry
Biochemistry of normal function and of pathological conditions; methods of clinical analysis; biochemical basis of therapeutics and biochemical pharmacology.
30 pts • (P) As for BMSC 403; (X) BIOL 433
Not offered in 2023
BMSC 439 – Directed Individual Study
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School.
BMSC 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) permission of the Head of School
BMSC 441 – Directed Individual Study in Biomedical and Clinical Science
15 pts • (P) permission of the Head of School.
BMSC 489 – Research Project
A supervised project involving original research and leading to the production of a dissertation.
30 pts • (P) BMSC 361 or CHEM 305
CLNR 401 – Introduction to Clinical Research and Clinical Trial Practice
A broad framework for understanding clinical research including the critical appraisal of the literature, clinical trials planning, preparation and implementation.
15 pts
CLNR 402 – Ethics and Research in Special Populations as Applied to Clinical Research
An understanding of the place of ethics in clinical research common ethical issues that arise and how to analyse them and find solutions. The role of ethics committees, applications to ethics committees and Good Clinical Practice. An in-depth consideration of obligations under the Treaty of Waitangi with special regard to ethics and community based research. The development of an appropriate and inclusive approach to clinical research with special populations.
15 pts
CLNR 403 – Biostatistics and Informatics
Biostatistics relevant to clinical research with the focus on quantitative methods and applications for clinical trials. Informatics will be introduced with its application to clinical research including information gathering, processing and storage.
15 pts
CLNR 404 – Qualitative Methods in Clinical Research
An understanding of the place of qualitative research in clinical research both as stand alone and combined with quantitative research. This course will include interview techniques contrasting advantages and disadvantages of different approaches and a range of other qualitative techniques.
15 pts
CLNR 405 – Advanced Clinical Research Design, Management and Analysis
An understanding of the practices and processes of clinical research, including clinical trials, project management, regulatory reports and audits, requirements specific to industry-funded research and the preparation and submission of study reports for publication.
30 pts • (P) CLNR 401, 402, 403, 404
CLNR 410 – Clinical Immunology
This course will provide a broad understanding of recent advances in immunology as well as advanced understanding in specialist areas of clinical immunology. In particular, the subjects covered shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice.
30 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC and BIOL courses including BIOL 334 or permission of Head of School
CLNR 411 – Practicum in Clinical Immunology
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in clinical immunology. Each student is supervised by a host organisation involved in immunological research or applications in the public or private sectors. The placement allows students to further develop teamwork and communication skills.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
CLNR 412 – Research Project in Clinical Immunology
A research project in Clinical Immunology approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
CLNR 413 – Advanced Topics in Clinical Research 1
This course aims to develop an advanced understanding of specialist clinical areas within the broad discipline of clinical research. In particular, the subjects covered may include such topics as immunology, epidemiology, or molecular therapeutics and shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice. This course is organised into modules, each covering independent topics with specific clinical aspects. Individual modules may include lectures, seminars, poster presentations or written assignments. This course will take place at the Wellington Hospital site.
15 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of the Head of School (X) BMSC 403 prior to 2017
Not offered in 2023
CLNR 414 – Advanced Topics in Clinical Research 2
This course aims to develop an advanced understanding of specialist clinical areas within the broad discipline of clinical research. In particular, the subjects covered may include such topics as pharmacology, haematology, or surgical interventions and shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice. This course will take place at the Wellington Hospital site.
15 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC, BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of the Head of School (X) BMSC 404 prior to 2017
BMSC 580 – Research Preparation
A course of study in preparation for a Master’s Part 2 research programme. Typical activities include undertaking preliminary research investigations and developing key practical and theoretical skills, that aid in the development of your Master’s thesis proposal.
30 pts
BMSC 591 – Thesis
MBmedSc thesis.
120 pts
CLNR 510 – Advanced Clinical Immunology
This course will enable the development of an advanced understanding in clinical immunology. Specifically, this course shall promote critical analysis of recent advances and clinical trials and will emphasise the development of skills in science communication.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and a B or better from CLNR 410
CLNR 511 – Research Design and Implementation
This course consists of the mentor-guided development of a clinical or immunological study including the implementation pathway. In particular, students will design and produce a research proposal complete with a literature review, methodological detail, a budget and ethical considerations.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
CLNR 580 – Research Preparation
Students will bring together material from many of the other courses and write an original, full, research grant application describing a proposed clinical research project: background and aims, clinical relevance, hypotheses to be tested, design and methods, analysis of results, dissemination of results, a plan for project management including staffing, budget, timeline and milestones for project delivery and quality management issues, consultation, an ethics committee application for the project and any other regulatory body applications required.
30 pts • (P) CLNR 405
CLNR 591 – Thesis in Clinical Research
Master's thesis in Clinical Research.
120 pts • (P) PGDipClinRes or its equivalent.
BMSC 690 – Biomedical Science for PhD
120 pts
CLNR 690 – Clinical Research for PhD
Doctoral thesis in Clinical Research.
120 pts
Biotechnology
See also Biological Sciences
BTEC 435 – Biotechnology 1
Seminars introducing topics of current interest in biotechnology research.
15 pts
BTEC 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study in biotechnology approved by the Head of School.
30 pts
BTEC 441 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study in biotechnology approved by the Head of School.
15 pts
BTEC 489 – Research Project
A supervised project involving original research and leading to the production of a dissertation.
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
BTEC 580 – Preparation for Research
A course of study in preparation for a Master’s Part 2 research programme. Typical activities include undertaking preliminary research investigations and developing key practical and theoretical skills, that aid in the development of your Master’s thesis proposal.
30 pts
BTEC 591 – Thesis in Biotechnology
Master's thesis in biotechnology.
120 pts
BTEC 690 – Biotechnology for PhD
120 pts
BTEC 692 – Biotechnology for PhD (Agriculture)
120 pts
BTEC 695 – Biotechnology for PhD (Ferrier)
120 pts
Building Science
BILD 411 – Integration Project / Te Kaupapa Whakakotahitanga
Studio course in which students demonstrate application of a range of sustainable engineering systems and project management skills to project development. Assignments will be advanced to allow assessment of programmatic, spatial, scale and material implications.
15 pts
BILD 421 – Integrated Technologies / Te Whakakotahitanga o ngā Mahi Whakarākei
Advanced construction theory, practice and technology integration. Integrated modules incorporate advanced instruction in servicing, construction and structures, documentation practices and detailing for commercial and domestic construction.
15 pts
BILD 422 – Sustainable Engineering Systems Project / Kia Toitū te Taiao
Studio-based course considering the interaction between buildings and the environment at the urban scale and the design of appropriate sustainable engineering systems to achieve sustainable urban development.
30 pts
BILD 423 – Buildings and Energy / Ngā Whare me te Pūngao
The interaction of energy with buildings. The focus is on energy performance and energy management in practice.
15 pts
BILD 431 – Green Building Assessment / Te Arotake i ngā Whare Toitū
The history, practice and future development of worldwide green building assessment systems, with special emphasis on an in-depth exploration of the NZ Green Star building assessment system.
15 pts
BILD 451 – Project Management in Digital Environment / Ngā Kaupapa Whakahaere o te Ao Hangarau
An investigation of a range of topics relevant to contemporary project management, including digital tools for project delivery, data sharing, design integration and performance monitoring. Traditional and emergent approaches to these topics will be compared and critiqued.
15 pts
BILD 452 – Future of Project Management / Te Mahi Whakahaere ā Mua
This course examines best practice for project management, including the influences of legal, economic, environmental and social contexts around construction, and awareness of how tikanga Māori influence legal, social and environmental contexts that are significant to Māori. The course puts students into contact with the most advanced techniques and tools for managing projects and built facilities.
15 pts • (P) BILD 451
BILD 460 – Building Project Management / Te Mahi Whakahaere o ngā Hanga Whare
This course advances students' knowledge of the principles and practices of project management from conception through to completion including constraints, cost planning and control, planning and managing tasks, administration and quality control, including awareness of how tikanga Māori influences legal, social and environmental contexts that are significant to Māori. Students solve problems in a group setting.
15 pts • (X) BILD 461
BILD 461 – Building Project Management / Te Mahi Whakahaere
Studio-based application of project management principles to the management of a construction project from conception to completion. Research of a particular management issue through field investigation.
30 pts • (P) BILD 361, 362
Not offered in 2023
BILD 462 – Advanced Contemporary Project Management / Ngā Tikanga Whatutoto o ngā Mahi Whakahaere
Examination of construction project management from conception to completion, utilising tools and techniques that are consistent with current industry practices.
15 pts • (P) BILD 460
BILD 463 – Built Facilities Management / Te Whakahaere i ngā Momo Whare Hangahanga
Introduction to best practice in the management of built facilities, with an emphasis on achieving a good fit between a facility and its users.
15 pts
BILD 491 – Research Methods for Architectural Science / Ngā Tikanga Rangahau o te Ao Hangahanga
Scientific methodologies are presented for application in research undertaken in the architectural science fields. A research proposal or identification of a professional project, with each focussing on a methodological approach, is developed under the direction of academic staff in preparation for the development of a thesis, research project or practicum project.
15 pts
BILD 581 – Practicum in Architectural Science / Ngā Ritenga o te Ao Hangahanga Hangarau
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in an area of architectural science. Each student is supervised by an academic staff member and a host organisation involved in architectural science research or applications in the public or private sectors. Each student will critically reflect on their experiences in a report and by presenting a seminar.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MArchSc
BILD 582 – Industry Project / Ngā Kaupapa Ahumahi
This course enables students to gain knowledge about architectural science industry issues through supervised research. Students will analyse an aspect of the design, production, use or maintenance of the built environment in practice and prepare a professional quality report.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MArchSc
BILD 591 – Building Science Research Thesis / Tuhinga Rangahau o Te Whare Hangahanga
Analysis of an aspect of the design, production, use or maintenance of buildings. Demonstrate knowledge of relevant literature and research procedures. Understand theoretical developments in the field of building science.
120 pts
BILD 690 – Building Science for PhD / Tohu Kairangi o Te Whare Hangahanga
120 pts • (P) Relevant Master’s degree and approval from the Head of School and relevant Associate Dean (PGR)
BILD 691 – Building Science for PhD (Science)
120 pts
Business (Professional)
BUSI 501 – Organisational Problem Solving
This course helps participants develop their ability to diagnose organisational problems and opportunities, to identify and systematically evaluate options for addressing them, to formulate and justify recommendations about what option(s) to pursue and to effectively communicate recommendations to different audiences in different ways. In doing all of that it builds more general problem-solving and communication skills that can be applied in a variety of professional environments.
15 pts
BUSI 502 – Economic Decision Analysis
This course develops knowledge and understanding of economic concepts and frameworks, and how these affect decision-making in various contexts. It enables students to draw on ideas from public, private and not-for-profit perspectives to develop insights into the principles and application of economics.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
BUSI 503 – Negotiation and Influence
This course develops skills around influencing a variety of stakeholders through negotiation and other techniques. It develops an understanding of cross-sectoral and cross-cultural approaches and allows students to apply these through practical scenarios.
15 pts
BUSI 504 – Building an Evidence Base
This course develops the skills needed to create, assess and use a variety of different forms of evidence to inform decision making capability. How to marshal information and evidence and analyse it.
15 pts
BUSI 510 – Sustainability and Business
How society harnesses its resources impacts on groups in different ways and across time. Sustainable business thinking can be deployed to give voice to those who bear the consequences now and in the future. This spans: local and global levels, reflecting on kaitiakitanga; how to inject optimism and conceptualise fairness; and how to design action plans for the here-and-now to shape the future. This course will challenge students to conceptualise the evolving roles of sustainability and business, and to critically reflect on what this means for business and policy.
15 pts
BUSI 580 – Interdisciplinary Project
15 pts • (P) 120 pts from the MBus(Prof) schedule or approved postgraduate courses
Not offered in 2023
Business Administration
The below is a list of courses for the Masters in Business Administration
EMBA 501 – Leading and Managing People in Organisations
The course will challenge students to reflect on leading in organisations, building teams, creating change and implementing human resource initiatives. It will enable students to explore: individual behaviour in the workplace; group dynamics, including teams and leadership; and organisational theory topics such as structure, culture, and change. HRM will be discussed to include current challenges in talent management, including cross-cultural and diversity issues.
15 pts • (X) the pair MMBA 505, 519
EMBA 502 – Economic Analysis for Business Decisions
This course focuses on economic, social and political contexts of internal decision making within organisations, and how these factors enable and constrain business strategies. Industrial organisation and applied microeconomic theories and literature will help students understand the implications of a wide range of management problems facing nations, organisations and the managers within them.
15 pts • (X) MMBA 503
EMBA 503 – Leading Digital Transformation
Effective organisational leaders need to harness the value of digital transformation. We will start by exploring organisational practices as a basis for understanding how information systems enable organisations to work together. Then we will investigate the opportunities provided by modern information systems to improve organisational performance and to innovate and the related decisions leaders need to make.
15 pts • (X) MMBA 507
EMBA 504 – Fundamentals of Financial and Management Accounting
An introduction to the concepts of financial and management accounting, covering the content of financial statements; concepts of value and profit, cost behaviour and cost-volume-profit relationships; cost allocation principles.
15 pts • (X) MMBA 509
EMBA 505 – Corporate Financial Management
The course covers basic principles of investing: time value of money, valuation of debt and equity securities, discounted cash flow as a foundation for stock prices, the impact of diversification and leverage on portfolio risk, the relationship between risk and expected return in securities markets, and capital market efficiency. These principles are used to analyse capital investment decisions by estimating cash flows and discounting them at the appropriate cost of capital, and how shareholder value is affected by a firm’s financing decisions, such as the choice of using debt or equity capital.
15 pts • (X) MMBA 516
EMBA 506 – Strategic Marketing
Marketing is about competing in the market place, and is the link between strategy and operations. Marketing strategy is not prescriptive but it is possible to understand the dynamics of marketing and apply appropriate concepts and frameworks to marketing and business problems. The module presents an overview of marketing process and key strategic marketing decisions to develop competitive capabilities and create value.
15 pts • (X) MMBA 518
EMBA 507 – Strategic Operations Management
Management of operating sectors of manufacturing and service organisations, with emphasis on systemically describing, critically analysing and creatively improving operating systems. Examination of the major activities involved in deploying key physical resources of the organisation to deliver competitive goods and services.
15 pts • (X) MMBA 520
EMBA 508 – Integrative Strategic Consultancy
This course examines global business environment, cross-cultural management issues and global strategies available to firms to leverage international opportunities. It provides foundation in the theory and practice of global business consultancy. The course involves working with a New Zealand based organisation engaged in international business to suggest solutions to global business issues, thereby enhancing global business and cross-cultural practices.
15 pts • (P) 90 EMBA or MMBA pts: (X) MMBA 558
EMBA 509 – Integrative Strategic Consultancy (Int)
This course examines global business environment, cross-cultural management issues and global strategies available to firms to leverage international opportunities. It provides foundation in the theory and practice of global business consultancy. The course involves working with an overseas organisation engaged in international business to suggest solutions to global business issues, thereby enhancing global business and cross-cultural practices.
15 pts • (P) 90 EMBA or MMBA points; (X) MMBA 558
Not offered in 2023
MMBA 502 – Business Law
The implications of commercial law for business organisations. Particular emphasis will be placed on contract and tort laws, the law of organisations, intellectual property law and administrative law with respect to business decision-making.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MMBA 508 – Problem-Solving and Decision-Making
A multiple-perspective approach to the framing and solution of problems, and practical application of conceptual models and methods of analysis to critically examine everyday managerial decision-making.
15 pts • (X) GBGM 804
Not offered in 2023
MMBA 532 – A Business Research Course or Project
A research project in a selected area of management.
15 pts
MMBA 534 – Strategic Management
Participants will gain a toolkit of strategic management frameworks and learn to creatively apply and adapt these to private, public, and not-for-profit organisational contexts. Key strategic issues facing managers in complex multi-objective strategic arenas will be examined. Insight into recent developments and debates in strategic management theory and practice will result.
15 pts
MMBA 545 – Creative Leadership
This course draws on a variety of creative arenas, including design arts, theatre, music and film to facilitate personal development and insight. A creative exploration of the field of leadership emphasising an experiential, hands-on approach. Projects will involve both introspection and experimental practice, individually and in groups.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MMBA 546 – Cross-cultural Management
A case-based course focusing on current issues in management from a cross-cultural perspective. Students will have the opportunity to interact with and learn from other students studying in various MBA programmes around the world.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MMBA 553 – Project Management
Theory and practice of the management of projects in organisations. The system development cycle; organisational and behavioural issues; systems and procedures for scheduling, resource allocation, control, and evaluation of projects.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MMBA 555 – Marketing Communications
The principles of advertising and communications including mass media advertising, sales promotion, direct marketing, and dealing with an advertising agency. This course examines how marketing communications are formulated within a buyer context, and how media elements including direct marketing techniques support the positioning strategy and integrate with the marketing mix.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MMBA 556 – Financial Statement Analysis
An overview of the analysis and evaluation of corporate performance, financial conditions and future prospects as set out in corporate entities' published annual reports and financial statements.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MMBA 557 – International Marketing
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MMBA 560 – Leading Change
An exploration of academic and practitioner perspectives on the challenges and complexities of effective change leadership in organisations.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MMBA 561 – Strategic/International Human Resource Management
A critical analysis of models of strategic human resource management within the context of international practice. The focus is on the strategic management of employees in a manner that contributes to competitive advantage. Issues of human resource planning, policy and cross-functional integration are addressed.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MMBA 562 – Managing Employment Relations
The theory and practice of entering into, managing, and ending the employment relationship, including economic, political, social and technological contexts. The range of employment-related law and policy, the rights and duties of employers and employees, the roles of trade unions and employer groups.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MMBA 565 – Innovation and Entrepreneurship
An advanced-level consideration of topics such as new ventures, new product development, entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, creativity, disruptive change and organisation development. This course will focus on the nature and process of innovation, and the key issues faced by innovators and entrepreneurs both in a new business (start-up) and in existing businesses and companies.
15 pts
MMBA 571 – Negotiation and Dispute Resolution
The objective of this course is to teach students how planning, strategy, and knowledge can support goals in negotiation situations and disputes resolution. It explores various types of negotiations, including distributive (win/lose) bargaining, integrative (win/win) bargaining, intra-organisational bargaining and attitudinal restructuring, as well as the various processes used to resolve disputes arising both during and after negotiations (including mediation, conciliation and arbitration). The course is relevant to managers, lawyers, human and labour relations practitioners, trade unionists and individuals working in government.
15 pts
MMBA 572 – Special Topic: Crisis Communication
This course explores theories and research related to communication before, during, and after a crisis. Course topics will cover a wide range of crises including organisational crises, product harm crises, natural disasters, and pandemics.
15 pts
MMBA 573 – Special Topic: Business Case Writing
A research methodology course designed to enable students to write a publishable case study about management or policy decision, problem or opportunity, and relate it to the relevant theory.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MMBA 574 – Special Topic: The Information Economy
The course explores the economic and strategic principles underpinning the development of the Information Economy and e-Commerce, and develops skills in critical analysis of the ways in which firms and governments are participating in the developing information economy.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MMBA 575 – Special Topic: Sustainable Business
An advanced study of business sustainability, defined as the concurrent pursuit of economic prosperity, environmental quality, and social equity.
15 pts • (P) 15 pts at 500-level
Not offered in 2023
MMBA 576 – Special Topic: International Finance
The course provides an overview of exchange rates including their impact on business operations and a strategic perspective of linkages and interrelationships in financial resource management in an open economy such as New Zealand.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MMBA 577 – Special Topic: Open Macroeconomics
All the principal areas of macroeconomics will be covered with the emphasis on open economy models involving national accounts, economic growth, fiscal, monetary and external policies together with their impacts on business operations.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MMBA 578 – Special Topic: Innovation and Prosperity in New Zealand
This course focuses on the role of innovation in the economy and on policy interventions to underpin an innovation-based growth economy.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MMBA 579 – Special Topic: Advanced Corporate Management
The analysis and application of the economic principles of corporate governance and management in the public, private and nonprofit sectors to examples in the New Zealand and international environments.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
Business Analysis
MBUA 510 – Business and Systems Analysis
This course covers the modelling and design techniques used by business analysts. It shows students the methods and tools used to document business flows, information analysis, rules, classes, and other related elements required for business analysis.
15 pts
MBUA 511 – Business Process Design
This course explores the role and potential of IT to support business process management and design. Students learn a modern business process modelling technique, apply that to designing an improved business process, then test and evaluate their proposed design using simulation software.
15 pts
MBUA 512 – Databases and Analytics
This course provides databases and analytics knowledge for business analysts to function effectively. The databases component covers the fundamentals of relational databases, relational database modelling, and SQL database queries using enterprise database. The analytics component covers data extraction, visualisation and predictive analytics. Workshops enable students to obtain practical experience.
15 pts
MBUA 513 – Leading Digital Projects and Solutions
This course provides students with contemporary IT project management skills - including traditional and agile methodologies - and the use of project management tools. In addition, students will gain an appreciation of risk managment, change management strategies for internal and external stakeholders, and dealing with social and cultural issues in project environments.
15 pts
MBUA 514 – Digital Architecture
This course addresses the alignment between enterprise goals and strategy, business processes, data, information systems and the technical infrastructure. Students learn how to analyse, model, design and evaluate enterprise architectures, how to plan the transition from a baseline to a target architecture, and how to create effective governance instruments for successful enterprise architecture managment.
15 pts • (P) MBUA 510
MBUA 515 – Digital Innovation and Strategy
This course provides students with the skills required for formulating IS strategy. Students learn about the role of IT in designing new business models and in enabling innovation. Students will develop a mastery of the IS strategic process, including governance, application portfolio management, business case development, sourcing decisions, and benefits assessment.
15 pts • (P) MBUA 510
MBUA 531 – Digital Transformation Consulting Practice
This course covers specific intervention tools and techniques used by business analysts and consultants when assessing organisations and undertaking change projects. Business analysts are required to understand political, managerial, and economic considerations of business analysis practice. Students will learn effective change strategies and how to communicate effectively with stakeholders.
15 pts
MBUA 532 – Business Analysis Project
Research project on a selected aspect of business analysis.
30 pts • (P) MBUA 510, 511, 512, 513, 514, 515
Cell and Molecular Bioscience
See also Biological Sciences
CBIO 489 – Research Project
A supervised project involving original research and leading to the production of a dissertation.
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
CBIO 580 – Research Preparation
A course of study in preparation for a Master’s Part 2 research programme. Typical activities include undertaking preliminary research investigations and developing key practical and theoretical skills, that aid in the development of your Master’s thesis proposal.
30 pts
CBIO 591 – Thesis
MSc thesis in Cell and Molecular Bioscience.
120 pts
CBIO 690 – Cell & Molecular BioSc for PhD
120 pts
Chemistry
See also Biomedical Science
CHEM 421 – Organic Chemistry and Bio-organic Chemistry
Advanced aspects of organic chemistry are discussed, including the mechanisms of reaction, stereochemistry and the experimental methods of elucidating structure, applications of spectroscopy to organic chemistry, and modern strategies for the synthesis of molecules, particularly those with asymmetric centres.
15 pts • (P) CHEM 301
CHEM 422 – Inorganic Chemistry
Key areas of modern inorganic chemistry are discussed, including the mechanisms of reaction of transition metal compounds, the structure of inorganic and organometallic compounds and materials, methods of structure elucidation, aspects of organometallic chemistry and homogeneous catalysis.
15 pts • (P) CHEM 302
CHEM 423 – Physical Chemistry
This course will discuss advanced aspects of physical chemistry and materials science, including statistical thermodynamics, the structure and properties of colloids, and the chemistry and applications of nanostructured materials.
15 pts • (P) CHEM 303
CHEM 424 – Advanced Aspects of Chemistry A
Students choose topics offered by staff from across the range of chemistry. Typical areas might include: the design and practice of total synthesis; advanced applications of NMR, electron transfer in chemistry and biology; atmospheric chemistry; scanning probe microscopy; homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis; sigma-complexes and C-H activation; advanced materials.
15 pts
CHEM 425 – Advanced Aspects of Chemistry B
Students choose topics offered by staff from across the range of chemistry. Typical areas might include: manganese in biological systems; electron microscopy, multinuclear solid state NMR-theory and application; molecular modelling; advanced materials; structural analysis by single crystal X-ray diffraction.
15 pts
CHEM 426 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
CHEM 427 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
CHEM 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
CHEM 441 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School. This might include, where appropriate, following an approved course of study as prescribed for CHEM 301, 302 or 303.
15 pts • (P) permission of the Head of School
CHEM 480 – Research Preparation
Training in advanced skills required to research and to communicate the results, including utilising the chemical literature, record keeping, writing reports and proposals, and techniques of oral communication.
15 pts • (C) CHEM 489 (X) CHEM 580
CHEM 489 – Research Project
An individual research project that includes training in advanced laboratory skills.
30 pts
CHEM 580 – Research Preparation
30 pts • (X) CHEM 480
CHEM 591 – Thesis
MSc thesis in Chemistry.
120 pts
CHEM 690 – Chemistry for PhD
120 pts
CHEM 695 – Chemistry for PhD (Ferrier)
120 pts
Chinese
CHIN 401 – Advanced Chinese Language
Advanced level study of written and spoken Chinese, with particular reference to the language of the print and electronic media of China; advanced practical translation from and into Chinese; tuition in the use of a range of contemporary reference tools. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
CHIN 489 – Research Project
A supervised research exercise.
30 pts
FHSS 410 – Global Cultures in Context
This course considers cultures as both local and global phenomena and addresses their development and evolution from an interdisciplinary range of theoretical and methodological perspectives in intercultural communication.
30 pts
CHIN 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Chinese.
120 pts
CHIN 690 – Chinese for PhD
120 pts
Classical Studies, Greek and Latin
CLAS 401 – Topic in Literary Genre
An author or genre of ancient literature for presentation, discussion and contextual analysis.
30 pts
CLAS 402 – Topic in Art
Ancient art, architecture and archaeology of the Bronze Age Aegean, Greek, Roman and/or Etruscan worlds for presentation, discussion and contextual analysis. For further information contact classics@vuw.ac.nz.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
CLAS 404 – Topic in History and Historiography
A period or topic of ancient history and/or historiography for presentation, discussion and contextual analysis.
30 pts
CLAS 406 – Special Topic: Blood, Birds and Belief: How to Maintain the Pax Deorum
Cicero said that Romans were far superior to other peoples in their reverence for the gods. What was the basis for that claim? This course examines religious activity in the ancient Roman world: the polytheistic state religion, the Imperial cult, initiatory religions, regional cults, and magic.
30 pts
CLAS 407 – Topic in Society and Culture in Antiquity
A topic in ancient society and/or culture for presentation, discussion and contextual analysis.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
CLAS 420 – Greek Field Trip
A study of various Greek archaeological sites with special emphasis on sites in Crete. Co-taught with CLAS 320. Note: A maximum of 20 students can be accepted for this and CLAS 320 in any year. An extra fee beyond that for a 30-point course will apply.
30 pts • (X) CLAS 320
^ Limited entry course
CLAS 489 – Research Project
A research project, usually in the form of an extended essay of 10,000 words, with regular guidance from a supervisor. Students are expected to show familiarity with the literature in their chosen field, and to write a the field and demonstrating independent thought.
30 pts • (X) CLAS 405
GREE 401 – Greek Prose Texts
This course will examine selected Greek Prose Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
GREE 402 – Greek Tragedy
This course will examine selected Greek Tragedy Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
GREE 403 – Greek Verse Texts
This course will examine selected Greek Verse Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
GREE 405 – Special Topic
50% internal assessment, 50% examination.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
GREE 489 – Research Project
A research project, usually in the form of an extended essay of 10,000 words, with regular guidance from a supervisor. Students are expected to show familiarity with the literature in their chosen field, and to write a substantial discussion, engaging with questions relevant to the field and demonstrating independent thought.
30 pts • (X) GREE 404.
LATI 401 – Latin Prose Texts
This course will examine selected Latin Prose Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
LATI 402 – Augustans
This course will examine selected Augustans Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
LATI 403 – Latin Verse Texts
This course will examine selected Latin Verse Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
LATI 405 – Special Topic: Readings in Latin Literature
This course will examine selected Latin texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
LATI 489 – Research Project
A research project, usually in the form of an extended essay of 10,000 words, with regular guidance from a supervisor. Students are expected to show familiarity with the literature in their chosen field, and to write a substantial discussion, engaging with questions relevant to the field and demonstrating independent thought.
30 pts • (X) LATI 404.
CLAS 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Classical Studies.
120 pts
CLAS 592 – Thesis
MA thesis in Classics.
120 pts
CLAS 690 – Classical Studies for PhD
120 pts
CLAS 691 – Classics for PhD
120 pts
Climate Change Science and Policy
CCSP 401 – Physical Basis of Climate Change
Students will learn elementary radiative transfer physics, energy balance, concepts of climate forcing, feedback and response. Some elements of planetary circulation will be covered, along with modes of variability. Carbon, methane and nitrogen cycles will be covered in support of understanding the relationship between emissions and concentrations. Introductory atmospheric, oceanic and cryosphere physics will be taught. Topics to be covered include: observations of the atmosphere, ocean, carbon cycle and cryosphere; earth system models and their performance; modes of variability; patterns of forcing, feedback and response; and emergent patterns of change.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CCSP 402 – Climate Change Impacts and Adaptation
This course will provide participants with high-level understanding of climate change impacts and adaptation at global, national and local scales. Climate prediction models will be used to examine social and biophysical vulnerabilities to environmental change, and explore policies and measures to minimise impacts, and the potential for adaptation at different scales. Topics include: global and local implications of climate change impacts and adaptation, implications (and risks) of a variable and changing climate on particular societies, models, feedback processes and uncertainties; adaptation strategies; categories of adaptation; Māori knowledge and values related to adaptation, information and communication; public engagement.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CCSP 403 – International Climate Change Policy
This course provides an overview of international climate policy, drawing on policy-relevant physical climate change science, economics, game theory, ethics, and international relations theory relevant for climate policy. At the end of the course students will understand and be able to critically analyse key decision-relevant aspects of climate change science and environmental economics, as well as the history, theory and prospects of landmark efforts to govern climate change, domestically and internationally.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CCSP 404 – Climate Change Mitigation
An examination of the domestic and international policy issues surrounding climate change mitigation, including why mitigation represents a challenging social and economic as well as environmental problem; differing perspectives on policy solutions to the mitigation challenge; linkages with international policy; policies and behaviour change; the roles of relevant institutions; sectoral considerations and policy measures; policy communication, and the politics of mitigation strategies.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CCSP 405 – Climate Policy: Carbon Pricing Mechanisms
This course introduces the policy and institutional dimensions of carbon pricing. Putting a price on carbon creates incentives for reducing greenhouse gas emissions. This market-based approach has important implications for climate change mitigation. The lectures will cover major international, national, and private-sector initiatives that involve carbon pricing, with a focus on those linked with an emission trading system. Cases from the United Nations, European Union, China, Australia, New Zealand, and other parts of the world will be presented and discussed.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School; (X) GEOG 407 in 2019-2021
CCSP 510 – Research Essay
This major research project gives the student scope to investigate a climate related topic of particular interest, and centres on writing and presenting an extended research essay of up to 15,000 words. The investigation will relate to a research question concerning an aspect of climate change science or policy, broadly interpreted. It will consist of a review of the literature, some primary research and analysis, and the leading of a seminar to share understanding of the project’s outcomes with fellow students.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 and Part with at least B+ average or permission of Head of School
CCSP 511 – Practicum Placement and Project
This course has three components: a placement, a research project, and presentation of a seminar. The placement is a period of work with an employer in the field of climate change science, policy or management (e.g. climate-related transport research or policy formulation). The short research project aims to research a particular aspect of the work undertaken, or the host organisation itself, to enrich the student’s understanding of the organisation’s work. A seminar aims to share understanding among fellow students of the role of the host organisation.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 and Part 2 with at least B+ average or permission of Head of School
Clinical Immunology
CLNR 401 – Introduction to Clinical Research and Clinical Trial Practice
A broad framework for understanding clinical research including the critical appraisal of the literature, clinical trials planning, preparation and implementation.
15 pts
CLNR 402 – Ethics and Research in Special Populations as Applied to Clinical Research
An understanding of the place of ethics in clinical research common ethical issues that arise and how to analyse them and find solutions. The role of ethics committees, applications to ethics committees and Good Clinical Practice. An in-depth consideration of obligations under the Treaty of Waitangi with special regard to ethics and community based research. The development of an appropriate and inclusive approach to clinical research with special populations.
15 pts
CLNR 403 – Biostatistics and Informatics
Biostatistics relevant to clinical research with the focus on quantitative methods and applications for clinical trials. Informatics will be introduced with its application to clinical research including information gathering, processing and storage.
15 pts
CLNR 404 – Qualitative Methods in Clinical Research
An understanding of the place of qualitative research in clinical research both as stand alone and combined with quantitative research. This course will include interview techniques contrasting advantages and disadvantages of different approaches and a range of other qualitative techniques.
15 pts
CLNR 405 – Advanced Clinical Research Design, Management and Analysis
An understanding of the practices and processes of clinical research, including clinical trials, project management, regulatory reports and audits, requirements specific to industry-funded research and the preparation and submission of study reports for publication.
30 pts • (P) CLNR 401, 402, 403, 404
CLNR 410 – Clinical Immunology
This course will provide a broad understanding of recent advances in immunology as well as advanced understanding in specialist areas of clinical immunology. In particular, the subjects covered shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice.
30 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC and BIOL courses including BIOL 334 or permission of Head of School
CLNR 411 – Practicum in Clinical Immunology
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in clinical immunology. Each student is supervised by a host organisation involved in immunological research or applications in the public or private sectors. The placement allows students to further develop teamwork and communication skills.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
CLNR 412 – Research Project in Clinical Immunology
A research project in Clinical Immunology approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
CLNR 413 – Advanced Topics in Clinical Research 1
This course aims to develop an advanced understanding of specialist clinical areas within the broad discipline of clinical research. In particular, the subjects covered may include such topics as immunology, epidemiology, or molecular therapeutics and shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice. This course is organised into modules, each covering independent topics with specific clinical aspects. Individual modules may include lectures, seminars, poster presentations or written assignments. This course will take place at the Wellington Hospital site.
15 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of the Head of School (X) BMSC 403 prior to 2017
Not offered in 2023
CLNR 414 – Advanced Topics in Clinical Research 2
This course aims to develop an advanced understanding of specialist clinical areas within the broad discipline of clinical research. In particular, the subjects covered may include such topics as pharmacology, haematology, or surgical interventions and shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice. This course will take place at the Wellington Hospital site.
15 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC, BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of the Head of School (X) BMSC 404 prior to 2017
CLNR 510 – Advanced Clinical Immunology
This course will enable the development of an advanced understanding in clinical immunology. Specifically, this course shall promote critical analysis of recent advances and clinical trials and will emphasise the development of skills in science communication.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and a B or better from CLNR 410
CLNR 511 – Research Design and Implementation
This course consists of the mentor-guided development of a clinical or immunological study including the implementation pathway. In particular, students will design and produce a research proposal complete with a literature review, methodological detail, a budget and ethical considerations.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
CLNR 580 – Research Preparation
Students will bring together material from many of the other courses and write an original, full, research grant application describing a proposed clinical research project: background and aims, clinical relevance, hypotheses to be tested, design and methods, analysis of results, dissemination of results, a plan for project management including staffing, budget, timeline and milestones for project delivery and quality management issues, consultation, an ethics committee application for the project and any other regulatory body applications required.
30 pts • (P) CLNR 405
CLNR 591 – Thesis in Clinical Research
Master's thesis in Clinical Research.
120 pts • (P) PGDipClinRes or its equivalent.
CLNR 690 – Clinical Research for PhD
Doctoral thesis in Clinical Research.
120 pts
Clinical Research
CLNR 401 – Introduction to Clinical Research and Clinical Trial Practice
A broad framework for understanding clinical research including the critical appraisal of the literature, clinical trials planning, preparation and implementation.
15 pts
CLNR 402 – Ethics and Research in Special Populations as Applied to Clinical Research
An understanding of the place of ethics in clinical research common ethical issues that arise and how to analyse them and find solutions. The role of ethics committees, applications to ethics committees and Good Clinical Practice. An in-depth consideration of obligations under the Treaty of Waitangi with special regard to ethics and community based research. The development of an appropriate and inclusive approach to clinical research with special populations.
15 pts
CLNR 403 – Biostatistics and Informatics
Biostatistics relevant to clinical research with the focus on quantitative methods and applications for clinical trials. Informatics will be introduced with its application to clinical research including information gathering, processing and storage.
15 pts
CLNR 404 – Qualitative Methods in Clinical Research
An understanding of the place of qualitative research in clinical research both as stand alone and combined with quantitative research. This course will include interview techniques contrasting advantages and disadvantages of different approaches and a range of other qualitative techniques.
15 pts
CLNR 405 – Advanced Clinical Research Design, Management and Analysis
An understanding of the practices and processes of clinical research, including clinical trials, project management, regulatory reports and audits, requirements specific to industry-funded research and the preparation and submission of study reports for publication.
30 pts • (P) CLNR 401, 402, 403, 404
CLNR 410 – Clinical Immunology
This course will provide a broad understanding of recent advances in immunology as well as advanced understanding in specialist areas of clinical immunology. In particular, the subjects covered shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice.
30 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC and BIOL courses including BIOL 334 or permission of Head of School
CLNR 411 – Practicum in Clinical Immunology
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in clinical immunology. Each student is supervised by a host organisation involved in immunological research or applications in the public or private sectors. The placement allows students to further develop teamwork and communication skills.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
CLNR 412 – Research Project in Clinical Immunology
A research project in Clinical Immunology approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
CLNR 413 – Advanced Topics in Clinical Research 1
This course aims to develop an advanced understanding of specialist clinical areas within the broad discipline of clinical research. In particular, the subjects covered may include such topics as immunology, epidemiology, or molecular therapeutics and shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice. This course is organised into modules, each covering independent topics with specific clinical aspects. Individual modules may include lectures, seminars, poster presentations or written assignments. This course will take place at the Wellington Hospital site.
15 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of the Head of School (X) BMSC 403 prior to 2017
Not offered in 2023
CLNR 414 – Advanced Topics in Clinical Research 2
This course aims to develop an advanced understanding of specialist clinical areas within the broad discipline of clinical research. In particular, the subjects covered may include such topics as pharmacology, haematology, or surgical interventions and shall include knowledge of current research activity in terms of theory and practice. This course will take place at the Wellington Hospital site.
15 pts • (P) 45 pts from an approved combination of 300-level BMSC, BIOL, CHEM, PSYC courses or permission of the Head of School (X) BMSC 404 prior to 2017
CLNR 510 – Advanced Clinical Immunology
This course will enable the development of an advanced understanding in clinical immunology. Specifically, this course shall promote critical analysis of recent advances and clinical trials and will emphasise the development of skills in science communication.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and a B or better from CLNR 410
CLNR 511 – Research Design and Implementation
This course consists of the mentor-guided development of a clinical or immunological study including the implementation pathway. In particular, students will design and produce a research proposal complete with a literature review, methodological detail, a budget and ethical considerations.
30 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MClinIm and all Part 1 courses completed with an overall B or better average
CLNR 580 – Research Preparation
Students will bring together material from many of the other courses and write an original, full, research grant application describing a proposed clinical research project: background and aims, clinical relevance, hypotheses to be tested, design and methods, analysis of results, dissemination of results, a plan for project management including staffing, budget, timeline and milestones for project delivery and quality management issues, consultation, an ethics committee application for the project and any other regulatory body applications required.
30 pts • (P) CLNR 405
CLNR 591 – Thesis in Clinical Research
Master's thesis in Clinical Research.
120 pts • (P) PGDipClinRes or its equivalent.
CLNR 690 – Clinical Research for PhD
Doctoral thesis in Clinical Research.
120 pts
Cognitive and Behavioural Neuroscience
CBNS 448 – Special Topic: Cognitive and Behavioural Neuroscience: Consciousness and Cognition
The sense of being conscious is a central aspect of our psychological makeup. However, a lot of perceptual and cognitive processing can be done non- consciously. In this course, we will delve into the mechanisms underlying conscious and unconscious processing, current theories of consciousness, and methodological issues in studying subjective experience. Recommended background for this course is PSYC 327 and 331 (or equivalents).
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
CBNS 580 – Research Preparation
This course provides the key skills required for individuals wishing to conduct postgraduate level research in cognitive and behavioural neuroscience. These skills will be acquired via practical exercises conducted across a variety of research laboratories.
30 pts • (P) PSYC 232; PSYC 242 (or 325); 30 pts from PSYC 322, 327, 331, 332 (C) PSYC 465 (X) PSYC 489
^ Limited entry course
CBNS 591 – Thesis
Master's thesis in Cognitive and Behavioural Neuroscience.
120 pts
Commercial Law
COML 401 – Advanced Competition Law A
An examination of the legal issues involved in formulating competition policy together with a study of the control of undesirable trade practices through the New Zealand Commerce Act 1986.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level COML pts
Not offered in 2023
COML 402 – Advanced Competition Law B
Further consideration of competition law with emphasis on business acquisitions, competition law in certain overseas jurisdictions and a study of selected legal problems arising from competition law.
15 pts • (P) COML 401
Not offered in 2023
COML 403 – Special Topic: Entrepreneurship and Innovation
This course is designed to provide students with expertise in the intellectual property laws that are an essential component of an innovative business. It includes lectures on copyright, designs, patents, trade marks, and business management of intellectual property, as well as studies on videogames, pharmaceuticals and artificial intelligence. The course assessments will require some independent research into topical and controversial areas of intellectual property laws.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School; X ENTR 512
COML 404 – Special Topic: Current Issues in Labour and Employment Law
An exploration of current issues in labour and employment law, including the law surrounding individual employment relationships and collective bargaining.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School (X) LAWS 518
Not offered in 2023
COML 405 – Special Topic: Commercial Law and Taxation Research
This course provides students with an understanding of research methodologies, legal theories and skills required for successful postgraduate study in law and taxation. It will address research issues and develop tools for postgraduate study.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
COML 421 – Law of Commercial Transactions
Examination and review of selected areas from the law relating to international and domestic trade and finance, business finance, and secured financing.
15 pts • (P) COML 303
Not offered in 2023
COML 425 – Advanced Law of Contractual Obligations
Examination and review of the law of contract with special emphasis on recent developments in law, doctrine and theory. The course includes comparative analysis and is set within a general law of obligations framework.
15 pts • (P) COML 303
Not offered in 2023
COML 690 – Commercial Law for PhD
120 pts
Communication
COMS 401 – Special Topic: Communication in Context- Violence, Social Change, and the Digital
This course develops students’ understanding of the contemporary intersections of digital communication technologies, violence, and social change. Students will be introduced to critical theories of cultural contexts, mediums and mediation, digital technologies, violence, and social change. Case studies will include #metoo, the Islamic State, Black Lives Matter, and indigenous movements. By the end of the course, students will have a sophisticated understanding of the ways in which communications technologies can be used to both mediate and challenge various forms of violence.
30 pts
LCCM 471 – Rhetoric: The Art of Persuasion, from Aristotle to the Internet
This course will study both the theory and the practice of rhetoric as a distinct mode of communication, from its classical origins to the contemporary scene. Its overriding purpose is to equip students to critique contemporary examples from the public sphere.
30 pts
COMS 501 – Communication Paradigms
This core course provides an overview of key theories and paradigms in communication studies. Topics include the historical emergence of communication, transmission versus meaning-based approaches, symbolic interactionism versus structural analysis, analog versus digital communication technologies, administrative versus critical traditions as well as political economy, cultural studies, and institutional approaches to communication.
30 pts
COMS 502 – Communication Research Methods
This course provides students with a grounding in key methodologies and methods of data collection and analysis used in communication research. This includes consideration of different research paradigms, qualitative and quantitative approaches, the operationalisation of variables and the development of hypotheses. Research ethics and Māori research tikanga are also covered. Methods include interviews, focus groups, content and discourse analysis, digital and online research methods, as well as the use of online collaborative tools, and documentary/archival analysis.
30 pts
COMS 589 – Research Project
This course gives students the opportunity to pursue an individual research project relating to an aspect of the Master of Communication programme. Students will be given guidance and support from a supervisor.
30 pts • (P) COMS 502
COMS 590 – Internship
Students will complete an approved and supervised work-based communication project while on a placement in a private sector establishment, public sector agency, or non-governmental organisation.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director
Communication Design
COMD 411 – Narrative Design / Hoahoa ā-Paki
Narrative is an important element in design. Design can tell stories, communicate information, and create meaning. This course looks at a range of tools and techniques for creatively constructing and deploying narratives in various contexts, including visual design, interactive formats, and texts. Students will learn how to build story into their design projects, enhancing their appeal and impact.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
DSDN 451 – Contemporary Perspectives in Design Innovation / Nō Nāianei Tirohanga i te Auaha Hoahoa
This course introduces students to a diverse range of research practices that foster criticality, creativity and a deepening of our connection to whanaungatanga associated with a range of contemporary issues and emerging technologies. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts
DSDN 481 – Research Methods/Tikanga ā-Rangahau
This seminar-based course introduces postgraduate students to current qualitative methods in design research. It explores a range of creative and empirical methods, concentrating on the formulation of research questions, the identification of appropriate research methods, and the articulation of research methodologies and analytical frameworks.
30 pts
FADN 411 – Fashion Cultures / Ngā Ahurea ā-Kākahu
This course explores the theory and practice of fashion history, culture and design. Students undertake analysis and critique of fashion paradigms through an interdisciplinary approach and consider the significance of fashion for people and societies throughout time. In lectures, seminars, readings and workshops, students investigate fashion as object, representation and practice. This course is first offered in 2022.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
INDN 441 – Creative Digital Manufacturing
In this course students undertake industrial design projects researching new and emerging digital technologies as a catalyst for the creation of innovative future products, systems and services. Students develop design proposals considering the effects of novel methods of manufacturing and digital production technology in stimulating socio-cultural change.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 402 – Digital Product Design/Hoahoa ā-Huataonga Matihiko
In this course students will explore and implement current digital product design methods for software, complex websites and apps. The course will emphasise complex interaction design, developing design systems, the interrelationship between design research and rapid prototyping. Students will be also introduced to digital product environments such as Agile development.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 403 – Design Ideation / Ariā ā-Hoahoa
This course is an advanced investigation of a range of topics relevant to professional activity in current design practice, including branding, marketing, networking, presentation and portfolio. Students will consider both traditional and emergent contexts and approaches to these topics while demonstrating rangatiratanga, an autonomous design style and content.
15 pts • (P) Permission from Head of School; (X) CCDN 422
MDDN 412 – Experimental Design for Decentralised Media & Networks
Students will gain advanced level experience with newly emerging media and interaction design techniques specific to mixed human-machine communication networks such as Blockchain, Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts • (P) 30 300-level MDDN or IXXN pts
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 413 – Graphic Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Whakairoiro
In this course students will explore and utilise graphic design elements, software, and strategies in the pursuit of a body of design work, while analysing ways to leverage personal experience and unique backgrounds. Through research, exercises and projects, students will develop technical mastery, formal graphic design skills and independent research skills towards expressing a unique visual identity.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 415 – Information Design Practice
This course explores practice for effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Topics will include understanding datasets to create accurate data visualisations, and visualising a variety of information to effectively communicate ideas in different contexts.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 416 – Advanced User Experience Studio/Taupuni Wheako Whaiaro Whatutoto
In this course students will analyse and conceive user experience design concepts, techniques and strategies. Students will explore a number of different design processes, frameworks, research methods, prototyping techniques, and design outcomes.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 417 – User Experience Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Wheako Kaiwhakamahi
In this course students develop skills in core user experience design processes such as: problem framing, qualitative research and analysis, visualisation techniques, interaction design, and prototyping. Students are introduced to designing for accessibility, and design ethics, and will use industry standard tools and techniques.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 421 – Compositing and VFX Design/Hiatotanga me te Hoahoa ā-Ataata Taunaki
In this course students will gain a comprehensive command of professional approaches to previsualization, production planning, and coordination. They will then progress to asset creation, which may include live action plates, set extensions, visual effects elements, matte painting, and modelling. Students will complete their understanding of the production process by developing workflows for post-production and compositing.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 301 or MDDN 311
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 422 – Effects and Simulation / Rākeitanga me te Whaihanga
In this course students will focus on developing a mastery of the skills relating to the creation of creature, human, and mechanical puppet rigs for digital characters, as well as creating digital simulations of physical phenomena.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 201 or MDDN 432
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 431 – Lighting and Rendering / Tūrama me te Whakaritenga
In this course students will critique and analyse traditional applications of lighting such as portraiture, practical studio lighting, and cinematography. Projects will develop a mastery of digital lighting and rendering software while evidencing mastery of an individual creative focus in areas such as CG animation, games, VR, and motion capture.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 421
MDDN 432 – Motion and Performance
In this course students will analyse and create digital animated sequences with a strong focus on using character-based animation to convey compelling and emotive narratives. The course will focus on technical workflows, skills, and good practices for animating complex characters and will culminate in a final animated short.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 311
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 443 – Creative Artificial Intelligence
This course introduces the latest research practices in the data-driven creation and manipulation of digital media. It covers techniques of how to organize, represent, transform, and generate image-based media. Students will strengthen their computational skills by constructing datasets and configuring machine learning pipelines in order to produce original content.
30 pts • (X) DSDN 487 in 2018–2020
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 451 – Creative Coding for Digital Content/Waehere Auaha
This course covers computer graphics techniques that are used as current practice in the film industry. While working on projects that span a range of approaches for generating special effects, and algorithmic treatment of media, students will also review and analyse cinematic examples.
30 pts • (P) 40 300-level MDDN pts
SIDN 412 – Mātauranga Design / Hoahoa ā-Mātauranga
This course engages with Māori creativity and mātauranga Māori (Māori knowledge) in the production of both visual and material cultural design that honours our place and past in Aotearoa New Zealand. Guided by traditional Māori protocols and knowledge, students will learn how to understand and interact with Māori concepts in ways that are culturally sound and appropriate.
15 pts • (X) CCDN 412
SIDN 472 – Advanced Theory
A critical examination of theoretical and creative work at the intersections of design, culture, history, politics and ethics. Students will read and analyse a range of texts relevant to contemporary multi-disciplinary design research practice. Special focus will be given to developing, and effectively communicating, a theoretical standpoint that supports individual research interests.
30 pts • (X) CCDN 472 for 2020
Not offered in 2023
DSDN 590 – Creative Project
FILM/DSDN/NZSM/THEA 590 is a creative research project, which is the capstone of the MFA (Creative Practice) degree. The project topic and approach is developed by the student under the guidance of an academic staff member in the relevant area.
60 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
DSDN 592 – Design Research Portfolio
Master of Design Research Portfolio.
120 pts
DSDN 593 – Design Research Innovation Portfolio/Kohinga ā-Auaha Rangahau Hoahoa
This is a project-based 90-point thesis that exists within the 180-point MDI degree programme. With approval of academic staff, and in consultation with a Design Research Innovation Lab (DRIL) supervisor, students undertake a major design investigation. The final research/ design outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development and expression.
90 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
Computer Graphics
CGRA 401 – Mathematics for Games and Graphics
This course will introduce applications of mathematics to game and graphics programming. The concepts will be taught through computational and programming exercises with visual results. Topics may include mathematics for shading, geometric computations and numerical considerations for graphics, graphics applications of linear systems with constraints, SVD and eigenvectors.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School; (X) COMP 471 in 2014-15
Not offered in 2023
CGRA 408 – Computer Graphics Rendering
This course will introduce a physically based photo-realistic rendering pipeline including radiometry, reflectance models, lighting, scene acceleration structures, ray tracing, path tracing and other global illumination algorithms.
15 pts • (P) CGRA 350 or 352 or (CGRA 251 and 30 300-level CGRA/COMP/SWEN/NWEN points) or at least B- in CGRA 401 and 402
Not offered in 2023
CGRA 409 – Geometry Processing Algorithms
This course introduces the algorithmic and mathematical foundations of three-dimensional modelling. Topics include representations such as polygons, splines, implicit surfaces, point models, particle systems and volumetric models; concepts such as parameterisation, curvature and discrete differential geometry; algorithmic approaches such as gradient domain processing, spectral processing and example-based deformation. It does not address content creation.
15 pts • (P) CGRA 350 or COMP 308 or at least B- in CGRA 401 and 402 (or COMP 471 and 472 in 2014-15); (X) COMP 409
Not offered in 2023
CGRA 440 – Directed Individual Study
To be confirmed.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CGRA 463 – Computer Graphics Practicum
The practicum is an opportunity for students to engage with a supervised computer graphics project in the context of an external company or organisation.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CGRA 471 – Special Topic
To be advised.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
CGRA 472 – Special Topic: User Experience for Immersive Technologies
This course provides students with the knowledge and understanding of the processes of user experience engineering, design and evaluation for immersive and interactive technologies, Virtual Reality (VR), Augmented Reality (AR) and mixed reality (MR), together referred to as XR. The course will focus on interactions, techniques and methods for user experience design and evaluation, and students will engage in hands-on experience with VR devices and technologies. No previous experience in XR is necessary.
15 pts • (P) one of (CGRA 350, SWEN 303, 325, 422) or equivalent
Not offered in 2023
CGRA 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic in computer graphics approved by the Head of School.
30 pts
COMP 471 – Special Topic: Probabilistic Machine Learning
This course teaches underlying algorithms and techniques of machine learning, with an emphasis on techniques that use probability and graphical models.
15 pts • (P) One of (COMP 307, 309); MATH 177 or STAT 292 or STAT 293, or approved background in Mathematics or Statistics.
Not offered in 2023
COMP 472 – Special Topic
To be advised.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
CGRA 591 – Thesis in Computer Graphics
Thesis in Computer Graphics.
120 pts
CGRA 691 – Computer Graphics for PhD
120 pts
Computer Science
See also Software Engineering and Network Engineering, and (for postgraduate level) Logic and Computation
AIML 420 – Artificial Intelligence
This course addresses concepts and techniques of artificial intelligence (AI). It provides a brief overview of AI history and search techniques, as well as covering important machine learning topics and algorithms with their applications, including neural networks and evolutionary algorithms. Other topics include probability and Bayesian networks, planning and scheduling. The course will also give a brief overview of a selection of other current topics in AI.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level CGRA, COMP, CYBR, DATA, SWEN or NWEN pts (X) COMP 307, COMP 420
AIML 421 – Machine Learning Tools and Techniques
This course addresses the use of machine learning tools and techniques for analysing data and automatically generating applications. The course will explore a range of tools and techniques for classification, regression, image analysis, clustering, text mining, and preprocessing data. It examines the applicability and limitations of the techniques and methods for analysing and evaluating the outcome of using machine learning tools. Students will gain practical experience in applying a range of tools to a range of different problems from different domains.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level CGRA, COMP, CYBR, DATA, NWEN, or SWEN pts (X) COMP 309
AIML 425 – Neural Networks and Deep Learning
This course addresses the fundamentals of neural network based deep learning. It covers the commonly used deep learning architectures such as fully connected networks, resnets, variational autoencoders, and generative adversarial networks. It discusses functional blocks such as convolutional nets, recurrent neural nets such as LSTMs, and the common objective functions and regularization procedures. Examples will discuss applications such as object classification, classification of sequential text, and the generation of realistic human faces.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307 (X) the pair (COMP 421, 422);
AIML 426 – Evolutionary Computation and Learning
This course addresses evolutionary approaches in machine learning and optimisation. The course will cover both evolutionary algorithms and swarm intelligence as well as some other population-based techniques for problem solving. It will include a range of real-world application domains such as classification, regression, clustering and optimisation.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307
AIML 427 – Big Data
Big Data refers to the large and often complex datasets generated in the modern world: data sources such as commercial customer records, internet transactions, environmental monitoring. This course provides an introduction to the theory and practice of working with Big Data. Students enrolling in this course should be familiar with the basics of machine learning, data mining, statistical modelling and with programming.
15 pts • (P) one of (AIML 420, 421, COMP 307, 309, STAT 393, 394); one of (ENGR 123, STAT 193, MATH 177, QUAN 102) or comparable background in Statistics; (X) COMP 424, COMP 473 (2016-2018)
AIML 428 – Text Mining and Natural Language Processing
This course focuses on text mining and natural language processing. It covers a variety of topics including text representation, document classification and clustering, opinion mining, information retrieval, recommender systems, query expansion, and information extraction.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts; (C) AIML 420 or COMP 307; (X) COMP 423
Not offered in 2023
AIML 429 – Probabilistic Machine Learning
This course teaches the ideas, algorithms and techniques of probabilistic machine learning. Topics include Bayesian inference, discriminative and generative classifiers, the EM algorithm, Gaussian processes, Markov Chain Monte Carlo, hidden Markov models, belief nets and other graphical models, and causal modelling.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307; one of (MATH 177, STAT 292, 293) or approved background in Maths or Statistics; (X) COMP 421
AIML 430 – Applications and Implications of Artificial Intelligence
This course looks at the range of applications of artificial intelligence in the world of today and the future. It surveys the kinds of problem that can be solved with AI technology and techniques and considers the implications and consequences of using AI technology in these applications. It will discuss the positive and negative outcomes and the ethical issues and principles that need to be considered when creating technological solutions using AI.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts
AIML 431 – Current Topics in Artificial Intelligence
This course addresses several current topics in artificial intelligence. Possible topics include Reinforcement Learning, AI for robotics, AI in games, Intelligent image analysis, AI and optimisation, AI Planning.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307
AIML 440 – Directed Individual Study
Content depends on the individual student.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
AIML 441 – Directed Individual Study
Content depends on the individual student.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
AIML 487 – Research Project
A supervised research project in an area of Artificial Intelligence.
45 pts
CGRA 401 – Mathematics for Games and Graphics
This course will introduce applications of mathematics to game and graphics programming. The concepts will be taught through computational and programming exercises with visual results. Topics may include mathematics for shading, geometric computations and numerical considerations for graphics, graphics applications of linear systems with constraints, SVD and eigenvectors.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School; (X) COMP 471 in 2014-15
Not offered in 2023
CGRA 408 – Computer Graphics Rendering
This course will introduce a physically based photo-realistic rendering pipeline including radiometry, reflectance models, lighting, scene acceleration structures, ray tracing, path tracing and other global illumination algorithms.
15 pts • (P) CGRA 350 or 352 or (CGRA 251 and 30 300-level CGRA/COMP/SWEN/NWEN points) or at least B- in CGRA 401 and 402
Not offered in 2023
CGRA 409 – Geometry Processing Algorithms
This course introduces the algorithmic and mathematical foundations of three-dimensional modelling. Topics include representations such as polygons, splines, implicit surfaces, point models, particle systems and volumetric models; concepts such as parameterisation, curvature and discrete differential geometry; algorithmic approaches such as gradient domain processing, spectral processing and example-based deformation. It does not address content creation.
15 pts • (P) CGRA 350 or COMP 308 or at least B- in CGRA 401 and 402 (or COMP 471 and 472 in 2014-15); (X) COMP 409
Not offered in 2023
CGRA 440 – Directed Individual Study
To be confirmed.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CGRA 463 – Computer Graphics Practicum
The practicum is an opportunity for students to engage with a supervised computer graphics project in the context of an external company or organisation.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CGRA 471 – Special Topic
To be advised.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
CGRA 472 – Special Topic: User Experience for Immersive Technologies
This course provides students with the knowledge and understanding of the processes of user experience engineering, design and evaluation for immersive and interactive technologies, Virtual Reality (VR), Augmented Reality (AR) and mixed reality (MR), together referred to as XR. The course will focus on interactions, techniques and methods for user experience design and evaluation, and students will engage in hands-on experience with VR devices and technologies. No previous experience in XR is necessary.
15 pts • (P) one of (CGRA 350, SWEN 303, 325, 422) or equivalent
Not offered in 2023
CGRA 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic in computer graphics approved by the Head of School.
30 pts
COMP 420 – Artificial Intelligence
This course addresses concepts and techniques of artificial intelligence (AI). It provides a brief overview of AI history and search techniques, as well as covering important machine learning topics and algorithms with their applications, including neural networks and evolutionary algorithms. Other topics include probability and Bayesian networks, planning and scheduling. The course will also consider a selection of other current topics in AI (Being offered as AIML 420 from 2021).
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level COMP, SWEN or NWEN pts; (X) COMP 307
Not offered in 2023
COMP 421 – Machine Learning
This course covers a range of topics in machine learning, with a focus on inference and uncertainty. Topics include optimization, Bayesian probability theory, learning from rewards, unsupervised learning, Belief networks and particle filters (This course will be replaced by AIML 425 and AIML 429 from 2021).
15 pts • (P) COMP 307 or COMP 420; one further 300-level COMP, ECEN, NWEN or SWEN course
Not offered in 2023
COMP 422 – Data Mining, Neural Networks and Genetic Programming
This course is concerned with data mining concepts and techniques, especially neural networks and genetic programming. It mainly focuses on the following topics: data mining and knowledge discovery in databases; data mining techniques such as nearest neighbour, naive Bayes, support vector machines, neural networks, genetic algorithms and genetic (automatic) programming; image analysis operations such as feature extraction and image recognition; and performance evaluation of data mining/ machine learning/image recognition systems. The course considers applications ranging from general classification, clustering and optimisation tasks to engineering applications (Being replaced by AIML 426 from 2021).
15 pts • (P) COMP 307, one further 300-level COMP, ECEN, NWEN or SWEN course
Not offered in 2023
COMP 423 – Intelligent Agents
This course examines the construction of intelligent agents - software programs that can act for themselves in some part of the human world. This course focuses on agents for improving web search and includes topics such as agents for information extraction from the web, web page clustering and classification, automatic query expansion and web page ranking (Being offered as AIML 427 from 2021).
15 pts • (P) COMP 307, one further 300-level COMP, ECEN, NWEN or SWEN course
Not offered in 2023
COMP 424 – Big Data
Big Data refers to the large and often complex datasets generated in the modern world: data sources such as commercial customer records, internet transactions, environmental monitoring. This course provides an introduction to the theory and practice of working with Big Data. Students enrolling in this course should be familiar with the basics of machine learning, data mining, statistical modelling and with programming.
15 pts • (P) One of (COMP 307, 309, STAT 393, 394); STAT 193 or ENGR 123 or approved background in Statistics; (X) COMP 473 (2016-2018)
Not offered in 2023
COMP 425 – Computational Logic
This course is concerned with the application of formal logic to problems in Computer Science, and with techniques for mechanising logical reasoning. Topics may include: systems of reasoning; logic programming; the application of temporal and modal logics; and the relationship between proofs, programs, specifications and types. Students are recommended to take MATH 309 or PHIL 211/334/335.
15 pts • (P) COMP 304, one further 300-level COMP, NWEN or SWEN course; (MATH 309 or PHIL 211, 334, 335 recommended)
Not offered in 2023
COMP 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts
COMP 441 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts
COMP 471 – Special Topic: Probabilistic Machine Learning
This course teaches underlying algorithms and techniques of machine learning, with an emphasis on techniques that use probability and graphical models.
15 pts • (P) One of (COMP 307, 309); MATH 177 or STAT 292 or STAT 293, or approved background in Mathematics or Statistics.
Not offered in 2023
COMP 472 – Special Topic
To be advised.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
COMP 473 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
COMP 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic approved by the Head of School.
30 pts
CYBR 471 – Offensive and Defensive Security
This course focuses on offensive and defensive security techniques in the context of incident handling, best practices and theories about attacker behaviour. The course will include lectures and demonstrations but is designed around a virtual lab environment and scenarios that provide robust and realistic hands-on experiences in dealing with a range of offensive and defensive topic areas such as cybersecurity intelligence and investigation, incident response, and proactive cybersecurity.
15 pts • (P) CYBR 271, 371, 373
CYBR 472 – Digital Forensics
This course addresses the collection and analysis of the digital footprint left by humans and computers in a way that is reproducible by third-parties and suitable for presentation to a non-specialist audience. Topics include the rules of evidence, preservation of data, file system forensics, network forensics, live forensics, anti-forensics as well as forensics for non-standard devices such as mobile/smart phones, cloud computing and vehicular systems. Practical work will include labs where evidence is collected using tools and presented as well as the use, development and enhancement of these tools.
15 pts • (P) CYBR 271, 371, 30 further 300-level pts from (CYBR, NWEN, SWEN 324, 326)
CYBR 473 – Malware and Reverse Engineering
This course addresses the problem of using reverse-engineering techniques and related techniques such as fuzzing to both analyse malicious code and identify vulnerabilities in software. Topics will include methodology and techniques as well as the anatomy, behaviour and Propagation of malware. Practical work will involve malware analysis in a controlled environment as well as the analysis of real-world vulnerabilities and creation of exploits.
15 pts • (P) CYBR 271, 371, 30 further 300-level pts from (CYBR, NWEN, SWEN 324, 326)
AIML 501 – Research Essay in Artificial Intelligence
An investigation and literature review of an advanced topic in an area of artificial intelligence, reported in a project description and a literature review essay.
15 pts • (P) 45 points from AIML 425-440
AIML 589 – Research Project
A supervised research project in an area of Artificial Intelligence.
45 pts • (P) 45 points from AIML 425-440 (C) AIML 501
AIML 591 – Thesis in Artificial Intelligence
MSc thesis in Artificial Intelligence.
120 pts
COMP 501 – Research Essay in Computer Science
An investigation into an advanced topic in an area of computer science, reported in an essay.
15 pts • (P) 60 400-level pts from (AIML, CGRA, COMP, CYBR, NWEN, SWEN)
COMP 540 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) 60 400-level COMP, NWEN or SWEN points
Not offered in 2023
COMP 588 – Project
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
COMP 589 – Project
Individual project under the supervision of an academic staff member.
45 pts • (P) 60 400-level pts from (AIML, CGRA, COMP, CYBR, NWEN, SWEN) (C) COMP 501
COMP 591 – Thesis
MSc thesis in Computer Science.
120 pts
AIML 690 – Artificial Intelligence for PhD
120 pts
COMP 690 – Computer Science for PhD
120 pts
COMP 692 – Computer Science for PhD (Engineering)
120 pts
Conservation Biology
See also Biological Sciences and Environmental Studies
BIOL 420 – Conservation Ecology
Ecological theory, principles, and practice relating to biological conservation: current threats to biodiversity; population & community ecology; predator-prey interaction; data analysis & modelling; conservation planning, decision making and management options; human dimensions & indigenous perspectives.
30 pts • (P) 300-level Ecology or approval of the Head of School
BIOL 424 – New Zealand Conservation Practice
A practical, field-based course in New Zealand's fauna and flora and their conservation. Students visit a range of important field sites to learn about major conservation problems affecting the New Zealand biota. A case study approach is used to examine the conservation practices of New Zealand conservation scientists and managers. October 15 is the deadline for applications to take the course. The field work is of 4 weeks duration, commencing in late-January through to late-February. Assessment of the practical work continues until the end of April.
30 pts • (P) enrolment in MConBio, PGCertMarCon, MMarCon or permission of head of school
^ Limited entry course
CONB 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic approved by the Head of School.
30 pts
BIOL 580 – Research Preparation
A course of study in preparation for a Master’s Part 2 research programme. Typical activities include undertaking preliminary research investigations and developing key practical and theoretical skills, that aid in the development of your Master’s thesis proposal.
30 pts
CONB 591 – Thesis
MSc thesis in Conservation Biology.
120 pts
Not offered in 2023
CONB 690 – Conservation Biology for PhD
120 pts
Creative Writing
See also Writing (Academic and Professional)
CREW 591 – Creative Writing Portfolio - Te Kohinga Auaha
Master of Arts in Creative Writing (Writing for the Page Portfolio).
120 pts
CREW 592 – Scriptwriting Portfolio - Te Kohinga Tuhinga Whakaari
Master of Arts in Creative Writing (Scriptwriting Portfolio)
120 pts
CREW 690 – PhD in Creative Writing - Te Tohu Kairangi Tuhinga Auaha
120 pts
Criminology
CRIM 401 – Organised Crime
This course explores issues related to organised crime with a focus on transnational organised crime. Students will learn about trafficking through case study analyses of a number of different cross- border criminal trades. Examples include trafficking in drugs, wildlife humans, diamonds, guns, and art/antiquities. The conceptual relationship between transnational, white-collar and organised crime will be explored. We will also look at the interfaces between trafficking and local forms of organised crime, such as gangs in NZ.
30 pts • (X) CRIM 421 (2016-2018)
Not offered in 2023
CRIM 402 – Crimes Against the Environment
This course explores the nature of environmental harm from a criminological perspective. Drawing on the conceptual foundations and approaches of Green Criminology, the course investigates the causes and contexts of environmental crime, and considers how victimised human beings, non-human animals and ecosystems are responded to by regulatory agencies. Students conduct independent case study analysis to explore these issues in-depth.
30 pts • (X) CRIM 417 in 2016-2019
Not offered in 2023
CRIM 414 – Issues in Crime Prevention
This course critically examines a range of issues central to the conceptualisation, implementation and evaluation of crime prevention in New Zealand and internationally. It critically analyses the emergence of contemporary crime prevention, its major approaches and techniques and the political and bureaucratic context of their practical application in contemporary societies.
30 pts • (X) CRIM 516
Not offered in 2023
CRIM 416 – The Sociology of Punishment
An examination and explanation of the forms, functions, and significance of punishment in modern society.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
CRIM 417 – Special Topic: Colonisation and Criminal Justice in Aotearoa New Zealand
This course examines the intersections of colonisation and criminal justice in Aotearoa New Zealand. The development of criminal justice is located within the larger history of settler-colonialism and, against this backdrop, we draw on analytical concepts from settler colonial studies to interrogate the criminal law and associated practices of policing and incarceration. We engage with contemporary debates over the colonial foundations of criminology as a discipline, and ask: what role might criminology play in broader movements for decolonising criminal justice in Aotearoa New Zealand?
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
CRIM 419 – Gender and Crime
An examination of the role of gender in relation to such areas as rape, murder, family violence and the sex industry. The course will evaluate the extent to which gender needs to be taken into account when considering the causes, effects and prevention of such offences.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
CRIM 420 – Drug Use and Misuse: Key Issues and Debates
The aim of this course is to advance a critical understanding of the diverse nature of drug use and drug users in society. This course critically analyses: the divide between legal and illegal drugs; the social construction of drug use and misuse; the notion of addiction; harm reduction and prevention strategies, as well as emerging debates about performance enhancing drugs, ‘chemsex’ and new psychoactive substances. It critically explores some of the issues related to drug policy and the current focus on punitive prohibition as a response to drugs and those who use them.
30 pts
CRIM 421 – Special Topic: Transnational Crime
This course explores issues related to transnational crime with a focus on 'trafficking': that is, international criminal markets for illicit goods and services. Students will learn about trafficking through case study analyses of a number of different cross-border criminal trades. Examples include trafficking in drugs wildlife, humans, diamonds, and art/antiquities. Published research studies and advanced criminological theory will be used to understand the mechanics of trafficking, to develop causal explanations, and consider regulatory prescriptions options. The conceptual relationship between transnational, white-collar and organised crime will be explored.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
CRIM 423 – Liberties, Rights and Justice
This course critically examines international human rights law, policy and practice. Students evaluate the historical, theoretical and legislative foundations of human rights debates in relation to a number of contemporary case studies. Course topics include security and 'terrorism', slavery and development, immigration and asylum, torture, rape as a weapon of war, 'disappearance' and genocide. Throughout the course, students consider how rights analyses, on interpersonal, societal, institutional and structural levels, are formulated and developed. Finally, the course examines the issue of resistance, in relation to the dominant analytical themes of denial, 'truth' and 'justice'.
30 pts
CRIM 426 – Crime, Youth and Culture
This course examines the interrelated arguments surrounding youth crime and criminality. The theoretical discussions around the category of youth and youth (sub)cultures will be critically examined, from a variety of criminological perspectives, as will the relationship between social control, the media and policing of young people. Students will be encouraged to think in a creative and critical way in order to develop an understanding of the different theoretical debates which inform the examination of these relationships. Course topics will focus on: critically analysing the extent and seriousness of youth crime, the use of alcohol and drugs by young people, youth, disorder and 'antisocial' behaviour and the punishment of young people, as well as examining the representation of youth in the media. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
CRIM 427 – Criminal and Investigative Psychology
This course provides an in-depth analysis of several important topics in criminal and investigative psychology. Three main areas will be considered: homicide, offender profiling, and the psychology of punishment. On completion of this course, students will have advanced their understanding of criminal and investigative psychology in several key areas and will be able to apply this knowledge to concrete examples.
30 pts • (X) CRIM 421 in 2013-2015
Not offered in 2023
CRIM 429 – Colonisation and Criminal Justice in Aotearoa New Zealand
This course examines the intersections of colonisation and criminal justice in Aotearoa New Zealand. The development of criminal justice is located within the larger history of settler-colonialism and, against this backdrop, we draw on analytical concepts from settler colonial studies to interrogate the criminal law and associated practices of policing and incarceration. We engage with contemporary debates over the colonial foundations of criminology as a discipline, and ask: what role might criminology play in broader movements for decolonising criminal justice in Aotearoa New Zealand?
30 pts • (X) CRIM 417 in 2022
CRIM 489 – Research Project
In this course students will choose and conduct an independent research project and write an extended essay. They will receive individual supervision from a staff member on their research project, while a taught component will familiarise students with the skills necessary to carry out their research project.
30 pts
SACS 428 – Internship
Approved and supervised voluntary work placement of the student in a public sector agency, private sector establishment, or non-governmental organisation with a focus on any of research, policy or service provision issues.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
^ Limited entry course
CRIM 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Criminology.
120 pts
CRIM 690 – Criminology for PhD
120 pts
Cultural Anthropology
ANTH 401 – Culture through an Ethnographic Lens
This course critically examines the ethics and politics of ethnographic representation, historically and in the present. It further explores contemporary creative approaches to ethnography that push the genre’s boundaries. We will also experiment with diverse ethnographic writing styles and approaches, reflecting on the opportunities and challenges they afford us.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ANTH 406 – Special Topic: Culture through an Ethnographic Lens
What does it mean when we call something 'ethnographic'? In this course we will critically examine the diverse anthropological approaches to ethnography, and read key texts that have shaped and reshaped the ethnographic method and writing model. We will also experiment with diverse ethnographic writing styles and approaches, reflecting on the opportunities and challenges they afford us to explore and represent cultural worlds.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ANTH 407 – Ideas and Approaches
In this course, we will examine how people anticipate, cope with, and thrive across radical social, political, technological, and environmental changes. Through close readings of selected anthropological, philosophical, and historical texts, as well as works of speculative fiction, we will consider the multiple layers of rupture and continuity in which cultures are always situated, and reflect on how anthropology can comprehend and engage lives lived in shifting conditions. Themes to be addressed will include the Anthropocene, colonialism, late industrialism and capitalism, and posthumanism.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ANTH 408 – Ethnographic Methods
There are many methods for conducting empirical research. This course will concentrate on those used in ethnographic research, and guide students through their own fieldwork projects. Students will learn how to write a research proposal, a field report and an ethnographic account.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ANTH 410 – Current Directions in Anthropological Thought
This course examines contemporary issues in anthropological theory. Focusing on cutting-edge ideas in the discipline, it explores historical, ethnographic and philosophical contexts of their development.
30 pts
ANTH 489 – Ethnographic Research Project
In this course students will choose and conduct an ethnographic field research project and write an extended essay. They will learn basic research methodologies and debates around methods in Anthropology through focused seminars and will then formulate a research question, conduct field research and develop an essay based on that research.
30 pts
SACS 428 – Internship
Approved and supervised voluntary work placement of the student in a public sector agency, private sector establishment, or non-governmental organisation with a focus on any of research, policy or service provision issues.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
^ Limited entry course
ANTH 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Anthropology.
120 pts
ANTH 690 – Anthropology for PhD
120 pts
Cybersecurity
CYBR 471 – Offensive and Defensive Security
This course focuses on offensive and defensive security techniques in the context of incident handling, best practices and theories about attacker behaviour. The course will include lectures and demonstrations but is designed around a virtual lab environment and scenarios that provide robust and realistic hands-on experiences in dealing with a range of offensive and defensive topic areas such as cybersecurity intelligence and investigation, incident response, and proactive cybersecurity.
15 pts • (P) CYBR 271, 371, 373
CYBR 472 – Digital Forensics
This course addresses the collection and analysis of the digital footprint left by humans and computers in a way that is reproducible by third-parties and suitable for presentation to a non-specialist audience. Topics include the rules of evidence, preservation of data, file system forensics, network forensics, live forensics, anti-forensics as well as forensics for non-standard devices such as mobile/smart phones, cloud computing and vehicular systems. Practical work will include labs where evidence is collected using tools and presented as well as the use, development and enhancement of these tools.
15 pts • (P) CYBR 271, 371, 30 further 300-level pts from (CYBR, NWEN, SWEN 324, 326)
CYBR 473 – Malware and Reverse Engineering
This course addresses the problem of using reverse-engineering techniques and related techniques such as fuzzing to both analyse malicious code and identify vulnerabilities in software. Topics will include methodology and techniques as well as the anatomy, behaviour and Propagation of malware. Practical work will involve malware analysis in a controlled environment as well as the analysis of real-world vulnerabilities and creation of exploits.
15 pts • (P) CYBR 271, 371, 30 further 300-level pts from (CYBR, NWEN, SWEN 324, 326)
Data Science
DATA 471 – Practical Data Science
A course in practical data science. The course will introduce interactive displays, infographics and dashboards, focussing on communication, reporting and visualisation. It will bring together techniques in statistical and mathematical modelling with programming as well as social and ethical perspectives on data science. Co-taught with DATA 301.
15 pts • (P) DATA 201; one of (DATA 202, SCIE 201 in 2017–2018) (X) DATA 301
DATA 472 – Data Management and Programming
A course in the practical aspects of data management for those who work with data sources. Students will apply programming and data management techniques using a high-level language and SQL. Web scraping, data transformation, data cleaning, summary and visualisation. Students will create a web-based application to investigate, analyse and display a data set. Co-taught with DATA 202.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts from (COMP, DATA, STAT, NWEN, SWEN) (X) DATA 202, SCIE 201 in 2017-2018, STAT 483 in 2017-2020.
DATA 473 – Statistical Modelling for Data Science
The course develops aspects of statistical modelling and inference underpinning data science, including binary and count data. The role of data and modelling in decision-making is examined in a variety of contexts. Co-taught with DATA 303.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level pts from (COMP, DATA, NWEN, SWEN); STAT 292 or comparable background in Statistics (X) DATA 303
DATA 474 – Simulation & Stochastic Models
Simulation and modelling of stochastic systems, covering examples from Operations Research and Computer Science, including queues, networks and computer systems. Design, analysis and validation of simulation systems. Design, analysis and validation of simulation experiments. Co-taught with COMP 312, DATA 304.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level pts from (COMP, DATA, STAT, NWEN, SWEN); STAT 292 or comparable background in Statistics (X) COMP 312, DATA 304
DATA 480 – Research Preparation for Data Science
This course provides students with an opportunity to develop their research skills in Data Science, including use of library resources, constructing literature reviews, developing research questions, writing research proposals and developing skills in oral presentation.
15 pts • (P) Enrolment in the MDataSc
DATA 481 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
DATA 482 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
DATA 483 – Special Topic:
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
DATA 487 – Research Project
Supervised research project in Data Science.
15 pts
DATA 489 – Research Project
Supervised research project in Data Science.
30 pts
DATA 491 – Mathematics for Data Science
This course covers key mathematical methods used in the construction and maximisation of likelihoods, analyses of experimental data and general linear models, and exploration of probability distributions. Topics will include differentiation and optimisation of functions, matrices and their properties, probability distributions and integration. The statistical software R will be used. The mathematical methods will be implemented and illustrated using R including the use of simulation, numerical methods and graphics.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level pts from (COMP, DATA, NWEN, SWEN); STAT 292 or comparable background in Statistics (X) MATH 277, STAT 391
DATA 492 – Data Science Algorithms
This course will derive the fundamental algorithms of data science from mathematical and statistical principles. Algorithms for regression, clustering, dimensionality reduction and stochastic optimisation will be derived, together with methods to generate pseudo-random numbers and samples from probability distributions, including the use of Markov Chain Monte Carlo samplers. Practical work will be used to develop understanding of how the algorithms work in practice and the limits on their use.
15 pts • (P) STAT 391 or DATA 491
Not offered in 2023
DATA 501 – Advanced Techniques in Data Science
A course in the application of Data Science techniques to a problem. Each student will develop a distributable software package to process, investigate, analyse, manipulate, summarise and visualise data from a data source. The package will be developed in a standard programming environment and will be fully documented and peer tested. Students will write an accompanying critique of relevant data limitations and any legal or ethical considerations.
15 pts • (P) 30 approved 400-level pts from (AIML, COMP, DATA, STAT)
DATA 581 – Data Science Practicum
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in the application of Data Science. Each student is supervised by a host organisation involved in Data Science applications in the public or private sectors. The placement allows students to develop teamwork and communication skills in the real world.
30 pts • (P) enrolment in the MDataSc, 60 approved points of courses from the MDataSc
DATA 588 – Research Project
Supervised research project in Data Science.
45 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
DATA 591 – Thesis in Data Science
MSc thesis in Data Science.
120 pts
DATA 690 – Data Science for PhD
Data Science for PhD.
120 pts
Design
See also Design Innovation
COMD 411 – Narrative Design / Hoahoa ā-Paki
Narrative is an important element in design. Design can tell stories, communicate information, and create meaning. This course looks at a range of tools and techniques for creatively constructing and deploying narratives in various contexts, including visual design, interactive formats, and texts. Students will learn how to build story into their design projects, enhancing their appeal and impact.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
DSDN 481 – Research Methods/Tikanga ā-Rangahau
This seminar-based course introduces postgraduate students to current qualitative methods in design research. It explores a range of creative and empirical methods, concentrating on the formulation of research questions, the identification of appropriate research methods, and the articulation of research methodologies and analytical frameworks.
30 pts
DSDN 485 – Directed Individual Study/Ako Kiritahi Horipū
Independent study work undertaken on an approved course of study.
30 pts • (P) Approval is required from the Head of School
Not offered in 2023
DSDN 487 – Special Topic/Take Motuhake: Creative Artificial Intelligence
Introduces the latest research practices in the data-driven creation and manipulation of digital media. Covers techniques of how to organize, represent, transform, and generate media across domains such as graphics, text, and music. Students will strengthen their computational skills by constructing datasets and configuring machine learning pipelines in order to produce original content.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
DSDN 488 – Special Topic/Take Motuhake: Advanced Topics in Design
This course will introduce students to a range of topics relevant to design practice today, including cross-cultural, ethical, political, and economic issues that impact our interactions with the environment and each other. Students will consider these expanded contexts through the application of research and theoretical inquiry in relation to a variety of design practices in order to foster greater sustainability, ecological well-being, and ethical practices.
30 pts • (P) 40 300-level CCDN or INDN or MDDN points
Not offered in 2023
DSDN 489 – Special Topic/Take Motuhake: Animation and Compositing
This course will cover key areas of design, production, and post-production for animation and visual effects. Students will produce high quality visual narratives and learn to think like a Director and Technical Artist.
30 pts
FADN 411 – Fashion Cultures / Ngā Ahurea ā-Kākahu
This course explores the theory and practice of fashion history, culture and design. Students undertake analysis and critique of fashion paradigms through an interdisciplinary approach and consider the significance of fashion for people and societies throughout time. In lectures, seminars, readings and workshops, students investigate fashion as object, representation and practice. This course is first offered in 2022.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
INDN 441 – Creative Digital Manufacturing
In this course students undertake industrial design projects researching new and emerging digital technologies as a catalyst for the creation of innovative future products, systems and services. Students develop design proposals considering the effects of novel methods of manufacturing and digital production technology in stimulating socio-cultural change.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
IXXN 411 – Affective Interaction Design
The course investigates how hyper-personalised designs can affect emotional responses in people. In-depth research and design experiments will be carried out through theoretical and applied methods and presented by students through weekly seminars. Students will develop novel approaches and methods for addressing personalisation and affective design.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 402 – Digital Product Design/Hoahoa ā-Huataonga Matihiko
In this course students will explore and implement current digital product design methods for software, complex websites and apps. The course will emphasise complex interaction design, developing design systems, the interrelationship between design research and rapid prototyping. Students will be also introduced to digital product environments such as Agile development.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 403 – Design Ideation / Ariā ā-Hoahoa
This course is an advanced investigation of a range of topics relevant to professional activity in current design practice, including branding, marketing, networking, presentation and portfolio. Students will consider both traditional and emergent contexts and approaches to these topics while demonstrating rangatiratanga, an autonomous design style and content.
15 pts • (P) Permission from Head of School; (X) CCDN 422
MDDN 412 – Experimental Design for Decentralised Media & Networks
Students will gain advanced level experience with newly emerging media and interaction design techniques specific to mixed human-machine communication networks such as Blockchain, Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts • (P) 30 300-level MDDN or IXXN pts
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 413 – Graphic Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Whakairoiro
In this course students will explore and utilise graphic design elements, software, and strategies in the pursuit of a body of design work, while analysing ways to leverage personal experience and unique backgrounds. Through research, exercises and projects, students will develop technical mastery, formal graphic design skills and independent research skills towards expressing a unique visual identity.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 415 – Information Design Practice
This course explores practice for effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Topics will include understanding datasets to create accurate data visualisations, and visualising a variety of information to effectively communicate ideas in different contexts.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 415 – Information Design Practice
This course explores practice for effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Topics will include understanding datasets to create accurate data visualisations, and visualising a variety of information to effectively communicate ideas in different contexts.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 416 – Advanced User Experience Studio/Taupuni Wheako Whaiaro Whatutoto
In this course students will analyse and conceive user experience design concepts, techniques and strategies. Students will explore a number of different design processes, frameworks, research methods, prototyping techniques, and design outcomes.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 417 – User Experience Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Wheako Kaiwhakamahi
In this course students develop skills in core user experience design processes such as: problem framing, qualitative research and analysis, visualisation techniques, interaction design, and prototyping. Students are introduced to designing for accessibility, and design ethics, and will use industry standard tools and techniques.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 421 – Compositing and VFX Design/Hiatotanga me te Hoahoa ā-Ataata Taunaki
In this course students will gain a comprehensive command of professional approaches to previsualization, production planning, and coordination. They will then progress to asset creation, which may include live action plates, set extensions, visual effects elements, matte painting, and modelling. Students will complete their understanding of the production process by developing workflows for post-production and compositing.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 301 or MDDN 311
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 422 – Effects and Simulation / Rākeitanga me te Whaihanga
In this course students will focus on developing a mastery of the skills relating to the creation of creature, human, and mechanical puppet rigs for digital characters, as well as creating digital simulations of physical phenomena.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 201 or MDDN 432
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 431 – Lighting and Rendering / Tūrama me te Whakaritenga
In this course students will critique and analyse traditional applications of lighting such as portraiture, practical studio lighting, and cinematography. Projects will develop a mastery of digital lighting and rendering software while evidencing mastery of an individual creative focus in areas such as CG animation, games, VR, and motion capture.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 421
MDDN 432 – Motion and Performance
In this course students will analyse and create digital animated sequences with a strong focus on using character-based animation to convey compelling and emotive narratives. The course will focus on technical workflows, skills, and good practices for animating complex characters and will culminate in a final animated short.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 311
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 443 – Creative Artificial Intelligence
This course introduces the latest research practices in the data-driven creation and manipulation of digital media. It covers techniques of how to organize, represent, transform, and generate image-based media. Students will strengthen their computational skills by constructing datasets and configuring machine learning pipelines in order to produce original content.
30 pts • (X) DSDN 487 in 2018–2020
Not offered in 2023
SIDN 412 – Mātauranga Design / Hoahoa ā-Mātauranga
This course engages with Māori creativity and mātauranga Māori (Māori knowledge) in the production of both visual and material cultural design that honours our place and past in Aotearoa New Zealand. Guided by traditional Māori protocols and knowledge, students will learn how to understand and interact with Māori concepts in ways that are culturally sound and appropriate.
15 pts • (X) CCDN 412
SIDN 472 – Advanced Theory
A critical examination of theoretical and creative work at the intersections of design, culture, history, politics and ethics. Students will read and analyse a range of texts relevant to contemporary multi-disciplinary design research practice. Special focus will be given to developing, and effectively communicating, a theoretical standpoint that supports individual research interests.
30 pts • (X) CCDN 472 for 2020
Not offered in 2023
DSDN 590 – Creative Project
FILM/DSDN/NZSM/THEA 590 is a creative research project, which is the capstone of the MFA (Creative Practice) degree. The project topic and approach is developed by the student under the guidance of an academic staff member in the relevant area.
60 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
DSDN 592 – Design Research Portfolio
Master of Design Research Portfolio.
120 pts
DSDN 593 – Design Research Innovation Portfolio/Kohinga ā-Auaha Rangahau Hoahoa
This is a project-based 90-point thesis that exists within the 180-point MDI degree programme. With approval of academic staff, and in consultation with a Design Research Innovation Lab (DRIL) supervisor, students undertake a major design investigation. The final research/ design outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development and expression.
90 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
Design for Social Innovation
COMD 411 – Narrative Design / Hoahoa ā-Paki
Narrative is an important element in design. Design can tell stories, communicate information, and create meaning. This course looks at a range of tools and techniques for creatively constructing and deploying narratives in various contexts, including visual design, interactive formats, and texts. Students will learn how to build story into their design projects, enhancing their appeal and impact.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
DSDN 451 – Contemporary Perspectives in Design Innovation / Nō Nāianei Tirohanga i te Auaha Hoahoa
This course introduces students to a diverse range of research practices that foster criticality, creativity and a deepening of our connection to whanaungatanga associated with a range of contemporary issues and emerging technologies. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts
FADN 411 – Fashion Cultures / Ngā Ahurea ā-Kākahu
This course explores the theory and practice of fashion history, culture and design. Students undertake analysis and critique of fashion paradigms through an interdisciplinary approach and consider the significance of fashion for people and societies throughout time. In lectures, seminars, readings and workshops, students investigate fashion as object, representation and practice. This course is first offered in 2022.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
INDN 441 – Creative Digital Manufacturing
In this course students undertake industrial design projects researching new and emerging digital technologies as a catalyst for the creation of innovative future products, systems and services. Students develop design proposals considering the effects of novel methods of manufacturing and digital production technology in stimulating socio-cultural change.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 402 – Digital Product Design/Hoahoa ā-Huataonga Matihiko
In this course students will explore and implement current digital product design methods for software, complex websites and apps. The course will emphasise complex interaction design, developing design systems, the interrelationship between design research and rapid prototyping. Students will be also introduced to digital product environments such as Agile development.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 403 – Design Ideation / Ariā ā-Hoahoa
This course is an advanced investigation of a range of topics relevant to professional activity in current design practice, including branding, marketing, networking, presentation and portfolio. Students will consider both traditional and emergent contexts and approaches to these topics while demonstrating rangatiratanga, an autonomous design style and content.
15 pts • (P) Permission from Head of School; (X) CCDN 422
MDDN 412 – Experimental Design for Decentralised Media & Networks
Students will gain advanced level experience with newly emerging media and interaction design techniques specific to mixed human-machine communication networks such as Blockchain, Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts • (P) 30 300-level MDDN or IXXN pts
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 413 – Graphic Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Whakairoiro
In this course students will explore and utilise graphic design elements, software, and strategies in the pursuit of a body of design work, while analysing ways to leverage personal experience and unique backgrounds. Through research, exercises and projects, students will develop technical mastery, formal graphic design skills and independent research skills towards expressing a unique visual identity.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 415 – Information Design Practice
This course explores practice for effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Topics will include understanding datasets to create accurate data visualisations, and visualising a variety of information to effectively communicate ideas in different contexts.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 416 – Advanced User Experience Studio/Taupuni Wheako Whaiaro Whatutoto
In this course students will analyse and conceive user experience design concepts, techniques and strategies. Students will explore a number of different design processes, frameworks, research methods, prototyping techniques, and design outcomes.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 417 – User Experience Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Wheako Kaiwhakamahi
In this course students develop skills in core user experience design processes such as: problem framing, qualitative research and analysis, visualisation techniques, interaction design, and prototyping. Students are introduced to designing for accessibility, and design ethics, and will use industry standard tools and techniques.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 421 – Compositing and VFX Design/Hiatotanga me te Hoahoa ā-Ataata Taunaki
In this course students will gain a comprehensive command of professional approaches to previsualization, production planning, and coordination. They will then progress to asset creation, which may include live action plates, set extensions, visual effects elements, matte painting, and modelling. Students will complete their understanding of the production process by developing workflows for post-production and compositing.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 301 or MDDN 311
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 422 – Effects and Simulation / Rākeitanga me te Whaihanga
In this course students will focus on developing a mastery of the skills relating to the creation of creature, human, and mechanical puppet rigs for digital characters, as well as creating digital simulations of physical phenomena.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 201 or MDDN 432
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 431 – Lighting and Rendering / Tūrama me te Whakaritenga
In this course students will critique and analyse traditional applications of lighting such as portraiture, practical studio lighting, and cinematography. Projects will develop a mastery of digital lighting and rendering software while evidencing mastery of an individual creative focus in areas such as CG animation, games, VR, and motion capture.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 421
MDDN 432 – Motion and Performance
In this course students will analyse and create digital animated sequences with a strong focus on using character-based animation to convey compelling and emotive narratives. The course will focus on technical workflows, skills, and good practices for animating complex characters and will culminate in a final animated short.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 311
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 443 – Creative Artificial Intelligence
This course introduces the latest research practices in the data-driven creation and manipulation of digital media. It covers techniques of how to organize, represent, transform, and generate image-based media. Students will strengthen their computational skills by constructing datasets and configuring machine learning pipelines in order to produce original content.
30 pts • (X) DSDN 487 in 2018–2020
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 451 – Creative Coding for Digital Content/Waehere Auaha
This course covers computer graphics techniques that are used as current practice in the film industry. While working on projects that span a range of approaches for generating special effects, and algorithmic treatment of media, students will also review and analyse cinematic examples.
30 pts • (P) 40 300-level MDDN pts
SIDN 412 – Mātauranga Design / Hoahoa ā-Mātauranga
This course engages with Māori creativity and mātauranga Māori (Māori knowledge) in the production of both visual and material cultural design that honours our place and past in Aotearoa New Zealand. Guided by traditional Māori protocols and knowledge, students will learn how to understand and interact with Māori concepts in ways that are culturally sound and appropriate.
15 pts • (X) CCDN 412
SIDN 472 – Advanced Theory
A critical examination of theoretical and creative work at the intersections of design, culture, history, politics and ethics. Students will read and analyse a range of texts relevant to contemporary multi-disciplinary design research practice. Special focus will be given to developing, and effectively communicating, a theoretical standpoint that supports individual research interests.
30 pts • (X) CCDN 472 for 2020
Not offered in 2023
DESN 591 – Thesis/Tuhinga Whakapae
MDes thesis.
120 pts
DESN 592 – Research Portfolio
Master of Design Research Portfolio.
120 pts
DSDN 590 – Creative Project
FILM/DSDN/NZSM/THEA 590 is a creative research project, which is the capstone of the MFA (Creative Practice) degree. The project topic and approach is developed by the student under the guidance of an academic staff member in the relevant area.
60 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
DSDN 592 – Design Research Portfolio
Master of Design Research Portfolio.
120 pts
DSDN 593 – Design Research Innovation Portfolio/Kohinga ā-Auaha Rangahau Hoahoa
This is a project-based 90-point thesis that exists within the 180-point MDI degree programme. With approval of academic staff, and in consultation with a Design Research Innovation Lab (DRIL) supervisor, students undertake a major design investigation. The final research/ design outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development and expression.
90 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
DESN 690 – Design for PhD
120 pts
Design Innovation
See Culture+Context, Industrial Design and Media Design
DSDN 451 – Contemporary Perspectives in Design Innovation / Nō Nāianei Tirohanga i te Auaha Hoahoa
This course introduces students to a diverse range of research practices that foster criticality, creativity and a deepening of our connection to whanaungatanga associated with a range of contemporary issues and emerging technologies. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts
Development Studies
GEOG 416 – Refugee Spaces: Emotional Geographies of Forced Migration
The course aims to understand the effects on, and affects felt, of people experiencing forced migration and refugee resettlement and to generate more nuanced and sensitive responses to them in Aotearoa New Zealand. Throughout we question multi-sited interrelationships of emotion, affect, embodiment, and power through a geographic inquiry into the material places and digital spaces of 'refugeeness'.
30 pts • (X) GEOG 411 in 2020-2021
DEVE 503 – Practicum
Supervised practice in a field of development management focusing attention on policy and practice either as part of a special course offered by an approved overseas tertiary institution or in a particular agency or project engaged in development work either in New Zealand or overseas.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
DEVE 511 – Development Theory
A critical examination of theories of development.
15 pts • (X) DEVE 501
Not offered in 2023
DEVE 512 – Development Practice
The course critically examines the practice of development. It deals with issues around professional practice and introduces some key techniques used (including project cycle management).
15 pts • (X) DEVE 501
Not offered in 2023
DEVE 513 – Development Policy
Practice in the concepts and tools of development policy formulation through scenario contexts and developing policy documents.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
DEVE 514 – Development Research
Preparation for master's thesis in development including a full research proposal and practice in research methodology for development fieldwork.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
DEVE 540 – Directed Individual Study
15 pts
DEVE 560 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study agreed between a student and supervisor and approved by the Programme Director.
30 pts
DEVE 561 – Special Topic
15 pts
DEVE 589 – Thesis
Master of Development Studies thesis.
90 pts
DEVE 592 – Thesis
Master of Development Studies thesis.
120 pts
DEVE 690 – Development Studies for PhD (Science)
120 pts
DEVE 692 – Development Studies for PhD (Agriculture)
120 pts
DEVE 693 – Development Studies for PhD (Arts)
120 pts
Earth Sciences
ESCI 404 – ST: Topics in Earth Sciences
15 pts • (P) 40 300-level points (X) GEOL 404
Not offered in 2023
ESCI 407 – Global Tectonics
This course looks at the frontiers of research on the tectonics of plate boundaries and lithospheric geodynamics, focusing on current scientific debate about these topics with examples from around the world.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 302
ESCI 408 – Special Topic: Frontiers of Palaeobiology
This course will review some of the latest results in the field of palaeobiology. Using research papers published over the last twelve months, we will choose the most exciting and extraordinary topics available. Depending on what’s published in that period, topics may include discussions on mass extinctions, processes and patterns in the fossil record, human evolution and any particularly spectacular fossils that are reported. Participants will be encouraged to suggest topics in any area of palaeobiology that interests them.
15 pts • (P) 20 pts from ESCI 301-399
Not offered in 2023
ESCI 409 – Special Topic
This course examines the formation of the elements, origins of the Solar System, and accretion and differentiation of the rocky planets. It reviews the generation and modification of magmas and volcanoes and the investigation of metamorphic conditions and processes, and examines how chemical and isotopic tracers are used in a diverse range of fields. Students will use the School's Geochemistry Laboratory and will obtain hands-on experience in the use of the electron microprobe and laser ablation inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry.
15 pts • (P) 20 pts from ESCI 301-399, GEOL 301-399
Not offered in 2023
ESCI 411 – Advanced Applied Geophysics
Geophysical topics relevant to earth science research in NZ and elsewhere including: seismic exploration, anisotropy in rocks, seismic wave attentuation & amplitude behaviour, gravity studies, geodesy, geophysics & geothermal studies, palaeomagnetism, Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR) and also includes reflection seismic processing.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 305; (X) GEOL 411
ESCI 412 – Paleoclimatology
The course is a study of contemporary research papers in Paleoclimate science. Concentrates on environmental proxy indicators, dating methods and climate dynamics. Prominent NZ Quaternary records as well as high profile records from elsewhere are examined. An understanding is developed of how atmosphere, ocean and cryosphere influence climate change as recorded in the geologic record.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 301; (X) GEOL 412
ESCI 413 – Geochemical Forensics of Earth's Origins, History and Future
An advanced course presenting petrologic/geochemical techniques and concepts used for reconstructing Earth processes. Topics include trace element and isotope geochemistry, mantle processes and magmatism, and marine and paleoenvironmental geochemistry.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 303; (X) GEOL 413
Not offered in 2023
ESCI 414 – Physics and Chemistry of Volcanoes
An advanced course covering why and how volcanoes form and the eruption styles that characterise magmas produced at different plate tectonic settings (subduction zone, mid-ocean ridges and oceanic and intraplate settings); quantitative geochemical methods for containing processes and rates of melt generation, storage in magma chambers and eruption; geochemical and geophysical techniques for monitoring volcanic activity and assisting in eruption prediction.
15 pts
ESCI 440 – Directed Individual Study
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
ESCI 441 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) permission of the Head of School
ESCI 449 – Earth Sciences – International Field Course
This international field course in earth sciences aims to examine key geographical, geological and/ or geophysical localities. The course will offer a variable but unique insight, understanding and experience of earth science in the field beyond that which already exists in New Zealand. This course is offered in alternate years and will run in the USA from 18 November 2019 to 18 December 2019. Numbers are limited, apply by 1 April 2019. An extra fee beyond that for the course, covering travel and subsistence costs applies and is to be met by the student.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level points from (ESCI, GEOG) including one of ESCI 341-344 or GEOG 323 (X) ESCI 349
Not offered in 2023
ESCI 451 – Active Earth
The physical and chemical phenomena governing tectonism, magmatism, and active margin processes in general interact on a wide variety of timescales. This course explores the observations on which modern understanding of active earth processes are based, the interaction between those processes, and the implications they have for hazard. Using global and New Zealand examples, this course explores how we make and evaluate geoscientific observations and effectively communicate our findings. The topics addressed include theoretical and empirical models of plate boundary processes, including subduction, magmatism, faulting, and fluid migration.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 402, PGEO 401
ESCI 452 – Earth History
This course will examine stratigraphic principles and approaches used to reconstruct past depositional environments, to then interpret major tectonic and/or climatic events in Earth’s history. Geochemical and paleontological proxies will be used to identify changes in Earth's environment and climate over last 100 million years. An emphasis will be placed on an integrated stratigraphic dataset to interpret the history of NZ’s sedimentary basins.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 403, GEOL 403
ESCI 453 – Earth Materials and Resources
Earth materials are essential for renewable energy transition and sustainable development but their extraction impacts our environment. This course will explore the origin, extraction, uses and potential problems associated with a range of Earth resources. We focus on the the transition from fossil fuels to green energy generation and storage, and explore where we might obtain the resources required for construction of a sustainable world.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 416, GEOL 414
ESCI 454 – Frontiers of Paleobiology
This course will review a diverse range of current controversies and debates in paleobiology using recently published papers. Topics will be selected from a list supplied by us and/or proposed by the class. We will suggest some literature as a starting point and students will research their own papers. Examples of topics include human evolution, cyclicity or ecology of mass extinctions, origins of the New Zealand biota, the Cambrian explosion, Quaternary megafaunal extinction, oxygenation of the atmosphere, and evolution of the eye or flight.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 408 in 2016-2020
ESCI 580 – Research Preparation
The course will provide skills and techniques required for successful scientific research in the Earth Sciences including: the philosophy of science; bibliographic database searches; writing, reviewing and revision of proposals; abstracts and journal papers; introductions to data analysis and selected research software; strategies for poster and oral presentations.
15 pts
Ecological Restoration
See also Biological Sciences
ERES 525 – Ecological Restoration
Theory and practice behind the restoration of flora and fauna and functions to degraded sites, with presentations by leading NZ scientists and restoration practitioners. Students will visit current restoration projects, e.g. Zealandia.
30 pts
ERES 526 – Ecological Restoration in Practice
A project-based exploration of practical issues underpinning ecological restoration. Students will develop practical skills and obtain knowledge enabling them to contribute to a local restoration project. Focus will be placed on the skills required to develop a restoration plan, implement restoration management and to evaluate the success of restoration efforts.
30 pts
ERES 527 – Ecological Restoration and Conservation Skills
A practical course delivering the key skills required for successful ecological restoration and conservation practice. These skills are learnt by completion of projects at selected restoration sites.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ERES 591 – Thesis in Ecological Restoration
MSc thesis in Ecological Restoration.
120 pts
ERES 690 – Ecological Restoration for PhD
120 pts
Ecology and Biodiversity
See also Biological Sciences
EBIO 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic approved by the Head of School.
30 pts
BIOL 519 – Principles of Marine Conservation
This course focusses on the underlying principles and practice of marine conservation and management. Topics may include: population and extinction risks; coastal dynamics; marine chemistry and pollution; exploitation of marine resources, including fisheries ecology; bioinvasions and disease; global climate change; marine reserve ecology; and scenario planning.
30 pts • (P) 60 points from 300-level Marine Biology, Ecology, Environmental Studies or permission of Head of School (X) BIOL 419
BIOL 529 – Tropical Marine Conservation Practice
An examination of conservation issues and practices in tropical coastal environments, with particular emphasis on coral reefs, mangroves and seagrasses. This two-week field course provides practical experience of identifying, monitoring and managing impacts on tropical marine ecosystems. The course is taught overseas and is only available to students enrolled on the Master of Marine Conservation programme.
30 pts • (P) enrolment in PGCertMarCon, MMarCon or MSc in Marine Biology or permission of Head of School
BIOL 580 – Research Preparation
A course of study in preparation for a Master’s Part 2 research programme. Typical activities include undertaking preliminary research investigations and developing key practical and theoretical skills, that aid in the development of your Master’s thesis proposal.
30 pts
EBIO 591 – Thesis
MSc thesis in Ecology and Biodiversity.
120 pts
EBIO 690 – Ecology & Biodiversity for PhD
120 pts
Econometrics
See also Economics
QUAN 690 – Econometrics for PhD
120 pts
Not offered in 2023
Economics
ECON 402 – Macroeconomics: Growth and General Equilibrium
A review of theoretical models widely used in modern macroeconomics for studying positive and normative questions from an essentially New Classical macroeconomic perspective.
15 pts • (P) QUAN 201, 203, ECON 305
Not offered in 2023
ECON 403 – Macroeconomics: Economic Fluctuations and Policy
New Keynesian macroeconomics and its implications for Dynamic Stochastic General Equilibrium (DGSE) models.
15 pts • (P) QUAN 201, 203, ECON 305
ECON 404 – Microeconomics: Consumer and Producer Choice
A study of advanced microeconomic theories including basic choice theory, consumer theory, decision-making under uncertainty, basic welfare theory, uncertainty, producer theory, and general equilibrium with production and firms.
15 pts • (P) ECON 314, QUAN 203
ECON 405 – Microeconomics: Games, Contracts and Incentives
This course applies game-theoretic models to contracts, incentives and delegation.
15 pts • (P) ECON 314, QUAN 203
ECON 408 – Econometrics: Cross-sectional Data
In-depth coverage of advanced econometric theory. Topics may include the estimation and inference of linear and non-linear models, irregular linear and/or non- linear models, quasi-maximum likelihood, and GMM estimation and inference.
15 pts • (P) ECON or QUAN 301
Not offered in 2023
ECON 409 – Econometrics: Panel Data and Time Series
In-depth coverage of econometric methods for time series and models for panel data.
15 pts • (P) ECON or QUAN 301
Not offered in 2023
ECON 410 – Public Economics: Taxes and Transfers
The role of personal income tax and sales tax in achieving the appropriate balance between equity and efficiency; the impact on the efficiency/equity balance arising from different perspectives on distributive justice, income distribution, tax incidence and labour supply incentives.
15 pts • (P) ECON 201, 307 (or PUBL 303); (D) PUBL 410
Not offered in 2023
ECON 411 – Public Economics: Economics of Social Regulations
The role of policy instruments in achieving policy objectives. Applications are considered in environmental policy, health and safety regulations and interventions to influence savings decisions.
15 pts • (P) ECON 201, 307 (or PUBL 303)
ECON 412 – International Economics: Trade
A study of international trade theory. Topics covered include the causes and consequences of trade under various market structures, the effects of impediments to free trade, firms in the global economy, trade and technology, the political economy of trade policy.
15 pts • (P) ECON 309 or 314 (or 201)
Not offered in 2023
ECON 413 – International Economics: Monetary
Key issues and analytical techniques in modern open economy macroeconomics and international monetary economics. The course examines the role of intertemporal considerations in determining external balances, exchange rates, and monetary policy in small open economies like New Zealand.
15 pts • (P) ECON 305 or 309 or 338
Not offered in 2023
ECON 418 – Behavioural Economics
In contrast to the rational and self-interested model of human behaviour traditionally used in economics, behavioural economics uses insights from psychology and sociology to make more realistic assumptions about human behaviour and motivations. In particular, this course studies people’s limited computational capacity, limited self-control and social preferences and their implications.
15 pts • (P) 45 approved 300-level ECON or FINA pts
Not offered in 2023
ECON 419 – Special Topic: Economic Development
A directed reading course, exploring a range issues in development economics.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
ECON 423 – Macroeconomic Modelling for the New Zealand Economy
This course features macroeconomic and structural modelling of the New Zealand economy, blending relevant economic theory, applied econometrics and policy-relevant material. Topics include the Reserve Bank and/or Treasury models, and applied equilibrium modelling.
15 pts • (P) ECON 305
Not offered in 2023
ECON 430 – Research Project in Economics
A supervised research project that provides students with the opportunity to undertake independent research in a specific area of economics.
30 pts • (X) ECON 490, ECON 491
ECON 431 – Growth and Development
This course covers mainstream theories of economic growth, and explores a range of issues in development economics.
15 pts • (P) 45 approved 300-level points
Not offered in 2023
ECON 433 – Labour Economics
This course provides alternative theories of labour markets, models and approaches to supply, demand and pricing of different types of labour.
15 pts • (P) ECON 333
ECON 490 – Research Project A
This is one part of a supervised research project that provides students with the opportunity to undertake independent research in a specific area of economics or econometrics. In this course, students will formulate a research question, complete a thorough literature review on that question, and formulate a plan for how to conduct research to answer that question. This can be completed prior to completing the other part (ECON 491), or concurrently.
15 pts • (X) ECON 430
ECON 491 – Research Project B
A supervised research project that provides students with the opportunity to undertake independent research in a specific area of economics or econometrics. This will usually be done after completing ECON 490, but may be done concurrently.
15 pts • (C) ECON 490 (X) ECON 430
PHPE 401 – Philosophy, Politics and Economics
This course examines topics at the intersection of philosophy, politics and economics. Topics may include: social choice theory, rational choice theory, economic history, value theory, the politics of global finance, global governance, and comparative political economics.
30 pts
PHPE 402 – Approaches to Microeconomics
This course gives students an in depth knowledge of the principles of microeconomics and their application.
15 pts
PHPE 403 – Approaches to Macroeconomics
This course gives students an in depth knowledge of the principles of macroeconomics and their application.
15 pts
PHPE 404 – Directed Individual Study in Economics
Students will undertake an approved, supervised course of study relating to economics and complementing their work in the Philosophy, Politics and Economics programme.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the PPE Programme Director
Not offered in 2023
BUSI 502 – Economic Decision Analysis
This course develops knowledge and understanding of economic concepts and frameworks, and how these affect decision-making in various contexts. It enables students to draw on ideas from public, private and not-for-profit perspectives to develop insights into the principles and application of economics.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
ECON 501 – Advanced Topic in Economics
As for the underlying 400-level course.
15 pts
ECON 502 – Advanced Topic in Economics
As for the underlying 400-level course.
15 pts
ECON 530 – Research Project
Research Project on a selected topic in the discipline.
30 pts
ECON 591 – Thesis
MCom or MA thesis in Economics.
120 pts
ECON 592 – Thesis
90 point Thesis in Economics.
90 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
ECON 593 – Dissertation
60 point dissertation in Economics.
60 pts
PECO 511 – Microeconomics in Context
Frameworks for decision making by individuals, firms and government agencies. The course introduces cost-benefit analysis and covers consumer and household economics; different trading arrangements and market structures; implications of government interventions in modern economies. Emphasises the interpretation of microeconomic analysis.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502 (X) MMPE 501;
Not offered in 2023
PECO 512 – Macroeconomics in Context
Aggregate economic analysis and its its implementation in monetary and fiscal policy, using workhorse frameworks such as the AS/AD model and extensions. The course addresses the roles of government and central bank, Keynesian versus neoclassical policy prescriptions and debates in local and global contexts; mechanisms and models of economic stabilisation, growth and development.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502 (X) MMPE 502;
Not offered in 2023
PECO 513 – Applications of Econometrics
Applied econometrics and its use in quantifying relationships in practical settings. Develop econometric models using the R statistical programming language. Using econometric methods in R, explore the time series properties of various types of dataset, including trend, seasonality, autocorrelation, and stationarity. Investigate volatility models.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 504 (X) MMPE 503;
Not offered in 2023
PECO 514 – Regulation: economics for the public sector
This course studies the economic analysis of social regulation. It emphasises interventions motivated by externalities or by paternalism. Part one covers topics in the use of Cost Benefit Analysis in regulatory review. This material should complement the material on CBA in PECO511. Part two deals with the selection of appropriate policy instruments. It refers to design standards, performance standards, corrective taxes, cap-and-trade schemes, restrictions on contracts, information provision and possibly nudges.
15 pts • (P) PECO511 (X) MMPE 504;
Not offered in 2023
PECO 515 – Markets and Institutions
How information and institutions may shape industries, distortions in markets and their evolution. The course investigates the characteristics of markets and the implications for firm conduct and market outcomes. Game theory frames specific applications and market case studies.
15 pts • (P) PECO 511 (X) MMPE 505;
Not offered in 2023
PECO 516 – International and Trade Economics
This course examines open economies: small and large, with a focus on Asia/Pacific economies and their trade prospects. It introduces models and mechanisms of international trade: classical comparative advantage; differentiated products; trade and development. It explores trade agreements, rules, and related international structures/bodies; as well as offshore investment and capital market flows.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502, BUSI 504 (X) MMPE 506, 516, PECO 526;
Not offered in 2023
PECO 517 – Resource Markets and the Environment: Growth and Environmental Stewardship
This course focuses on business, trade and policy issues around exhaustible and renewable resources. The course covers topical debates - resource-intensive commodities, and environmental stewardship - and case studies specific markets. Core models are used to frame debates, suggest institutions and policy responses.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502, BUSI 504 (X) MMPE 507;
Not offered in 2023
PECO 518 – Public Finance: Options, Implications and Impacts
This course studies the design, practice and impact of public sector revenue and expenditure decisions. The course separates public financing from spending issues, relates principles to practical applications, such as infrastructure, and project evaluation. It explores how microsimulation modelling can quantify the impact of policy.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502, BUSI 504 (X) MMPE 508;
Not offered in 2023
PECO 519 – Behavioural Economics
In contrast to the rational and self-interested model of human behaviour traditionally used in economics, behavioural economics uses insights from psychology and sociology to make more realistic assumptions about human behaviour and motivations. In particular, this course studies people’s limited computational capacity, computational capacity, limited self-control and social preferences and their implications.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director (X) MMPE 509, MMPE 520 in 2015-2017;
Not offered in 2023
PECO 520 – The Economics of Natural Disasters and Climate Change
This course frames how natural disasters impact on the economy, evaluates prevention and mitigation policy, and appraises post-disaster interventions and their efficacy. This course covers material on the scientific implications of climate change – impacts, mitigation, and adaptation.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director (X) MMPE 510, MMPE 520 in 2014, MMPE 522 in 2016;
PECO 521 – ‘Miracle’ economies: growth and development
This course analyses the economic transformation of rapidly growing economies - with an emphasis on Asia - after 1945, examining why some grew faster than others and so many descended into crisis during the 1990s. A strong emphasis is placed on the role of economic policy.
15 pts • (P) permission of the Programme Director
Not offered in 2023
PECO 522 – Business Cycle Analysis and Implications
This course studies the theory and empirics of business cycles. It explores the output gap: theory, measurement. It covers the topics of recession/recovery dating; leading, coincident, lagging indicators; and fiscal policy: the structural balance, fiscal impulse. We examine overall monetary conditions; the use of diffusion indices; forecasting GDP, interest rates, exchange rates. We use forecasts in business and policy contexts.
15 pts • (P) PECO 512, PECO 513
Not offered in 2023
PECO 523 – Applications of economics and finance
This course gives students an opportunity to connect their knowledge of economics and finance to particular applications.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 502, BUSI 504 or equivalent
Not offered in 2023
PECO 526 – Economics of International Trade
Study of open economics with economic models of international trade, including classical comparative advantage, increasing return to scale, and differentiated products. Apply understanding of economic models to current issues and controversies, including trade and development, environment, trade agreements and trade diversion, offshoring investment, FDI, and outsourcing.
30 pts • (X) MMPE 506, 516, PECO 516
Not offered in 2023
PECO 533 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts
PHPE 589 – Research Project
This course gives students the opportunity to pursue an individual research project relating to an aspect of the PPE programme. Students will be given guidance and support from a supervisor. Regular supervision is arranged with the supervisor, and signed off by the PPE Programme Director.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the PPE Programme Director (X) PHPE 593
PHPE 590 – Philosophy, Politics and Economics Internship
This course builds on the skills and knowledge gained through Part 1 of the PPE programme. It provides students with the opportunity of gaining direct insights into the workings of government, ministries or related workplaces. Placements will be organized through the PPE Internship coordinator. Acceptance into the course will require students to pass an interview.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the PPE Programme Director
^ Limited entry course
PHPE 593 – Dissertation
This course gives students the opportunity to pursue an individual research project relating to an aspect of the PPE programme. Students will be given guidance and support from a supervisor. Regular supervision is arranged with the supervisor and signed off by the PPE Programme Director.
60 pts • (X) PHPE 589
ECON 690 – Economics for PhD
120 pts
Economics (Professional)
MMPE 511 – 'Miracle' Economies: Growth and Development
This course analyses the economic transformation of rapidly growing economies - with an emphasis on Asia - after 1945, examining why some grew faster than others and so many descended into crisis during the 1990s. A strong emphasis is placed on the role of economic policy.
15 pts • (X) MMPE 521 or ECON 421 in 2015-2017
Not offered in 2023
MMPE 512 – Business Cycle Analysis and Implications
Theory and empirics of business cycles. The output gap: theory, measurement. Recession/recovery dating. Leading, coincident, lagging indicators. Fiscal policy: the structural balance, fiscal impulse. Overall monetary conditions. Use of diffusion indices. Forecasting GDP, interest rates, exchange rates. Using forecasts in business and policy contexts.
15 pts • (P) (MMPE502, MMPE503) or permission of the Programme Director.
Not offered in 2023
Education
EDUC 403 – Research Methods in Education
An introduction to quantitative, qualitative and mixed methods research. This course addresses methods of inquiry used to study topics in education. This course is taught on campus in trimester one and two, but is taught online in trimester three.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 503, EPSY 401, 501 or X EDUC 416, 532,C 502 TEAC 502
EDUC 405 – Place, Space and Identity
This course considers the relationships education, place and cultural identity with a particular focus on the Pacific region. It explores the ways in which different cultures manifest themselves historically, politically and geographically in a range of educational environments and 'spaces'. Also taught as EDUC 505.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 466, 566 in 2016-2019, EDUC 505
EDUC 406 – Effective Mentoring and Coaching for Educational Leadership
A critical examination of theory and practice related to effective mentoring and coaching for educational leadership in diverse cultures and contexts. This course provides an opportunity for participants to critically engage with the research and to contextualise key understandings from the course to their own area of interest. Co-taught with EDUC 538.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 538, EPOL 511, EPOL 585 in 2011 and 2012
EDUC 412 – Contemporary Education Policy
This course will critically examine major policy developments in New Zealand and internationally in education since the 1980s in light of relevant historical, bicultural, theoretical and policy literature. Participants will be able to contextualise key understandings from the course to their own educational or workplace setting. Co-taught with EDUC 511.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 511, EPOL 406, 506 or EDUC 401, 402, 501, 502, EPOL 506
EDUC 418 – Social and Emotional Development
A critical examination of theories and research concerning emotional and social development. Participants will be able to contextualise key understandings from the course to infancy, early childhood, middle childhood and adolescence.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 518, EPSY 405, 505 or EDUC 404, 457, 505, 557
EDUC 420 – Education, Development and Change in Aotearoa
Drawing on a range of theoretical perspectives this course studies contemporary debate about the future role of education in creating sustainable, equitable and healthy Maori communities. Educational development policy in post-Treaty settlement environments will be analysed and critiqued.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 520, KURA 405, 505
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 422 – Curriculum: Theory and Practice
A critical examination of the nature of curriculum design and implementation in early childhood, primary, secondary and tertiary settings. Co-taught with EDUC 522.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 522, EPOL 405, 505 or EDUC 421, 521, EPOL 505
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 423 – Education, engagement and community
A critical examination of the intersections between education and engagement with social and environmental issues. Theoretical and philosophical perspectives are used to examine such issues and generate effective educational responses to them. Participants will contextualise course understandings to their area of interest in community, informal or formal education.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 523
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 424 – Educating Students with Developmental Disabilities
This course examines research and practice on the education of students with developmental disabilities. It explores the impact of developmental disabilities on students’ learning and behaviour and focuses on identifying ways in which educational and health professionals involved in special and inclusive education can apply evidence-based practices.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 524
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 432 – Child and Adolescent Mental Health
This course examines research and practice on child and adolescents’ well-being. This course includes a focus on how mental health issues impact children and adolescents’ learning and development and explores educational interventions that are used to work with and support ‘at-risk’ learners.
15 pts • (X) EPSY 532
EDUC 433 – Issues in Early Childhood Care and Education
A critical study of issues related to early childhood care and education (ECCE) in historical and contemporary contexts. National and international models of ECCE practice will be explored using Kaupapa Māori and multi-disciplinary approaches that bridge child development and policy studies. Co-taught with EDUC 533.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 533
EDUC 438 – Education for the Indigenous People of the Pacific
An examination of education for Pacific peoples from a critical perspective, covering issues of relevance for the wider Island Pacific as well as for Pacific peoples of Aotearoa New Zealand.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 425, 525, KURA 404, 504
EDUC 439 – Critical Pedagogies of Place
A critical examination of the relationship between local landscape, community and the development of human perception. Particular emphasis will be placed upon the importance of ecologically appropriate community-based educational programmes.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 539, KURA 403, 503
EDUC 440 – Research as Praxis: Indigenous Perspectives
A critique of research as it serves indigenous communities. A major theme of this course is the articulation of indigenous knowledge and theoretical explorations of those. The politicisation of indigenous communities within Aotearoa/New Zealand and Pacific Nations will be studied. Co-taught with EDUC 540
30 pts • (X) EDUC 540, KURA 401, 501 or EDUC 441, 541
EDUC 443 – Modern Assessment: Theory and practice
This course critically examines theory and practice in assessment. Different approaches to assessment are explored with a focus on participants contextualising ideas to their own work or educational contexts. These contexts may include: workplace learning and professional development programmes; teaching and learning in higher education, schools and early childhood education centres; and policy analysis and development.
15 pts • (X) EPSY 507 or EDUC 543
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 444 – Evaluation in education
This course critically examines theory and practice in evaluation. Different approaches to evaluation are explored with a focus on participants contextualising ideas to their own work or educational contexts. These contexts may include: workplace learning and professional development programmes; teaching and learning in higher education, schools and early childhood education centres; and policy analysis and development. The course considers both quantitative and qualitative analyses of evaluation data.
15 pts • (X) EPSY 507 or EDUC 544
EDUC 459 – Learning and Motivation
This course examines current theory and evidence on how people learn and why people are motivated, particularly from the perspective of application to formal and informal contexts. The course will explore relationships between learning and motivation, what is learned, how it is learned, and how learning and motivation are demonstrated.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 559, EPSY 406, 506, 531
EDUC 460 – Special Topic
15 pts • (X) EDUC 560
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 461 – Special Topic: Advocacy with and for Children and Young People in Contemporary Society
A critical study of advocacy and issues related to children and young people in contemporary society, particularly in the context of Aotearoa (New Zealand). International and national conventions policies, reports and research will be utilised to develop research-based approaches in response to national and local issues across a range of disciplines.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 561
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 462 – Special Topic: Working with High Achieving (Gifted and Talented) Learners
This course provides a broad introduction into the provision of gifted and talented education, focusing on New Zealand. The course will involve analysis and application of the principles and history underpinning gifted and talented education, and a study of theoretical and research-based practices relating to developing exceptional abilities. This course is taught online.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 562
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 463 – Special Topic
15 pts • (X) EDUC 563
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 464 – Special Topic:
X EDUC 564
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 465 – Special Topic: Applied Research Project Part 1
A supervised applied research project related to the field of education and focused on improving understanding of, exploring or finding solutions to, applied issues. Students will design an applied research project with relevant populations in an educational or community setting.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 466 – Special Topic:
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 467 – Special Topic: Applied Research Project Part 2
A supervised applied research project related to the field of education and focused on improving understanding of, or finding solutions to, applied issues. Students will implement an applied research project with relevant populations in an educational or community setting.
30 pts • (P) EDUC 465
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 489 – Research Paper in Education
This paper is a supervised research project on a topic/question agreed between the student and the supervisor that will result in a scholarly research report. The aim is to provide the student with the opportunity to investigate a question or problem usually through a comprehensive review of the literature. The findings of the research are to be presented in a scholarly report.
30 pts • (X) EDUC, EPSY, KURA 489
EDUC 503 – Research Methods in Education
An introduction to quantitative, qualitative and mixed methods research. This course addresses methods of inquiry used to study topics in education. This course is offered on campus in trimester one and two, but is taught online in trimester three.
30 pts • (X) EPSY 401, 501, EDUC 403
EDUC 504 – International Education: Issues and trends in policy, theory and practice
This course provides a broad introduction into the study and practice of international education. In this course students develop the capacity to critically examine international education policies and practices. Attention is paid to intercultural relations and approaches to developing intercultural competencies. X EDUC 460, 560 in 2015-2018. .
15 pts
EDUC 505 – Place, Space and Identity
This course considers the relationships education, place and cultural identity with a particular focus on the Pacific region. It explores the ways in which different cultures manifest themselves historically, politically and geographically in a range of educational environments and 'spaces'. Also taught as EDUC 405.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 566, 466 in 2016-2019, EDUC 405
EDUC 509 – Teaching and Learning in a Digital Age
This course examines the theoretical and practical implications of a digital age for educational contexts. Participants in this course will critique pedagogy, curricula, learning environments and educational policy from a digital age perspective. Learning in this course includes an evaluation of digital integration within a selected educational context. This course is taught online.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 407
EDUC 511 – Contemporary Education Policy
This course will critically examine major policy developments in New Zealand and internationally in education since the 1980s in light of relevant historical, bicultural, theoretical and policy literature. Participants will be able to contextualise key understandings from the course to their own educational or workplace setting. Co-taught with EDUC 412.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 412
EDUC 512 – Evaluating the Design and Use of Learning Environments
This course examines the relationship between learning environment design and user experience. Drawing on research from building science and education, students will examine historical and cultural contexts, the impact of environmental quality on cognitive processes, spatial and furniture design, and the impact of the digital age on the design and use of physical learning environments. A focus of this course is the critique of learning environments and policies that inform design and use. Tools for evaluating environments will be introduced.
30 pts
EDUC 515 – Teaching Linguistically Diverse Learners
A critical examination of issues surrounding equitable educational access for linguistically diverse students. Participants will make informed decisions when designing preparing and evaluating resources to promote the learning of these students. This course is co-taught with EDUC 415 and is taught online.
30 pts • (X) EDUC415, EPSY 502
EDUC 516 – The Language of the Classroom
An investigation into the form and function of language and its contribution to learning, student engagement and achievement in the classroom. Participants will make informed decisions about how to facilitate the language development of their learners. This course is is taught online.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 416; EPSY 503
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 518 – Social and Emotional Development
A critical examination of theories and research concerning emotional and social development. Participants will be able to contextualise key understandings from the course to infancy, early childhood, middle childhood and adolescence. Co-taught with EDUC 418.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 418, EPSY 405, 505
EDUC 520 – Education, Development and Change in Aotearoa
Drawing on a range of theoretical perspectives this course studies contemporary debate about the future role of education in creating sustainable, equitable and healthy Maori communities. Educational development policy in post-Treaty settlement environments will be analysed and critiqued. Co-taught with EDUC 420.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 420; KURA 405, 505
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 522 – Curriculum: Theory and Practice
A critical examination of the nature of curriculum design and implementation in early childhood, primary, secondary and tertiary settings. Co-taught with EDUC 422
30 pts • (X) EDUC 422; EPOL 405, 505
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 523 – Education, engagement and community
A critical examination of the intersections between education and engagement with social and environmental issues. Theoretical and philosophical perspectives are used to examine such issues and generate effective educational responses to them. Participants will contextualise course understandings to their area of interest in community, informal or formal education.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 423
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 524 – Educating Students with Developmental Disabilities
This course examines research and practice on the education of students with developmental disabilities. It explores the impact of developmental disabilities on students’ learning and behaviour and focuses on identifying ways in which educational and health professionals involved in special and inclusive education can apply evidence-based practices.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 424
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 525 – Education for the Indigenous People of the Pacific
An examination of education for Pacific peoples from a critical perspective, covering issues of relevance for the wider Island Pacific as well as for Pacific peoples of Aotearoa New Zealand. Co-taught with EDUC 438.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 438, KURA 404, 504
EDUC 526 – Education for Sustainability in Aotearoa New Zealand
The New Zealand Government is committed to the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals. This course will focus on Goal 4.7 which requires educators to ensure that all learners acquire knowledge and skills needed to promote sustainable development. Students will critically analyse the implications and applications of Goal 4.7 in relation to education policy, curriculum and pedagogy in the Tiriti o Waitangi based context of Aotearoa New Zealand.
30 pts • (X) EDUC464/564 (2019)
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 533 – Issues in Early Childhood Care and Education
A critical study of issues related to early childhood care and education (ECCE) in historical and contemporary contexts. National and international models of ECCE practice will be explored using Kaupapa Māori and multi-disciplinary approaches that bridge child development and policy studies.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 433
EDUC 536 – Professional Inquiry
The course examines professional pedagogical inquiry from the perspectives of teachers, lead teachers, teacher educators, and policy makers, implementers and evaluators. It critically examines evidence-based professional pedagogical inquiry designed to support the implementation of curriculum across a range of settings.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 436, EPOL 509
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 537 – Mathematics Teaching and Learning
This course examines research-informed approaches to mathematics teaching and learning. Participants will scrutinise specific aspects of mathematical pedagogical content knowledge and culturally responsive approaches towards understanding ways to promote mathematical engagement and enhance achievement. They will be able to contextualise key course understandings to their own work.
15 pts • (X) EPOL 510
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 538 – Effective Mentoring and Coaching for Educational Leadership
A critical examination of theory and practice related to effective mentoring and coaching for educational leadership in diverse cultures and contexts. This course provides an opportunity for participants to critically engage with the research and to contextualise key understandings from the course to their own area of interest.
30 pts • (X) EDUC406, EPOL 511, EPOL 585 in 2011- 2012
EDUC 539 – Critical Pedagogies of Place
A critical examination of the relationship between local landscape, community and the development of human perception. Particular emphasis will be placed upon the importance of ecologically appropriate community-based educational programmes.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 439, KURA 403, 503
EDUC 540 – Research as Praxis: Indigenous Perspectives
A critique of research as it serves indigenous communities. A major theme of this course is the articulation of indigenous knowledge and theoretical explorations of those. The politicisation of indigenous communities within Aotearoa/New Zealand and Pacific Nations will be studied. Co-taught with EDUC 440.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 440, KURA 401, 501
EDUC 543 – Modern Assessment: Theory and practice
This course critically examines theory and practice in assessment. Different approaches to assessment are explored with a focus on participants contextualising ideas to their own work or educational contexts. These contexts may include: workplace learning and professional development programmes; teaching and learning in higher education, schools and early childhood education centres; and policy analysis and development. The course considers both quantitative and qualitative analyses of assessment data.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 443, EPSY 507
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 544 – Evaluation in education
This course critically examines theory and practice in evaluation. Different approaches to evaluation are explored with a focus on participants contextualising ideas to their own work or educational contexts. These contexts may include: workplace learning and professional development programmes; teaching and learning in higher education, schools and early childhood education centres; and policy analysis and development. The course considers both quantitative and qualitative analyses of evaluation data.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 444, EPSY 507
EDUC 553 – Educational Leadership
A critical examination of theories and practices of educational leadership, including a study of effective leadership in schools, early childhood education services and other educational institutions. The course has an inclusive approach to issues of cultural diversity and leading in diverse cultures and communities.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 453, EPOL 503
EDUC 560 – Special Topic
15 pts • (X) EDUC 460
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 561 – Special Topic: Advocacy with and for Children and Young People in Contemporary Society
A critical study of advocacy and issues related to children and young people in contemporary society, particularly in the context of Aotearoa (New Zealand). International and national conventions, policies, reports and research will be utilised to develop research-based approaches in response to national and local issues across a range of disciplines.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 461
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 562 – Special Topic: Working with High Achieving (Gifted and Talented) Learners
This course provides a broad introduction into the provision of gifted and talented education, focusing on New Zealand. The course will involve analysis and application of the principles and history underpinning gifted and talented education, and a study of theoretical and research-based practices relating to developing exceptional abilities. This course is taught online.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 462
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 563 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 564 – Special Topic:
X EDUC 464
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 565 – Special Topic
To be advised.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 465
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 566 – Special Topic:
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 567 – Special Topic
To be confirmed.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 568 – Sport and Physical Activity: Supporting Youth Development
This course critically examines beliefs about the use of sport and physical activity contexts for youth development and the implications for policy and practice. Students will examine contemporary models and evidence based practice in relation to the evaluation of programmes designed to promote positive youth development.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 464, EDUC 564 in 2015-2018
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 569 – The Design of Professional Development and Learning
A critical examination of theoretical and practical issues in the design of programmes for professional learning, development and training. Key topics will include notions of professional learning, development and training across different workplace contexts; designing and conducting needs analyses and the role of ICT in professional learning. This course is blended.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 469, EPSY 508
EDUC 575 – Language and Literacy Acquisition
A critical examination of current philosophies and constructs of literacy, and current curriculum contexts for literacy acquisition. This course is taught online.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 475, EPOL 507
EDUC 581 – Directed Individual Study
This provides students with the option of following a directed individual study, with the approval of the Head of School, and under the supervision of an academic staff member with appropriate expertise.
15 pts • (P) EDUC 503
EDUC 582 – Advanced Quantitative Research and Analysis in Education and Psychology
Advanced quantitative analyses and research design for longitudinal and multivariate data sets. Specific understandings and knowledge in advanced statistics including latent variable-based inquiry; structural equation modelling; exploratory factor analysis; confirmatory factor analysis; latent growth modelling.
30 pts • (P) Permission by relevant Associate Dean (Research), EDUC 503 (or EPSY 501) or PSYC 242 (or 325) or approved alternative. (X) EPSY 511, FEDU 511, PSYC 511
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 583 – Advanced Qualitative Research and Analysis in Education
Advanced theoretical and applied understanding of qualitative research and analysis in the field of education. A key focus is critical examination of advanced research frameworks and methods in the context of research problems and data sets drawn from the field of education using participant's own research.
30 pts • (P) Permission by relevant Associate Dean (Research), EDUC 503 (or EPSY 501); (X) FEDU 512, KURA 512
Not offered in 2023
EDUC 584 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) EDUC 503
EDUC 585 – Dissertation
Dissertation.
60 pts • (P) EDUC 503
EDUC 589 – Research Project
This course is a supervised research project on a topic/question agreed between the student and the supervisor that will result in a scholarly research report. The student investigates a question or problem, usually through a comprehensive review of the literature, with findings of the research presented in a scholarly report.
30 pts
EDUC 590 – Thesis
90 pts • (C) EDUC 503; (X) EPOL/EPSY/KURA 590
EDUC 591 – Thesis
120 pts
EDUC 601 – Critical study of a professional issue
The focus is on producing an appropriate critical review of literature that will contribute to the justification of a proposed research question and methodological approach for investigating an educational issue.
30 pts • (P) EDUC 503
EDUC 602 – Framing research in professional contexts
This course focuses on acquiring a robust understanding of philosophical and theoretical frameworks appropriate to the critical examination of research problems in professional contexts in educational settings.
30 pts • (P) EDUC 503 (C) EDUC 601;
EDUC 603 – Tools of Inquiry
This course critiques major tools of inquiry placing emphasis on their affordances and constraints for research in professional contexts. The focus is to develop advanced knowledge and understanding to evaluate and make decisions about methods in designing a research project on a professional issue.
30 pts • (P) EDUC 503 (C) EDUC 601, EDUC 602;
EDUC 604 – Research Proposal
This course draws together advanced understanding of components of the research process for investigating a professional issue in education. A key focus is producing a thesis proposal.
30 pts • (P) EDUC 503 (C) EDUC 601, EDUC 602, EDUC 603;
EDUC 690 – Education for PhD
120 pts
EDUC 691 – Thesis
120 pts • (P) completion of Part 1, acceptance into Part 2 by relevant Associate Dean
Education Policy & Implementation
Refer to Education website for information on which courses are part of teacher education programmes
MSSL 501 – Developing Leadership Capacity
An introduction to leadership theory and practice. Participants will have opportunities to develop a greater understanding of their personal leadership capacity including how to lead others and how to develop leadership in others.
15 pts
MSSL 502 – Shaping the Future
An examination of the role of the secondary school principal in leading change and encouraging creativity and innovation. Strategic planning, goal setting and problem solving are aspects of future-based leadership that will be explored in this course.
15 pts
MSSL 503 – Leading Learning and Teaching
A critical examination of theories and practices of educational leadership including a study of the conditions necessary to support effective learning and teaching. The principal’s role in developing staff capacity related to teaching and learning in a digital age will be a focus of this course.
15 pts
MSSL 504 – Managing the Organisation/Systems
Course participants will critically examine some key theories of systems and organisational management, together with good practice guidelines for successful leadership/management of key areas of responsibility in secondary schools. Legal, human resource, financial and property management and governance issues will be considered.
15 pts
MSSL 505 – Partnerships and Networks
Building and sustaining effective relationships with the school community and beyond is the focus of this course. Participants will have the opportunity to evaluate strategies and approaches and to articulate how these may be implemented in a variety of situations. Particular attention will be paid to high needs populations such as Maori, Pasifika and new migrants communities.
15 pts
MSSL 506 – Leading Evidence-based Practice
An examination of the use of data to inform teaching and learning organisation and practice, to inform planning, and to monitor progress in New Zealand secondary schools. Tools for data collection and analysis will be considered and the uses of evidence examined.
15 pts
MSSL 507 – Decolonising schools through leadership
This course deepens critical thinking regarding how culture and ethnicity are constructed in New Zealand schools. Participants will have opportunities to reflect on how issues of race and colonialism underpin New Zealand society and the school system, and to develop leadership approaches that challenge cultural bias and structural racism in the workplace.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MSSL 508 – Research Project
A research project in a selected area of secondary school leadership.
60 pts
Education Postgraduate
Refer to Education website for information on which courses are part of teacher education programmes
EDUC 589 – Research Project
This course is a supervised research project on a topic/question agreed between the student and the supervisor that will result in a scholarly research report. The student investigates a question or problem, usually through a comprehensive review of the literature, with findings of the research presented in a scholarly report.
30 pts
EDUC 590 – Thesis
90 pts • (C) EDUC 503; (X) EPOL/EPSY/KURA 590
EDUC 591 – Thesis
120 pts
EPSY 512 – Culturally Centred Educational Psychology Practice in Aotearoa/New Zealand
This course provides a critical examination of evidence-based frameworks relating to culturally centred educational psychological practice and identifies effective collaborative practice to meet the needs of diverse groups.
30 pts
EPSY 514 – Educational Psychology Assessment
This course focuses on psychological assessments in education. The main topics include foundations of assessment, applied behaviour analysis, contemporary psychometric assessment, ecological assessment and communicating assessment results. There will be specific focus on the implications for cultural relevance of assessments, in particular Maori and Pasifika.
30 pts
EPSY 515 – Applied Behaviour Analysis for Educators
Principles of applied behaviour analysis (ABA) and application of these principles in educational settings to promote learning and development. This course includes a review of the historical antecedents of applied behaviour analysis, specific ABA-based assessment and teaching procedures, and appraisal of the evidence regarding the efficacy of ABA.
30 pts
EPSY 516 – Applied Research Project
A supervised applied research project topic/ question related to the field of educational psychology and focused on solving or finding solutions to practical issues. Students will design and implement an applied research project with relevant populations in an educational or community setting.
60 pts • (C) EPSY 514, EPSY 515
Not offered in 2023
EPSY 517 – Specialist Assessment and Intervention
This course builds on EPSY 514, Educational Psychology Assessment from the MEdPsych and prepares the students to use a range of specialist assessment tools, techniques and processes, and to develop the skills to integrate these assessments into systemic intervention plans for families and organisations. Full year course taught in 5 blocks.
30 pts • (P) EPSY 514, 515; (C) EPSY 518
^ Limited entry course
EPSY 518 – Professional Identity
This course explores the role of an educational psychologist. It includes an examination of legal and ethical issues, relevant curriculum and policy documents, the reflective practitioner and researcher practitioner models, leadership in complex teams and systems, utilising a solid research and practice knowledge base. Full year course taught in 5 blocks.
30 pts • (P) EPSY 515; (C) EPSY 517
^ Limited entry course
EPSY 519 – Professional Practice (Educational context)
This course will provide students with the practical fieldwork experience in an education setting necessary to develop the competencies of an educational psychologist. Full year course taught in 5 blocks.
30 pts • (C) EPSY 517, 518
^ Limited entry course
EPSY 520 – Professional Practice (Community Context)
This course will provide students with the practical fieldwork experience in a community setting necessary to develop the competencies of an educational psychologist. Full year course taught in 5 blocks.
30 pts • (C) EPSY 517, 518
^ Limited entry course
EPSY 530 – Evidence-Based Practice in Education
This course examines conceptual and procedural aspects of evidence-based practice for students with specific learning needs within a range of educational settings. It includes a review of the historical antecedents to evidence-based practice, , identification and appraisal of evidence including the nature of evidence, and the steps involved in implementing evidence-based practice to promote student learning.
15 pts • (X) EPSY 513
EPSY 531 – Learning and Motivation
This course examines current theory and evidence on how people learn and why people are motivated, particularly from the perspective of application to formal and informal contexts. The course will explore relationships between learning and motivation, what is learned, how it is learned, and how learning and motivation are demonstrated.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 459, 559, EPSY 406, 506
EPSY 532 – Child and Adolescent Mental Health
This course examines research and practice on child and adolescents’ well-being. This course includes a focus on how mental health issues impact children and adolescents’ learning and development and explores educational interventions that are used to work with and support ‘at-risk’ learners.
15 pts
EPSY 533 – Applied Research Project
This is a supervised applied research project on a topic related to the field of educational psychology and focused on solving or finding solutions to practical issues. Students will design and implement an applied research project with relevant populations in an educational or community setting.
30 pts • (P) B+ or above in EDUC 503 (or EDUC 403 or EPSY 501 or 401) (X) EPSY 516
EPSY 534 – Promoting Positive Behaviour for Learning and Well-Being
The course explores the understanding of factors that contribute to behaviours which reduce opportunities and alienate children and young persons from their learning environment. It promotes an ecological approach to address such behaviours that takes into account contextual and cultural consideration at both systemic and individual levels.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 419, 519, EPSY 434, 509, 510, 521
EPSY 535 – Exploration of Counselling Theory and Practice Issues
This course critically examines counselling theory and practice issues and although applicable to a range of settings, will specifically emphasise the helping relationship in educational contexts.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 565
EPSY 563 – Special Topic: Neuroscience of Psychological Disorders
This introductory course will examine brain mechanisms implicated in mental health disorders. Functional and anatomical concepts of the neural pathology of psychological disorders and their connection to behaviour will be explored.
15 pts
EPSY 593 – Professional Practice Thesis
120 pts • (P) as for EPOL 590.
Not offered in 2023
MSSL 501 – Developing Leadership Capacity
An introduction to leadership theory and practice. Participants will have opportunities to develop a greater understanding of their personal leadership capacity including how to lead others and how to develop leadership in others.
15 pts
MSSL 502 – Shaping the Future
An examination of the role of the secondary school principal in leading change and encouraging creativity and innovation. Strategic planning, goal setting and problem solving are aspects of future-based leadership that will be explored in this course.
15 pts
MSSL 503 – Leading Learning and Teaching
A critical examination of theories and practices of educational leadership including a study of the conditions necessary to support effective learning and teaching. The principal’s role in developing staff capacity related to teaching and learning in a digital age will be a focus of this course.
15 pts
MSSL 504 – Managing the Organisation/Systems
Course participants will critically examine some key theories of systems and organisational management, together with good practice guidelines for successful leadership/management of key areas of responsibility in secondary schools. Legal, human resource, financial and property management and governance issues will be considered.
15 pts
MSSL 505 – Partnerships and Networks
Building and sustaining effective relationships with the school community and beyond is the focus of this course. Participants will have the opportunity to evaluate strategies and approaches and to articulate how these may be implemented in a variety of situations. Particular attention will be paid to high needs populations such as Maori, Pasifika and new migrants communities.
15 pts
MSSL 506 – Leading Evidence-based Practice
An examination of the use of data to inform teaching and learning organisation and practice, to inform planning, and to monitor progress in New Zealand secondary schools. Tools for data collection and analysis will be considered and the uses of evidence examined.
15 pts
MSSL 507 – Decolonising schools through leadership
This course deepens critical thinking regarding how culture and ethnicity are constructed in New Zealand schools. Participants will have opportunities to reflect on how issues of race and colonialism underpin New Zealand society and the school system, and to develop leadership approaches that challenge cultural bias and structural racism in the workplace.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MSSL 508 – Research Project
A research project in a selected area of secondary school leadership.
60 pts
EDUC 690 – Education for PhD
120 pts
EPSY 690 – Educational Psychology Thesis for PhD
A supervised research project leading to a comprehensive thesis in Educational Psychology.
120 pts
Educational Psychology & Pedagogy
Refer to Education website for information on which courses are part of teacher education programmes
EPSY 434 – Promoting Positive Behaviours for Learning and Wellbeing
The course explores the understanding of factors that contribute to behaviours which reduce opportunities and alienate children and young persons from their learning environment. It promotes an ecological approach to address such behaviours that takes into account contextual and cultural consideration at both systemic and individual levels.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 419, 519, EPSY 509, 510, 521, 534
Not offered in 2023
EPSY 512 – Culturally Centred Educational Psychology Practice in Aotearoa/New Zealand
This course provides a critical examination of evidence-based frameworks relating to culturally centred educational psychological practice and identifies effective collaborative practice to meet the needs of diverse groups.
30 pts
EPSY 514 – Educational Psychology Assessment
This course focuses on psychological assessments in education. The main topics include foundations of assessment, applied behaviour analysis, contemporary psychometric assessment, ecological assessment and communicating assessment results. There will be specific focus on the implications for cultural relevance of assessments, in particular Maori and Pasifika.
30 pts
EPSY 515 – Applied Behaviour Analysis for Educators
Principles of applied behaviour analysis (ABA) and application of these principles in educational settings to promote learning and development. This course includes a review of the historical antecedents of applied behaviour analysis, specific ABA-based assessment and teaching procedures, and appraisal of the evidence regarding the efficacy of ABA.
30 pts
EPSY 516 – Applied Research Project
A supervised applied research project topic/ question related to the field of educational psychology and focused on solving or finding solutions to practical issues. Students will design and implement an applied research project with relevant populations in an educational or community setting.
60 pts • (C) EPSY 514, EPSY 515
Not offered in 2023
EPSY 517 – Specialist Assessment and Intervention
This course builds on EPSY 514, Educational Psychology Assessment from the MEdPsych and prepares the students to use a range of specialist assessment tools, techniques and processes, and to develop the skills to integrate these assessments into systemic intervention plans for families and organisations. Full year course taught in 5 blocks.
30 pts • (P) EPSY 514, 515; (C) EPSY 518
^ Limited entry course
EPSY 518 – Professional Identity
This course explores the role of an educational psychologist. It includes an examination of legal and ethical issues, relevant curriculum and policy documents, the reflective practitioner and researcher practitioner models, leadership in complex teams and systems, utilising a solid research and practice knowledge base. Full year course taught in 5 blocks.
30 pts • (P) EPSY 515; (C) EPSY 517
^ Limited entry course
EPSY 519 – Professional Practice (Educational context)
This course will provide students with the practical fieldwork experience in an education setting necessary to develop the competencies of an educational psychologist. Full year course taught in 5 blocks.
30 pts • (C) EPSY 517, 518
^ Limited entry course
EPSY 520 – Professional Practice (Community Context)
This course will provide students with the practical fieldwork experience in a community setting necessary to develop the competencies of an educational psychologist. Full year course taught in 5 blocks.
30 pts • (C) EPSY 517, 518
^ Limited entry course
EPSY 530 – Evidence-Based Practice in Education
This course examines conceptual and procedural aspects of evidence-based practice for students with specific learning needs within a range of educational settings. It includes a review of the historical antecedents to evidence-based practice, , identification and appraisal of evidence including the nature of evidence, and the steps involved in implementing evidence-based practice to promote student learning.
15 pts • (X) EPSY 513
EPSY 531 – Learning and Motivation
This course examines current theory and evidence on how people learn and why people are motivated, particularly from the perspective of application to formal and informal contexts. The course will explore relationships between learning and motivation, what is learned, how it is learned, and how learning and motivation are demonstrated.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 459, 559, EPSY 406, 506
EPSY 532 – Child and Adolescent Mental Health
This course examines research and practice on child and adolescents’ well-being. This course includes a focus on how mental health issues impact children and adolescents’ learning and development and explores educational interventions that are used to work with and support ‘at-risk’ learners.
15 pts
EPSY 533 – Applied Research Project
This is a supervised applied research project on a topic related to the field of educational psychology and focused on solving or finding solutions to practical issues. Students will design and implement an applied research project with relevant populations in an educational or community setting.
30 pts • (P) B+ or above in EDUC 503 (or EDUC 403 or EPSY 501 or 401) (X) EPSY 516
EPSY 534 – Promoting Positive Behaviour for Learning and Well-Being
The course explores the understanding of factors that contribute to behaviours which reduce opportunities and alienate children and young persons from their learning environment. It promotes an ecological approach to address such behaviours that takes into account contextual and cultural consideration at both systemic and individual levels.
15 pts • (X) EDUC 419, 519, EPSY 434, 509, 510, 521
EPSY 535 – Exploration of Counselling Theory and Practice Issues
This course critically examines counselling theory and practice issues and although applicable to a range of settings, will specifically emphasise the helping relationship in educational contexts.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 565
EPSY 563 – Special Topic: Neuroscience of Psychological Disorders
This introductory course will examine brain mechanisms implicated in mental health disorders. Functional and anatomical concepts of the neural pathology of psychological disorders and their connection to behaviour will be explored.
15 pts
EPSY 593 – Professional Practice Thesis
120 pts • (P) as for EPOL 590.
Not offered in 2023
e-Government
EGOV 501 – Digital Government and Public Services
This course examines the managerial aspects and issues of digital goverment and public services and its external relationships, drawing on available theory, models, concepts, frameworks and strategies as well as on international and New Zealand experience.
15 pts
EGOV 502 – Digital Government and Public Sector Reform
This course examines theories, principles, models and strategies for ICT-enabled public sector reforms, drawing on international and New Zealand experience.
15 pts • (X) GOVT 532
EGOV 503 – Digital Engagement in the Public Sector
This course examines the challenges, conditions and requirements for managing the use of ICTs to achieve effective forms of public engagement, drawing on New Zealand and international experience.
15 pts
EGOV 690 – e-Government for PhD
Thesis for e-Government.
120 pts
GOVT 690 – Thesis
An integrated report on research that makes an original and significant contribution to knowledge or understanding for applied practice.
120 pts • (P) GOVT 601, GOT 602, GOVT 603, GOVT 604, approval of the Associate Dean (Research)
Electrical & Electronic Engineering
AIML 425 – Neural Networks and Deep Learning
This course addresses the fundamentals of neural network based deep learning. It covers the commonly used deep learning architectures such as fully connected networks, resnets, variational autoencoders, and generative adversarial networks. It discusses functional blocks such as convolutional nets, recurrent neural nets such as LSTMs, and the common objective functions and regularization procedures. Examples will discuss applications such as object classification, classification of sequential text, and the generation of realistic human faces.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307 (X) the pair (COMP 421, 422);
AIML 429 – Probabilistic Machine Learning
This course teaches the ideas, algorithms and techniques of probabilistic machine learning. Topics include Bayesian inference, discriminative and generative classifiers, the EM algorithm, Gaussian processes, Markov Chain Monte Carlo, hidden Markov models, belief nets and other graphical models, and causal modelling.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307; one of (MATH 177, STAT 292, 293) or approved background in Maths or Statistics; (X) COMP 421
RESE 411 – Power Systems Analysis
This course introduces the electricity industry and its components along with techniques for modern electric power system modelling and analysis. Topics include transmission line models, transformers and per unit systems, generator models, network matrices, power flow analysis and computation, real and reactive power control, voltage control, and protection. The course incorporates lab and simulation based exercises, an industrial tour, and an industrial project.
15 pts • (P) RESE 313; ECEN 202, 203
RESE 412 – Advanced Development of RE Systems
This course presents techniques used to design advanced, integrated renewable energy solutions for given situations. The hardware and control enabling renewable energy systems to interact with a wider grid are presented along with topologies such as nano- and micro-grids. To supplement the technical content, this course presents the concepts of systems engineering, which introduces systems thinking principles.
15 pts • (P) EEEN 315 (or ECEN 315);
Electronic and Computer System Engineering
See also Computer Science and Physics
ELCO 489 – Research Project
A Research Project on a topic approved by the Head of School.
30 pts
ELCO 580 – Research Preparation
Research preparation for ELCO degrees and qualifications.
30 pts
ELCO 591 – Thesis
MSc thesis in Electronic and Computer Systems.
120 pts
ELCO 690 – Thesis
This is a PhD thesis, covering all the science aspects of electronic and computer system engineering subjects.
120 pts
Engineering
See also Computer System Engineering, Network Engineering, and Software Engineering
AIML 420 – Artificial Intelligence
This course addresses concepts and techniques of artificial intelligence (AI). It provides a brief overview of AI history and search techniques, as well as covering important machine learning topics and algorithms with their applications, including neural networks and evolutionary algorithms. Other topics include probability and Bayesian networks, planning and scheduling. The course will also give a brief overview of a selection of other current topics in AI.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level CGRA, COMP, CYBR, DATA, SWEN or NWEN pts (X) COMP 307, COMP 420
AIML 421 – Machine Learning Tools and Techniques
This course addresses the use of machine learning tools and techniques for analysing data and automatically generating applications. The course will explore a range of tools and techniques for classification, regression, image analysis, clustering, text mining, and preprocessing data. It examines the applicability and limitations of the techniques and methods for analysing and evaluating the outcome of using machine learning tools. Students will gain practical experience in applying a range of tools to a range of different problems from different domains.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level CGRA, COMP, CYBR, DATA, NWEN, or SWEN pts (X) COMP 309
AIML 425 – Neural Networks and Deep Learning
This course addresses the fundamentals of neural network based deep learning. It covers the commonly used deep learning architectures such as fully connected networks, resnets, variational autoencoders, and generative adversarial networks. It discusses functional blocks such as convolutional nets, recurrent neural nets such as LSTMs, and the common objective functions and regularization procedures. Examples will discuss applications such as object classification, classification of sequential text, and the generation of realistic human faces.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307 (X) the pair (COMP 421, 422);
AIML 426 – Evolutionary Computation and Learning
This course addresses evolutionary approaches in machine learning and optimisation. The course will cover both evolutionary algorithms and swarm intelligence as well as some other population-based techniques for problem solving. It will include a range of real-world application domains such as classification, regression, clustering and optimisation.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307
AIML 427 – Big Data
Big Data refers to the large and often complex datasets generated in the modern world: data sources such as commercial customer records, internet transactions, environmental monitoring. This course provides an introduction to the theory and practice of working with Big Data. Students enrolling in this course should be familiar with the basics of machine learning, data mining, statistical modelling and with programming.
15 pts • (P) one of (AIML 420, 421, COMP 307, 309, STAT 393, 394); one of (ENGR 123, STAT 193, MATH 177, QUAN 102) or comparable background in Statistics; (X) COMP 424, COMP 473 (2016-2018)
AIML 428 – Text Mining and Natural Language Processing
This course focuses on text mining and natural language processing. It covers a variety of topics including text representation, document classification and clustering, opinion mining, information retrieval, recommender systems, query expansion, and information extraction.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts; (C) AIML 420 or COMP 307; (X) COMP 423
Not offered in 2023
AIML 429 – Probabilistic Machine Learning
This course teaches the ideas, algorithms and techniques of probabilistic machine learning. Topics include Bayesian inference, discriminative and generative classifiers, the EM algorithm, Gaussian processes, Markov Chain Monte Carlo, hidden Markov models, belief nets and other graphical models, and causal modelling.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307; one of (MATH 177, STAT 292, 293) or approved background in Maths or Statistics; (X) COMP 421
AIML 430 – Applications and Implications of Artificial Intelligence
This course looks at the range of applications of artificial intelligence in the world of today and the future. It surveys the kinds of problem that can be solved with AI technology and techniques and considers the implications and consequences of using AI technology in these applications. It will discuss the positive and negative outcomes and the ethical issues and principles that need to be considered when creating technological solutions using AI.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level pts
AIML 431 – Current Topics in Artificial Intelligence
This course addresses several current topics in artificial intelligence. Possible topics include Reinforcement Learning, AI for robotics, AI in games, Intelligent image analysis, AI and optimisation, AI Planning.
15 pts • (P) AIML 420 or COMP 307
AIML 440 – Directed Individual Study
Content depends on the individual student.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
AIML 441 – Directed Individual Study
Content depends on the individual student.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
AIML 487 – Research Project
A supervised research project in an area of Artificial Intelligence.
45 pts
ENGR 401 – Professional Practice
This course will prepare student's expectations for many of the events and situations they are likely to meet in the professional working world. This includes: codes of conduct, as determined by professional bodies and company practices; ethical behaviour, as found in the workplace and dictated by company practices; critical thinking and people issues, as relevant in the workplace and in company practice.
15 pts • (P) ENGR 201, 301, 302; 45 further 300-level pts from the BE(Hons) Schedule
ENGR 439 – Special Topic: Mechatronic Design
This course presents the fundamentals of sensor and actuator technologies as well as rapid prototyping techniques in the development of mechatronics projects. A number of different sensors and actuators are presented, and the use of microcontroller programming in sensor data measurement, analysis, and actuator control are examined. Basics of PCB design and structural design (using CAD and CAM techniques) and their utilisation in projects involving sensor and actuator technologies are also covered.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
ENGR 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level points from CGRA, COMP, CYBR, ECEN, EEEN, NWEN, RESE, SWEN; Permission of Head of School
ENGR 441 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level points from CGRA, COMP, CYBR, ECEN, EEEN, NWEN, RESE, SWEN; Permission of Head of School
ENGR 489 – Engineering Project
Students will work on an individual project of a complex nature in order to develop a solution to an engineering problem. In addition to the technical engineering development work, the project may require consideration of issues such as customer specifications, cost analysis, IP and product testing and delivery. Students will be required to give an oral and a poster presentation as well as a final report on their project.
30 pts • (P) as for ENGR 401
ENGR 491 – Professional Work Experience
Completion of the work experience requirement for the BE.
0 pts • (P) ENGR 391, 401
AIML 501 – Research Essay in Artificial Intelligence
An investigation and literature review of an advanced topic in an area of artificial intelligence, reported in a project description and a literature review essay.
15 pts • (P) 45 points from AIML 425-440
AIML 589 – Research Project
A supervised research project in an area of Artificial Intelligence.
45 pts • (P) 45 points from AIML 425-440 (C) AIML 501
AIML 591 – Thesis in Artificial Intelligence
MSc thesis in Artificial Intelligence.
120 pts
ENGR 501 – Engineering Research and Communication
The course addresses research and communication skills for engineering practice. It will include finding, understanding and summarising research papers and engineering resources, writing engineering proposals and reports, and oral communication skills.
15 pts • (P) Admission to the MEP
ENGR 502 – Engineering Professional Practice
The course addresses a range of issues in the professional practice of engineering, including critical thinking and problem solving, working in teams, innovation and entrepreneurship, social, cultural, legal, health & safety, environmental, and sustainability impact of engineering problems and solutions, and professional ethics and codes of conduct. Students will gain skills required to work as a professional engineer in the New Zealand engineering industry.
15 pts • (P) Admission to the MEP; (X) ENGR 401
ENGR 510 – Engineering Project 1
Project management including aspects of life cycle, requirements analysis, principles of design, project tasks and deliverables, contracts, feasibility analysis, cost estimation and cost/benefit analysis, project scheduling, critical path analysis, risk management, quality assurance, managing project resources, testing and delivery, maintenance, interpersonal communication, teamwork and project leadership.
15 pts • (P) Admission to the MEP
ENGR 511 – Engineering Project 2
The course develops more advanced skills in executing and managing engineering projects. Students will work in teams on a project of appropriate complexity, practising teamwork and project execution, monitoring and closing. The course concludes with the delivery of a successful project outcome to a client.
15 pts • (P) ENGR 502, 510 (C) ENGR 501;
ENGR 581 – Directed Individual Study
Directed individual study in a topic in Engineering.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
ENGR 582 – Directed Individual Study
Directed individual study in a topic in Engineering.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
ENGR 588 – Engineering Research and Development Project
Supervised project, working on an engineering research and development problem.
60 pts • (P) Part 1 of the MEP
Not offered in 2023
ENGR 589 – Industry Project
Supervised project, working on an industrial software research and development task, generally as a placement in industry.
60 pts • (P) Part 1 of the MEP
ENGR 591 – Thesis
ME thesis in Engineering.
120 pts
ENGR 592 – Thesis
ME thesis in Engineering.
90 pts
AIML 690 – Artificial Intelligence for PhD
120 pts
ENGR 690 – Engineering for PhD
PhD Thesis.
120 pts
ENGR 695 – Engineering for PhD (Robinson)
120 pts
English Literature
ENGL 404 – Medieval Studies: Middle English Fictions
The dream poem was one of the most popular medieval literary genres, which almost all major English poets explored. This course will study poems by Chaucer, Langland, the Pearl-poet and others, reading their works against traditional theories of dreams, and investigating the medieval use of dream-poetry to create imaginative fictions.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ENGL 410 – Renaissance Studies: Literature and Cultural Politics
A study of poetry and politics in the English revolution, with a focus on the poetry of Andrew Marvell and the complete texts of John Milton's Paradise Lost and Samson Agonistes. Students taking this course will be encouraged to think about the relationship of poetry to the political and religious ferment of mid seventeenth century England, and about the relationship of writing to fighting at a time of enormous cultural change.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ENGL 415 – Renaissance Studies: Shakespeare's Classical Worlds
This course deals with a group of Shakespeare's plays set in the classical world of ancient Greece and Rome. It will raise questions of what classical antiquity means to Shakespeare, how he uses it dramatically, and whether there is any consistency in his view of it across a range of different periods and genres. We will also look at the relationship with some of Shakespeare's classical and medieval sources and contexts.
30 pts • (X) THEA 415
Not offered in 2023
ENGL 422 – Modern Poetry
A study of the scope and possibility of the modern lyric; issues in contemporary poetic theory including concepts of voice, race, the politics of form and the role of the lyric in a time of crisis; and the relation between the poetry and poetics of selected poets. Students will have the opportunity to write and workshop original poetry of their own as part of the course. The course will be useful for anyone interested in writing, editing or doing event work involving poetry and the literary arts.
30 pts
ENGL 423 – New Zealand Literature: Mansfield and Friends
This course looks at the works of Katherine Mansfield in a variety of contexts: colonial literature, the decadents, Russian literature, modernism, the Bloomsbury group. It examines her relationships with D.H. Lawrence and Virginia Woolf, whom she knew, and Oscar Wilde, Anton Chekhov, and James Joyce, whom she read. It engages with current criticism and biography, and students will be introduced to and work with the Mansfield material at the Alexander Turnbull Library.
30 pts
ENGL 425 – Classical Traditions: The Metamorphoses of Ovid
A cross-disciplinary study of a central classical text, Ovid's epic poem Metamorphoses, and its afterlife in English literature from the middle ages to the early 21st century. No knowledge of classical languages assumed.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ENGL 427 – Romantic Studies
This course explores texts, topics, and authors of the Age of Sensibility and of the Romantic Period. Topics vary from year to year. In 2020 the topic is 'John Keats, Poetics, Empathy, and Care'.
30 pts • (X) ENGL 459.
Not offered in 2023
ENGL 428 – Contemporary Fiction
The Literatures of New Zealand, Australia and Canada are not as discrete as we might suppose. Connected to problems of belonging, they open out the complications and contradictions of national, postcolonial discourses and invite us to ask: what is the role of the past? What does it mean to have a "national" literature? Is the city the primary site of identity? What is an indigenous literature? Are we postnational? Students will study a range of recent novels from New Zealand, Australia and Canada and elsewhere in the English-speaking world where appropriate.
30 pts • (X) ENGL 445
Not offered in 2023
ENGL 429 – Eighteenth-Century Studies
This course examines texts, topics and authors from the long eighteenth century (1680-1840).
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ENGL 430 – Literary Scholarship
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ENGL 432 – Reading the Subject: Marxism, Psychoanalysis, Literature
This course introduces the basic tenets of two of the most influential currents in literary criticism from the past century, Freudian psychoanalytic theory and Marxism, and considers some of the challenges and criticisms they have attracted. It examines the influences of psychoanalysis and Marxism on representations of subjectivity and identity in 20th- and 21st -century literature, the uses of psychoanalytic theory Marxism for literary interpretation, and the uses of literature for critical interpretation of psychoanalysis and Marxism. The focus is on canonical texts by Freud and Marx, and literary, Māori, feminist and queer responses are considered.
30 pts
ENGL 433 – The Culture of Modernism
This course studies some of the most engaging canonical texts of the first half of the twentieth century. It will be particularly concerned with the cultural and social context in which these texts were written, including Irish nationalism (Yeats and Joyce), the post-War situation (T.S. Eliot and Virginia Woolf), the Depression and rise of fascism (Christopher Isherwood) and the Harlem Renaissance (Zora Neale Hurston and Langston Hughes).
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ENGL 437 – Literature and Technology: Utopia, Dystopia, and Science Fiction
This course will explore issues between literature and technology, tracing the history of Utopia and Science Fiction. Attention is given to the role of the body as technology in literature. Literature as technology and Science Fiction's role as genre are foregrounded. Theoretical traditions are explored alongside canonical Utopian texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ENGL 441 – A Special Genre: Fantasy
A study of a range of fantasy texts in English, written for adults and for children, from the mid-nineteenth century to the present. The course will explore changing conceptions of fantasy, and a range of critical approaches to and defences of the genre.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ENGL 442 – A Special Period: Novel Ecologies, Middlemarch and Moby-Dick
How did writers of the mid-nineteenth century imagine the place of humans in a more-than-human world? How did developments in the natural sciences re-shape how we imagine our entanglements, human and nonhuman? This seminar will explore these broad questions through a focused study of two monumental texts from the period: Moby-Dick (1851) and Middlemarch (1871-2). As we read these two very different novels against each other, our discussions will be informed by writing in the natural and social sciences from the period, as well as by recent work in environmental and ecological criticism.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ENGL 444 – Special Topic: The Comic Renaissance
The renaissance is often thought of in terms of high ideals. But the period produced a wealth of irreverent material projecting a pragmatic view of human nature. This paper will examine some of the period's masterpieces, from the 'officially comic' to generically unstable works. These will be considered in relation to (i) the classical and medieval inheritance; (ii) early modern theory, literary and comic.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ENGL 445 – Special Topic: The Poetry of Gerard Manley Hopkins
The course will have as its primary focus the detailed study of the poetry of Gerard Manley Hopkins, including some study of his poetic theory. The set text includes, in addition to all his poetry, a generous selection of Hopkins’s prose, from letters, journals, and spiritual writings, which will also be a focus for study. In addition, we will pay close attention to his life and times, to the ways in which his biography and critical reputation have been established, and to the controversies that have sometimes surrounded him and his writing.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
ENGL 489 – Research Project
In this course you will pursue an independent research project under supervision. You will develop specialised knowledge of your topic as well as a critical awareness of its importance within the discipline. There are different options for the parameters of your project, including producing a scholarly edition through the New Zealand Electronic Text Centre Project. Your work will be assessed as a final portfolio of 8,000-10,000 words, with an extended research essay as a primary component. This course is required as part of the BA(Hons) degree; you should consult, upon enrolment, with the Honours Coordinator about your options and topic.
30 pts
ENGL 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in English.
120 pts
ENGL 690 – English for PhD
120 pts
Environmental Science
ENSC 401 – Advanced Topic in Environmental Science
This course develops numerical literacy in environmental science. Students will assess methodologies from published literature and apply relevant techniques to collected data, developing scientific, analytical and mathematical skills that can be extrapolated to key environmental problems. Concepts are put into practice using the R computing environment.
30 pts
ENSC 402 – Perspectives in Environmental Science in Aotearoa New Zealand
The Earth is facing escalating pressures on the environment. In this interdisciplinary science course, students will explore contemporary and controversial environmental issues facing New Zealand. The course will be lecture-and seminar- based, with external guest-speakers offering their perspectives on the state of the environment in New Zealand. Students will gain experience and skills of engagement with Various stakeholders.
15 pts
ENSC 410 – Environmental Science Internship
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in environmental science. Each student is supervised by a host organisation involved in environmental science research or applications in the public or private sectors. The placement allows students to further develop teamwork and communication skills, with production of a report and presentation.
15 pts • (X) ENSC 511
ENSC 411 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
ENSC 421 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
ENSC 485 – Environmental Science Research Essay
This course develops skills in research and writing in Environmental Science. A review essay will be written on a relevant topic in environmental science, with the supervision of a Victoria academic or an expert from a collaborative institute. The review is expected to meet the conventions of a scholarly outlet. The review findings will be summarised in a blog, suitable for non-experts.
15 pts • (P) ENSC 401, 402
ENSC 510 – Environmental Science Research Project
This major research project gives the student scope to investigate an environment-related topic of particular interest, and centres on writing and presenting an extended research essay of up to 15,000 words. The investigation will relate to an independent research question concerning an aspect of environmental science. It will consist of a review of the literature, some primary research and analysis, and the leading of a seminar to share understanding of the project’s outcomes with fellow students.
60 pts • (P) ENSC 485 (X) ENSC 511
ENSC 511 – Environmental Science Placement and Project
This course provides both professional development and research training. It has three components: a placement, an applied research project, and presentation of a seminar. The placement is a period of work with an employer in the field of environmental science. The project aims to research a particular aspect of the work undertaken to enrich the student’s knowledge of the organisation’s work. The seminar aims to share understanding among fellow students of the role of the organisation.
60 pts • (P) ENSC 485 (X) ENSC 410, 510;
ENSC 591 – Thesis in Environmental Science
120 pts
ENVI 524 – Environmental Economics for Public Policy
The course introduces ecological economics, the environment as ‘natural capital’ and the economy vis-a- vis society/environment. Covers the mechanics and limitations of the market and government, private/collective choices and their impacts on the environment. Policy- oriented, with focus on relevant core microeconomic theory (market/non-market); heterodox/orthodox approaches; behavioural, institutional and ecological economics.
15 pts • (X) ENVI 504
Not offered in 2023
ENVI 530 – Special Topic: Drivers of Human Behaviour
The course examines human behaviour in relation to environmental challenges. It focuses on individual drivers of behaviour, as well as understanding the ways in which (un)sustainable practices are situated within existing social, natural, technological and policy contexts. Through the analysis of case studies, students will gain a better understanding of how individuals can be encouraged to engage in environmentally friendly practices, and how behaviour change principles may be used to inform environmental policy and practice.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
ENSC 690 – Environmental Science for PhD
Environmental Science for PhD.
120 pts
Environmental Studies
CCSP 401 – Physical Basis of Climate Change
Students will learn elementary radiative transfer physics, energy balance, concepts of climate forcing, feedback and response. Some elements of planetary circulation will be covered, along with modes of variability. Carbon, methane and nitrogen cycles will be covered in support of understanding the relationship between emissions and concentrations. Introductory atmospheric, oceanic and cryosphere physics will be taught. Topics to be covered include: observations of the atmosphere, ocean, carbon cycle and cryosphere; earth system models and their performance; modes of variability; patterns of forcing, feedback and response; and emergent patterns of change.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CCSP 402 – Climate Change Impacts and Adaptation
This course will provide participants with high-level understanding of climate change impacts and adaptation at global, national and local scales. Climate prediction models will be used to examine social and biophysical vulnerabilities to environmental change, and explore policies and measures to minimise impacts, and the potential for adaptation at different scales. Topics include: global and local implications of climate change impacts and adaptation, implications (and risks) of a variable and changing climate on particular societies, models, feedback processes and uncertainties; adaptation strategies; categories of adaptation; Māori knowledge and values related to adaptation, information and communication; public engagement.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CCSP 403 – International Climate Change Policy
This course provides an overview of international climate policy, drawing on policy-relevant physical climate change science, economics, game theory, ethics, and international relations theory relevant for climate policy. At the end of the course students will understand and be able to critically analyse key decision-relevant aspects of climate change science and environmental economics, as well as the history, theory and prospects of landmark efforts to govern climate change, domestically and internationally.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CCSP 404 – Climate Change Mitigation
An examination of the domestic and international policy issues surrounding climate change mitigation, including why mitigation represents a challenging social and economic as well as environmental problem; differing perspectives on policy solutions to the mitigation challenge; linkages with international policy; policies and behaviour change; the roles of relevant institutions; sectoral considerations and policy measures; policy communication, and the politics of mitigation strategies.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
CCSP 405 – Climate Policy: Carbon Pricing Mechanisms
This course introduces the policy and institutional dimensions of carbon pricing. Putting a price on carbon creates incentives for reducing greenhouse gas emissions. This market-based approach has important implications for climate change mitigation. The lectures will cover major international, national, and private-sector initiatives that involve carbon pricing, with a focus on those linked with an emission trading system. Cases from the United Nations, European Union, China, Australia, New Zealand, and other parts of the world will be presented and discussed.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School; (X) GEOG 407 in 2019-2021
ENSC 401 – Advanced Topic in Environmental Science
This course develops numerical literacy in environmental science. Students will assess methodologies from published literature and apply relevant techniques to collected data, developing scientific, analytical and mathematical skills that can be extrapolated to key environmental problems. Concepts are put into practice using the R computing environment.
30 pts
ENSC 402 – Perspectives in Environmental Science in Aotearoa New Zealand
The Earth is facing escalating pressures on the environment. In this interdisciplinary science course, students will explore contemporary and controversial environmental issues facing New Zealand. The course will be lecture-and seminar- based, with external guest-speakers offering their perspectives on the state of the environment in New Zealand. Students will gain experience and skills of engagement with Various stakeholders.
15 pts
ENSC 410 – Environmental Science Internship
This course enables students to gain professional work experience in environmental science. Each student is supervised by a host organisation involved in environmental science research or applications in the public or private sectors. The placement allows students to further develop teamwork and communication skills, with production of a report and presentation.
15 pts • (X) ENSC 511
ENSC 411 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
ENSC 421 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
ENSC 485 – Environmental Science Research Essay
This course develops skills in research and writing in Environmental Science. A review essay will be written on a relevant topic in environmental science, with the supervision of a Victoria academic or an expert from a collaborative institute. The review is expected to meet the conventions of a scholarly outlet. The review findings will be summarised in a blog, suitable for non-experts.
15 pts • (P) ENSC 401, 402
CCSP 510 – Research Essay
This major research project gives the student scope to investigate a climate related topic of particular interest, and centres on writing and presenting an extended research essay of up to 15,000 words. The investigation will relate to a research question concerning an aspect of climate change science or policy, broadly interpreted. It will consist of a review of the literature, some primary research and analysis, and the leading of a seminar to share understanding of the project’s outcomes with fellow students.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 and Part with at least B+ average or permission of Head of School
CCSP 511 – Practicum Placement and Project
This course has three components: a placement, a research project, and presentation of a seminar. The placement is a period of work with an employer in the field of climate change science, policy or management (e.g. climate-related transport research or policy formulation). The short research project aims to research a particular aspect of the work undertaken, or the host organisation itself, to enrich the student’s understanding of the organisation’s work. A seminar aims to share understanding among fellow students of the role of the host organisation.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 and Part 2 with at least B+ average or permission of Head of School
ENSC 510 – Environmental Science Research Project
This major research project gives the student scope to investigate an environment-related topic of particular interest, and centres on writing and presenting an extended research essay of up to 15,000 words. The investigation will relate to an independent research question concerning an aspect of environmental science. It will consist of a review of the literature, some primary research and analysis, and the leading of a seminar to share understanding of the project’s outcomes with fellow students.
60 pts • (P) ENSC 485 (X) ENSC 511
ENSC 511 – Environmental Science Placement and Project
This course provides both professional development and research training. It has three components: a placement, an applied research project, and presentation of a seminar. The placement is a period of work with an employer in the field of environmental science. The project aims to research a particular aspect of the work undertaken to enrich the student’s knowledge of the organisation’s work. The seminar aims to share understanding among fellow students of the role of the organisation.
60 pts • (P) ENSC 485 (X) ENSC 410, 510;
ENSC 591 – Thesis in Environmental Science
120 pts
ENVI 512 – Practicum
Supervised practice in a specialised field of environmental/resource management, focusing attention on policy and practice in a particular agency or organisation concerned with environmental matters.
30 pts
ENVI 520 – Environmental Management
This course critically reviews the theory and practice of contemporary environmental management and governance. Engaging with local and international case studies, including examples of Indigenous-led environmental governance, it considers the different ways in which environmental problems, and their potential solutions, might be understood.
15 pts
ENVI 521 – Research Methods for Environmental Studies
This course provides an understanding of and practice in methods for undertaking research in environmental studies as applied in a range of academic and 'real world' contexts. It covers development of conceptual frameworks, literature reviews, methodological issues, ethics issues and research writing skills.
15 pts
ENVI 522 – Environmental and Planning Law
A practical survey of the law and theories of law as they affect environmental management. Students will be introduced to the basics of environmental legal philosophy and principles applying to the making of law about environmental matters, as well as the basics of the NZ legal system and where environmental laws, the courts and government regulation fit into that system. Key statutes such as the Resource Management Act and Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act will be introduced and their basic workings examined by way of case studies and practical exercises. The new emissions trading legislation and other law relating to climate change will also be surveyed.
15 pts • (C) ENVI 523; (X) ENVI 503
ENVI 523 – Planning and the Resource Management Act
Sustainable management of resources and the detail of planning law and practice under the Resource Management Act.
15 pts • (X) ENVI 503
Not offered in 2023
ENVI 524 – Environmental Economics for Public Policy
The course introduces ecological economics, the environment as ‘natural capital’ and the economy vis-a- vis society/environment. Covers the mechanics and limitations of the market and government, private/collective choices and their impacts on the environment. Policy- oriented, with focus on relevant core microeconomic theory (market/non-market); heterodox/orthodox approaches; behavioural, institutional and ecological economics.
15 pts • (X) ENVI 504
Not offered in 2023
ENVI 525 – Maori Environmental and Resource Management
This course aims to build an understanding of Maori perspectives of the environment through an in-depth look at the complex interplay between social, political, environmental and cultural factors that impact on Aotearoa New Zealand’s built and natural environments. The course considers the role Maori environmental perspectives could, and do, play in the creation of uniquely Aotearoa New Zealand places by drawing on case studies across Aotearoa New Zealand. Strategies and methods for ensuring the adequate consideration of these perspectives are evaluated.
15 pts • (X) ENVI 505
ENVI 526 – Political Ecology of Conservation
This course will explore the socio-political dimensions of conservation by critically considering philosophies, knowledges and broader political economies that shape conservation policies and practices. Particular focus will be placed on unpacking assumptions about conservation and examining how uneven relationships of power play out through different approaches to conservation.
15 pts • (X) ENVI 506
ENVI 527 – The Politics of Environment and Development
This course uses a political ecology approach to explore issues at the interface of environmental conservation and development. Following an introduction to the foundations of political ecology, the course focuses on key themes which will be explored through integrating theory with case study analyses from around the globe.
15 pts • (X) ENVI 507 in 2006/07
Not offered in 2023
ENVI 528 – Climate Change Issues
An examination of the history and science of climate change, conceptualising the policy issues, climate policy and action.
15 pts • (X) ENVI 508
ENVI 529 – Special Topic: Contemporary Urban Issues
This course focuses on how we might understand and respond to urban issues and problems. It takes a multi-disciplinary approach focusing on contemporary issues such as urbanisation, suburbanisation, urban sustainability, culture and space, gender and space and neighbourhood and community dynamics from both Aotearoa New Zealand and global perspectives.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
ENVI 530 – Special Topic: Drivers of Human Behaviour
The course examines human behaviour in relation to environmental challenges. It focuses on individual drivers of behaviour, as well as understanding the ways in which (un)sustainable practices are situated within existing social, natural, technological and policy contexts. Through the analysis of case studies, students will gain a better understanding of how individuals can be encouraged to engage in environmentally friendly practices, and how behaviour change principles may be used to inform environmental policy and practice.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
ENVI 591 – Thesis
Master’s thesis in Environmental Studies.
120 pts
ENVI 593 – Thesis
MEnvStud thesis.
90 pts
ENVI 690 – Environmental Studies for PhD
120 pts
ENVI 692 – Environmental Studies for PhD (Agriculture)
120 pts
Fashion Design Technology
COMD 411 – Narrative Design / Hoahoa ā-Paki
Narrative is an important element in design. Design can tell stories, communicate information, and create meaning. This course looks at a range of tools and techniques for creatively constructing and deploying narratives in various contexts, including visual design, interactive formats, and texts. Students will learn how to build story into their design projects, enhancing their appeal and impact.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
DSDN 451 – Contemporary Perspectives in Design Innovation / Nō Nāianei Tirohanga i te Auaha Hoahoa
This course introduces students to a diverse range of research practices that foster criticality, creativity and a deepening of our connection to whanaungatanga associated with a range of contemporary issues and emerging technologies. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts
DSDN 481 – Research Methods/Tikanga ā-Rangahau
This seminar-based course introduces postgraduate students to current qualitative methods in design research. It explores a range of creative and empirical methods, concentrating on the formulation of research questions, the identification of appropriate research methods, and the articulation of research methodologies and analytical frameworks.
30 pts
FADN 411 – Fashion Cultures / Ngā Ahurea ā-Kākahu
This course explores the theory and practice of fashion history, culture and design. Students undertake analysis and critique of fashion paradigms through an interdisciplinary approach and consider the significance of fashion for people and societies throughout time. In lectures, seminars, readings and workshops, students investigate fashion as object, representation and practice. This course is first offered in 2022.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
INDN 441 – Creative Digital Manufacturing
In this course students undertake industrial design projects researching new and emerging digital technologies as a catalyst for the creation of innovative future products, systems and services. Students develop design proposals considering the effects of novel methods of manufacturing and digital production technology in stimulating socio-cultural change.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
IXXN 411 – Affective Interaction Design
The course investigates how hyper-personalised designs can affect emotional responses in people. In-depth research and design experiments will be carried out through theoretical and applied methods and presented by students through weekly seminars. Students will develop novel approaches and methods for addressing personalisation and affective design.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 402 – Digital Product Design/Hoahoa ā-Huataonga Matihiko
In this course students will explore and implement current digital product design methods for software, complex websites and apps. The course will emphasise complex interaction design, developing design systems, the interrelationship between design research and rapid prototyping. Students will be also introduced to digital product environments such as Agile development.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 403 – Design Ideation / Ariā ā-Hoahoa
This course is an advanced investigation of a range of topics relevant to professional activity in current design practice, including branding, marketing, networking, presentation and portfolio. Students will consider both traditional and emergent contexts and approaches to these topics while demonstrating rangatiratanga, an autonomous design style and content.
15 pts • (P) Permission from Head of School; (X) CCDN 422
MDDN 412 – Experimental Design for Decentralised Media & Networks
Students will gain advanced level experience with newly emerging media and interaction design techniques specific to mixed human-machine communication networks such as Blockchain, Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts • (P) 30 300-level MDDN or IXXN pts
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 413 – Graphic Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Whakairoiro
In this course students will explore and utilise graphic design elements, software, and strategies in the pursuit of a body of design work, while analysing ways to leverage personal experience and unique backgrounds. Through research, exercises and projects, students will develop technical mastery, formal graphic design skills and independent research skills towards expressing a unique visual identity.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 415 – Information Design Practice
This course explores practice for effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Topics will include understanding datasets to create accurate data visualisations, and visualising a variety of information to effectively communicate ideas in different contexts.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 416 – Advanced User Experience Studio/Taupuni Wheako Whaiaro Whatutoto
In this course students will analyse and conceive user experience design concepts, techniques and strategies. Students will explore a number of different design processes, frameworks, research methods, prototyping techniques, and design outcomes.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 417 – User Experience Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Wheako Kaiwhakamahi
In this course students develop skills in core user experience design processes such as: problem framing, qualitative research and analysis, visualisation techniques, interaction design, and prototyping. Students are introduced to designing for accessibility, and design ethics, and will use industry standard tools and techniques.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 421 – Compositing and VFX Design/Hiatotanga me te Hoahoa ā-Ataata Taunaki
In this course students will gain a comprehensive command of professional approaches to previsualization, production planning, and coordination. They will then progress to asset creation, which may include live action plates, set extensions, visual effects elements, matte painting, and modelling. Students will complete their understanding of the production process by developing workflows for post-production and compositing.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 301 or MDDN 311
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 422 – Effects and Simulation / Rākeitanga me te Whaihanga
In this course students will focus on developing a mastery of the skills relating to the creation of creature, human, and mechanical puppet rigs for digital characters, as well as creating digital simulations of physical phenomena.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 201 or MDDN 432
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 431 – Lighting and Rendering / Tūrama me te Whakaritenga
In this course students will critique and analyse traditional applications of lighting such as portraiture, practical studio lighting, and cinematography. Projects will develop a mastery of digital lighting and rendering software while evidencing mastery of an individual creative focus in areas such as CG animation, games, VR, and motion capture.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 421
MDDN 432 – Motion and Performance
In this course students will analyse and create digital animated sequences with a strong focus on using character-based animation to convey compelling and emotive narratives. The course will focus on technical workflows, skills, and good practices for animating complex characters and will culminate in a final animated short.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 311
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 443 – Creative Artificial Intelligence
This course introduces the latest research practices in the data-driven creation and manipulation of digital media. It covers techniques of how to organize, represent, transform, and generate image-based media. Students will strengthen their computational skills by constructing datasets and configuring machine learning pipelines in order to produce original content.
30 pts • (X) DSDN 487 in 2018–2020
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 451 – Creative Coding for Digital Content/Waehere Auaha
This course covers computer graphics techniques that are used as current practice in the film industry. While working on projects that span a range of approaches for generating special effects, and algorithmic treatment of media, students will also review and analyse cinematic examples.
30 pts • (P) 40 300-level MDDN pts
SIDN 412 – Mātauranga Design / Hoahoa ā-Mātauranga
This course engages with Māori creativity and mātauranga Māori (Māori knowledge) in the production of both visual and material cultural design that honours our place and past in Aotearoa New Zealand. Guided by traditional Māori protocols and knowledge, students will learn how to understand and interact with Māori concepts in ways that are culturally sound and appropriate.
15 pts • (X) CCDN 412
SIDN 472 – Advanced Theory
A critical examination of theoretical and creative work at the intersections of design, culture, history, politics and ethics. Students will read and analyse a range of texts relevant to contemporary multi-disciplinary design research practice. Special focus will be given to developing, and effectively communicating, a theoretical standpoint that supports individual research interests.
30 pts • (X) CCDN 472 for 2020
Not offered in 2023
DSDN 590 – Creative Project
FILM/DSDN/NZSM/THEA 590 is a creative research project, which is the capstone of the MFA (Creative Practice) degree. The project topic and approach is developed by the student under the guidance of an academic staff member in the relevant area.
60 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
DSDN 592 – Design Research Portfolio
Master of Design Research Portfolio.
120 pts
DSDN 593 – Design Research Innovation Portfolio/Kohinga ā-Auaha Rangahau Hoahoa
This is a project-based 90-point thesis that exists within the 180-point MDI degree programme. With approval of academic staff, and in consultation with a Design Research Innovation Lab (DRIL) supervisor, students undertake a major design investigation. The final research/ design outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development and expression.
90 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
Film
FILM 401 – Film Theory
This course will examine one or more contemporary and/or historical theoretical perspectives on cinema. It may focus on a specific thinker, a particular theoretical trend, and/or significant issues such as screen aesthetics, the nature of the medium, or the film viewer’s experience. In 2019 the course will focus on cinema and mood. Moods are commonplace but have received little attention within Film Studies by comparison with embodied affects and cognitive emotions. This course will explore how cinema represents and generates moods such as anxiety, boredom, and/or melancholy using theoretical approaches drawn from philosophy and psychology.
30 pts • (X) FILM 401 in 2017
Not offered in 2023
FILM 402 – Film, Culture and Society
This course will situate cinema in terms of its social and cultural contexts at an advanced level. The course may explore issues such as its representational strategies, relationship to specific cultural practices, and/or its links to broader social movements and trends.
30 pts • (X) MDIA 402
FILM 403 – National Cinema: Aotearoa New Zealand
An advanced study of the relation between national cinema and national identity as manifested in the cinema of Aotearoa New Zealand, emphasising primary research using local resources. Topics discussed may include production, distribution, and exhibition practices, along with aesthetic, economic, technological and social approaches.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
FILM 404 – Digital Cinema Production
This is a practical course in which students perform some of the key roles involved in the production of dramatic works on video. The emphasis of the course is on the shaping and refinement of creative ideas and their conversion into compelling works of screen art. Topics such as production management, lighting, camerawork, design, mise-en-scene, screen performance, sound recording and mixing, and film music will be explored in workshops (with industry professionals where possible). Students enrolling for FILM 404 will normally have completed an undergraduate course in film production or have independently gained suitable film production experience. Please note that in order to be considered for this limited entry course, your enrolment application including a creative portfolio must be submitted by 1 December in the year prior to enrolment.
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
FILM 414 – Commercial Production
This course develops advanced production management skills, preproduction planning, collaborative production skills, creative leadership and post-production techniques. Students will collaborate on the production of several short film projects that aim to develop skills in a range of production arenas including advertising/marketing videos, experimental and non-narrative films, and short artistic works of fiction or music video projects. Please note that in order to be considered for this limited entry course, your enrolment application must be submitted by 1 December in the year prior to enrolment.
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
FILM 416 – Cinema and Technology
This course considers the nature, effects and/or role of technological developments in cinema including processes of change and innovation. It analyses the ways in which technology influences our understanding of cinema, the way technological changes respond to cultural and social shifts, and/or how cinematic technologies draw on and impact on technological changes in other fields.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
FILM 417 – Approaches to Film History
This course will explore a specific period, movement, school, cycle and/or other development within the history of cinema. The approach may be framed through chronological, theoretical, aesthetic and/or technological criteria. Topics could include the historical factors that have shaped particular film industries or national cinemas, changing exhibition and reception practices, and/or film historiography. In 2018, students will examine film and media texts about the creative, promotional, and industrial practices of film and other media texts about film. This includes the analysis of fiction and documentary films, making-of films, supplementary DVD material, and television programmes about the film industry. These texts will be examined for what they present and reveal about the process of filmmaking, the film industry and the status of cinema. The course will consider a range of historical and industrial contexts, from the representation and promotion of Hollywood cinema to alternative conceptions of cinema.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
FILM 418 – Advanced Textual Analysis
This course provides students with the opportunity to engage productively with cinema through close textual analysis. It may consider issues such as different types of film style, form, or technique; film interpretation and criticism; film authorship; film genre, or the combination of a theoretical approach with textual analysis.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
FILM 419 – Cinema and Moving Image Culture
This course examines the relationships between cinema and non-traditional cinematic forms such as proto-cinematic technologies, industrial films, ephemeral cinema, gallery films, and user-generated videos. It interacts with the history of moving image culture in diverse fields be they artistic, industrial or educational.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
FILM 420 – Film Industries: Contexts, Practices, Discourses
The course focuses on varied forms of discourses, practices and contexts relevant to the analysis of film as industry and institution. This analysis of cinema involves a critical examination of film industry policies, the political economy of cinema and its relation with other media and creative industries, and/or the industry’s modes of self-reflection and analysis.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
FILM 480 – Special Topic: 3D Cinema
This course explores 3D cinema’s unique aesthetic qualities. Through theoretical and practice-based work it examines how 3D cinema combines 2D cinema's traditional visual and narrative techniques with enhanced depth planes in order to create new visual fields. 3D cinema will be considered in its aesthetic, technical, historical and cultural contexts. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
FILM 489 – Research Project
This course gives students the opportunity to pursue an individual research project usually in the form of an extended essay, up to 10,000 words, with regular guidance and support from a supervisor. Practical and creative work may be included as part of a research project. Students wishing to include practical work will also need to discuss the resource implications before they enrol.
30 pts
FILM 590 – Creative Project
FILM/DSDN/NZSM/THEA 590 is a creative research project, which is the capstone of the MFA (Creative Practice) degree. The project topic and approach is developed by the student under the guidance of an academic staff member in the relevant area.
60 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
FILM 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in Film.
120 pts
FILM 690 – Film for PhD
120 pts
Finance
FINA 401 – Current Topics in Asset Pricing
An intensive examination of modern research in asset pricing, focusing on the role of intertemporal risks, asymmetric information and liquidity. Topics include consumption-based asset pricing models; the theory, estimation and evaluation of factor pricing models; recent developments in the theoretical and empirical market microstructure literature; applications to real-world trading platforms.
15 pts • (P) FINA 306 (or MOFI 305 or 306), QUAN 203
Not offered in 2023
FINA 401 – Current Topics in Asset Pricing
An intensive examination of modern research in asset pricing, focusing on the role of intertemporal risks, asymmetric information and liquidity. Topics include consumption-based asset pricing models; the theory, estimation and evaluation of factor pricing models; recent developments in the theoretical and empirical market microstructure literature; applications to real-world trading platforms.
15 pts • (P) FINA 306 (or MOFI 305 or 306), QUAN 203
Not offered in 2023
FINA 402 – Current Topics in Corporate Finance
An intensive examination of modern research in corporate finance based on information asymmetries. Topics include agency costs, financial contracting, security issuing, security design, liquidity, and corporate governance.
15 pts • (P) FINA 301 (or MOFI 301 or 306), QUAN 203
FINA 402 – Current Topics in Corporate Finance
An intensive examination of modern research in corporate finance based on information asymmetries. Topics include agency costs, financial contracting, security issuing, security design, liquidity, and corporate governance.
15 pts • (P) FINA 301 (or MOFI 301 or 306), QUAN 203
FINA 403 – Derivative Securities
An intensive examination of the pricing of options and option-like assets and their use in hedging financial risk. Topics include stochastic calculus, risk-neutral valuation, finite difference methods, Monte Carlo simulation, and fixed income derivatives.
15 pts • (P) FINA 303 or 306, QUAN 203
FINA 403 – Derivative Securities
An intensive examination of the pricing of options and option-like assets and their use in hedging financial risk. Topics include stochastic calculus, risk-neutral valuation, finite difference methods, Monte Carlo simulation, and fixed income derivatives.
15 pts • (P) FINA 303 or 306, QUAN 203
FINA 404 – Portfolio Theory
This course provides a rigorous examination of modern research in long-run asset allocation, focusing on the prescriptive role of theory in aiding investment decisions and the explanatory role of theory in resolving or highlighting empirical anomalies.
15 pts • (P) FINA 305 (or MOFI 305 or 306), QUAN 203
Not offered in 2023
FINA 404 – Portfolio Theory
This course provides a rigorous examination of modern research in long-run asset allocation, focusing on the prescriptive role of theory in aiding investment decisions and the explanatory role of theory in resolving or highlighting empirical anomalies.
15 pts • (P) FINA 305 (or MOFI 305 or 306), QUAN 203
Not offered in 2023
FINA 405 – Real Options
An intensive development of the real options approach to business decision-making in general and capital budgeting in particular. Topics include the valuation of risky cash flows, dynamic programming, timing options, compound options, learning options, and calibration.
15 pts • (P) QUAN 203, 15 pts from (FINA 301, 305, 306, MOFI 301, 306)
Not offered in 2023
FINA 405 – Real Options
An intensive development of the real options approach to business decision-making in general and capital budgeting in particular. Topics include the valuation of risky cash flows, dynamic programming, timing options, compound options, learning options, and calibration.
15 pts • (P) QUAN 203, 15 pts from (FINA 301, 305, 306, MOFI 301, 306)
Not offered in 2023
FINA 406 – Fixed Income Securities
A discussion of current research questions in the analysis of fixed income securities. Topics include the term structure of interest rates market efficiency, interest rate models, liquidity, credit risk models and investment behaviour.
15 pts • (P) FINA 303 or FINA 306
Not offered in 2023
FINA 406 – Fixed Income Securities
A discussion of current research questions in the analysis of fixed income securities. Topics include the term structure of interest rates market efficiency, interest rate models, liquidity, credit risk models and investment behaviour.
15 pts • (P) FINA 303 or FINA 306
Not offered in 2023
FINA 407 – Corporate Governance
An intensive examination of modern research in corporate governance based on information asymmetries. Topics include the separation of ownership and control, delegated monitoring, executive compensation and the market for corporate control.
15 pts • (P) ECON 314 or FINA 306
Not offered in 2023
FINA 407 – Corporate Governance
An intensive examination of modern research in corporate governance based on information asymmetries. Topics include the separation of ownership and control, delegated monitoring, executive compensation and the market for corporate control.
15 pts • (P) ECON 314 or FINA 306
Not offered in 2023
FINA 411 – Stock Prices and Volatility Modelling
An intensive examination of volatility modelling. Topics include simulation and data analysis techniques; continuous-time stock price models; conditional and stochastic volatility modelling; and modelling heavy tails and regimes. Programming skills will be developed through extensive use of statistical software.
15 pts • (P) FINA 305 (or MOFI 301 or 305), QUAN 203
Not offered in 2023
FINA 411 – Stock Prices and Volatility Modelling
An intensive examination of volatility modelling. Topics include simulation and data analysis techniques; continuous-time stock price models; conditional and stochastic volatility modelling; and modelling heavy tails and regimes. Programming skills will be developed through extensive use of statistical software.
15 pts • (P) FINA 305 (or MOFI 301 or 305), QUAN 203
Not offered in 2023
FINA 412 – Applications and Extensions of the Capital Asset Pricing Model
Intensive examination of selected applications and extensions of the Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM). Topics include valuation under differential personal taxation; beta estimation; market risk premium estimation.
15 pts • (P) FINA301, QUAN 203
Not offered in 2023
FINA 412 – Applications and Extensions of the Capital Asset Pricing Model
Intensive examination of selected applications and extensions of the Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM). Topics include valuation under differential personal taxation; beta estimation; market risk premium estimation.
15 pts • (P) FINA301, QUAN 203
Not offered in 2023
FINA 413 – Risk Management and Insurance
Selected topics in financial risk management and insurance, from traditional approaches to risk management to recent broader interpretations. Topics include the global financial crisis; credit derivative securities; insurance markets, reinsurance and alternative means of transferring risk; the inter-relationship between banks, insurance companies and other institutions in the finance sector; and regulation of the finance sector.
15 pts • (P) 15 pts from (FINA 301-399, MOFI 305, QUAN 371)
Not offered in 2023
FINA 413 – Risk Management and Insurance
Selected topics in financial risk management and insurance, from traditional approaches to risk management to recent broader interpretations. Topics include the global financial crisis; credit derivative securities; insurance markets, reinsurance and alternative means of transferring risk; the inter-relationship between banks, insurance companies and other institutions in the finance sector; and regulation of the finance sector.
15 pts • (P) 15 pts from (FINA 301-399, MOFI 305, QUAN 371)
Not offered in 2023
FINA 414 – Special Topic: Behavourial Finance
This course examines the psychological factors that shape financial decision-making. Students analyse cognitive biases, heuristics, and their impact on investment choices, market anomalies, and asset pricing within the framework of behavourial finance. The course covers classic theoretical models and emphasizes the practical application of these concepts to real-world scenarios.
15 pts • (P) FINA 201, FINA 202 (X) FINA 310, FINA 350 in 2018-2021
FINA 414 – Special Topic: Behavourial Finance
This course examines the psychological factors that shape financial decision-making. Students analyse cognitive biases, heuristics, and their impact on investment choices, market anomalies, and asset pricing within the framework of behavourial finance. The course covers classic theoretical models and emphasizes the practical application of these concepts to real-world scenarios.
15 pts • (P) FINA 201, FINA 202 (X) FINA 310, FINA 350 in 2018-2021
FINA 415 – Special Topic: Early Stage Financing
An in-depth review of the financing of early stage companies from the vantage point of both the entrepreneur and the financier (e.g. venture capitalist or angel investor). Operational financial management including pro-forma financial statements, cash to cash cycles, and working capital needs. Evaluate early stage investments using multiple investment criteria. Financing methods such as multiple rounds, convertible notes and hybrids.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
FINA 415 – Special Topic: Early Stage Financing
An in-depth review of the financing of early stage companies from the vantage point of both the entrepreneur and the financier (e.g. venture capitalist or angel investor). Operational financial management including pro-forma financial statements, cash to cash cycles, and working capital needs. Evaluate early stage investments using multiple investment criteria. Financing methods such as multiple rounds, convertible notes and hybrids.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
FINA 416 – Special Topic: Financial Modelling
Develop spreadsheet models using Microsoft Excel to tackle finance questions such as: risk analysis via simulation and bootstrapping, portfolio analysis, efficient frontier estimation, value at risk, equity and interest rate modelling, and bond credit risk models. Using the Python programming language, extend and scale these models.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
FINA 416 – Special Topic: Financial Modelling
Develop spreadsheet models using Microsoft Excel to tackle finance questions such as: risk analysis via simulation and bootstrapping, portfolio analysis, efficient frontier estimation, value at risk, equity and interest rate modelling, and bond credit risk models. Using the Python programming language, extend and scale these models.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
FINA 430 – Research Project in Finance
A supervised research project that provides students with the opportunity to undertake independent research in a specific area of finance.
30 pts • (X) FINA 490, FINA 491
FINA 430 – Research Project in Finance
A supervised research project that provides students with the opportunity to undertake independent research in a specific area of finance.
30 pts • (X) FINA 490, FINA 491
FINA 490 – Research Project A
This is one part of a supervised research project that provides students with the opportunity to undertake independent research in a specific area of finance. In this course, students will formulate a research question, complete a thorough literature review on that question, and formulate a plan for how to conduct research to answer that question. This can be completed prior to completing the other part (FINA 491), or concurrently.
15 pts • (X) FINA 430
FINA 490 – Research Project A
This is one part of a supervised research project that provides students with the opportunity to undertake independent research in a specific area of finance. In this course, students will formulate a research question, complete a thorough literature review on that question, and formulate a plan for how to conduct research to answer that question. This can be completed prior to completing the other part (FINA 491), or concurrently.
15 pts • (X) FINA 430
FINA 491 – Research Project B
Students are expected to attend meetings with their supervisor on a weekly basis, present in a symposium and attend one other presentation session other than their own. Students can choose to meet and present on campus in-person or online.
15 pts • (C) FINA 490 (X) FINA 430
FINA 491 – Research Project B
Students are expected to attend meetings with their supervisor on a weekly basis, present in a symposium and attend one other presentation session other than their own. Students can choose to meet and present on campus in-person or online.
15 pts • (C) FINA 490 (X) FINA 430
AFIN 541 – Corporate Finance
An in-depth review of the interface between corporate finance and the markets, from the vantage point of the corporate treasurer. The course investigates firm and project valuations through cash flow analysis, discounting in various forms, the cost of capital, the process of setting risk premiums, and risk analysis. It examines the implications of long term financing decisions to the cost of capital; and valuation of projects through real options analysis.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 504 or equivalent (X) MMAF 502
Not offered in 2023
AFIN 542 – Global Capital Markets
The application of finance theory to global financial markets. This course studies asset classes, financial instruments and security trading. It explores risk, return, portfolio capital allocation, and the Capital Asset Pricing Model. It also covers bond pricing, interest rates, and bond portfolios.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 504 or equivalent (X) MMAF 510
Not offered in 2023
AFIN 543 – International Corporate Finance
Financial economics of exchange rates. The international monetary and banking system, global financing and investment. Financial management under volatile exchange rates: translation, transactions and economic exposures. Optimal foreign exchange hedging policies. Multinational strategic management.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 504 or equivalent (X) MMAF 511
Not offered in 2023
AFIN 544 – Treasury Management
Capital structure design, long term and short term financing options, restructuring and insolvency risks. Issuing bank debt, retail and wholesale bonds, private placements and convertible bonds. Hedging strategies to manage foreign exchange, interest rate, commodity and investment risk. Reporting to the Audit and Risk Committee on investment portfolio performance, liquidity, refinancing and counterparty risk.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 541 (X) MMAF 512
Not offered in 2023
AFIN 545 – Banking, Institutions, and Supervision
The application of the theories of financial intermediation to bank treasury operations. The institutional and regulatory aspects of financial institutions. Topics covered are prudential bank regulation, regulatory bank capital, risk management, stress testing, liquidity management, stake-holder engagement, bank strategy and bank governance.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 541 (X) MMAF 513
Not offered in 2023
AFIN 546 – Derivatives
Forwards and futures, options, synthetics, exotics and associated products. Pricing from the first principles and from no arbitrage methodology. Use derivatives in portfolio hedging and in open position taking. Contexts covered include equity, fixed interest, commodity and foreign exchange. Trading conventions and techniques.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 542 or AFIN 543 (X) MMAF 514
Not offered in 2023
AFIN 547 – Financial Intermediation
The application of the theories of financial intermediation to financial institutions management. On- and off- balance sheet banking, syndicated lending, securisation. contingent claims, project finance and treasury management. Risk Management of assets, liabilities and liquidity.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 541 (X) MMAF 515
Not offered in 2023
AFIN 548 – Portfolio Design and Investment
Portfolio building, asset pricing, and performance evaluation. This course develops portfolio design through Modern Portfolio Theory and the Single Index model. It covers asset pricing using the Capital Asset Pricing Model and the Arbitrage Pricing theory model. It explores the use of asset pricing to evaluate fund performance, and the use of portfolio theory for active tactical investment decisions.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 542; (X) MMAF 516
Not offered in 2023
AFIN 549 – Financial Econometrics
Develop financial models using the R statistical programming language. Using econometric methods in R, explore the time series properties of financial datasets, including trend, seasonality, autocorrelation, and stationarity. Investigate volatility models.
15 pts • (P) BUSI 504 (X) MMAF 524, PECO 513
Not offered in 2023
AFIN 550 – Financial Modelling
Develop spreadsheet models using Microsoft Excel to tackle finance questions such as: risk analysis via simulation and bootstrapping, portfolio analysis, efficient frontier estimation, value at risk, equity and interest rate modeling, and bond credit risk models. Using the Python programming language, extend and scale these models.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 542 or AFIN 546 (X) MMAF 525
Not offered in 2023
AFIN 551 – Entrepreneurial Finance
An in-depth review of the financing of innovative and entrepreneurial companies from the vantage point of both the entrepreneur and the financier (e.g. venture capitalist or angel investor). Evaluate early stage investments using multiple investment criteria. Operational financial management including Pro-forma financial statements, cash to cash cycles, and working capital needs. Financing methods such as multiple rounds, convertible notes, and hybrids.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 541 (X) MMAF 531
Not offered in 2023
AFIN 552 – Mergers and Acquisitions
An integrated approach to mergers and acquisitions, business alliances, and corporate restructuring. Topics covered include the market for corporate control; legal and regulatory considerations, the planning, implementation, and integration processes, merger valuation, deal structure, alternative exit and restructuring activities.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 541 (X) MMAF 537
Not offered in 2023
AFIN 553 – Institutional Investment
An in-depth review of the main strategies used by hedge funds and proprietary traders. Topics include institutional issues, trading mechanisms, market liquidity, risk management, performance management, and trading strategy appraisal.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 542
Not offered in 2023
AFIN 554 – Applied Corporate Governance
A study of the key concepts, structures and dynamics of corporate governance. The course will focus on the roles and interests of shareholders, managers, and directors. Topics include choices of organisational form, executive compensation, boards of directors, institutional investors, shareholder activism and corporate governance reforms.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 541
Not offered in 2023
AFIN 555 – Real Options
Introduction to real options and the analytical framework; valuation of single- and multi-period cash flows; dynamic programming; simple timing options; compound timing options and extensions; switching options; calibration and implementation of real option models.
15 pts • (P) AFIN 542
Not offered in 2023
AFIN 563 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
FINA 501 – Advanced Topic in Finance
As for the underlying 400-level course.
15 pts
FINA 501 – Advanced Topic in Finance
As for the underlying 400-level course.
15 pts
FINA 502 – Advanced Topic in Finance
As for the underlying 400-level course.
15 pts
FINA 502 – Advanced Topic in Finance
As for the underlying 400-level course.
15 pts
FINA 530 – Research Project
Research Project on a selected topic in the discipline.
30 pts
FINA 530 – Research Project
Research Project on a selected topic in the discipline.
30 pts
FINA 531 – Research Paper
Research paper on a selected topic in the discipline.
30 pts
FINA 531 – Research Paper
Research paper on a selected topic in the discipline.
30 pts
FINA 591 – Thesis
MCom Thesis in Finance.
120 pts
FINA 591 – Thesis
MCom Thesis in Finance.
120 pts
FINA 592 – Thesis
90 point Thesis in Finance.
90 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
FINA 592 – Thesis
90 point Thesis in Finance.
90 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
FINA 593 – Dissertation
60 point dissertation in Finance.
60 pts
FINA 593 – Dissertation
60 point dissertation in Finance.
60 pts
FINA 690 – Thesis
Finance for PhD.
120 pts
FINA 690 – Thesis
Finance for PhD.
120 pts
Fine Arts
ARTS 401 – Creativity
This course takes an experiential and theoretical approach to the study of creativity. It develops insights into the nature of creativity, factors and conditions that stimulate imaginative behaviours and high levels of innovation. The course is designed to cultivate skills in creative thinking and problem solving, and to enhance the application of creativity through collaborative processes.
15 pts
^ Limited entry course
ARTS 402 – Arts Management for Artists
This course teaches students the practical knowledge and skills necessary to effectively market and manage a creative project and to effectively begin a career as a self-employed artist. The course utilises local and international case studies, and encourages students to draw from their own experiences and interests.
15 pts
^ Limited entry course
ARTS 490 – Internship
Students will complete an approved and supervised work-based project while on a placement in a private sector establishment, public sector agency, or non-governmental organisation. Please note that this is a pass/fail course. Students who pass the course will receive a P grade.
30 pts • (P) Permission of HoS
^ Limited entry course
FILM 414 – Commercial Production
This course develops advanced production management skills, preproduction planning, collaborative production skills, creative leadership and post-production techniques. Students will collaborate on the production of several short film projects that aim to develop skills in a range of production arenas including advertising/marketing videos, experimental and non-narrative films, and short artistic works of fiction or music video projects. Please note that in order to be considered for this limited entry course, your enrolment application must be submitted by 1 December in the year prior to enrolment.
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
Forensic Psychology
FPSY 401 – Forensic Psychology Fieldwork/Internship 1
This course provides students with an opportunity to complete a special project or take part in the day to day operations of a workplace or agency, undertaking forensic psychology-relevant work. The student will be jointly supervised by university staff and field supervisors.
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
^ Limited entry course
FPSY 402 – Forensic Psychology Fieldwork/Internship 2
This course provides students with an opportunity to complete a special project or take part in the day to day operations of a workplace or agency, undertaking forensic psychology-relevant work. The student will be jointly supervised by university staff and field supervisors.
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
^ Limited entry course
FPSY 403 – Forensic Psychology Fieldwork/Internship
This course provides students with an opportunity to spend 2 trimesters working on a special project or taking part in the day to day operations of a workplace or agency that undertakes forensic psychology-related work. The student will be jointly supervised by university staff and field supervisors.
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School (X) FPSY 401, 402
^ Limited entry course
FPSY 411 – Special Topic
This course is part of the MSc in Forensic Psychology and is taught in the School of Psychology.
15 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
FPSY 420 – Introduction to Clinical Psychology for Forensic Practitioners
This course provides students with an understanding of the conceptual, empirical and practical issues associated with assessment. Topics covered include: clinical assessment and reasoning, ethics, mood disorders, psychosis, personality disorders, substance disorders and intellectual disability. In addition, labs cover the principles of assessment, interviewing and psychometric testing.
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School (X) PSYC 451, 452
^ Limited entry course
FPSY 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study tailored to the particular student and approved by the Programme Director. It may include an introduction to clinical assessment and formulation, through participation in relevant sections of PSYC 451/452, or an opportunity to work on a small project or in a placement with key stakeholders.
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
FPSY 580 – Research Preparation
This is a practical course in which students will acquire the key skills needed to undertake postgraduate level research in some aspect of Forensic Psychology. These skills will be acquired via class-based seminars, discussions and practical exercises based in a variety of research laboratories.
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
FPSY 591 – Thesis
Master's thesis in Forensic Psychology.
120 pts
FPSY 690 – Forensic Psychology for PhD
120 pts
French
FHSS 410 – Global Cultures in Context
This course considers cultures as both local and global phenomena and addresses their development and evolution from an interdisciplinary range of theoretical and methodological perspectives in intercultural communication.
30 pts
FREN 401 – Advanced French Language
This compulsory French Honours course is for students working towards fluency and accuracy in written and oral French. Techniques required for the dissertation, bibliography ésumé of spoken or written texts, oral and aural activities, are all taught as an internal part of the course. Students will reach a level equivalent to C1 of the European Common Framework for Languages. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
FREN 489 – Research Project
A supervised research exercise, on a topic of the student's choice, designed to develop skills in bibliographic searches and the elaboration of a closely-argued analytical text.
30 pts
FREN 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in French.
120 pts
FREN 690 – French for PhD
120 pts
Game Design
COMD 411 – Narrative Design / Hoahoa ā-Paki
Narrative is an important element in design. Design can tell stories, communicate information, and create meaning. This course looks at a range of tools and techniques for creatively constructing and deploying narratives in various contexts, including visual design, interactive formats, and texts. Students will learn how to build story into their design projects, enhancing their appeal and impact.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
DSDN 451 – Contemporary Perspectives in Design Innovation / Nō Nāianei Tirohanga i te Auaha Hoahoa
This course introduces students to a diverse range of research practices that foster criticality, creativity and a deepening of our connection to whanaungatanga associated with a range of contemporary issues and emerging technologies. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts
DSDN 451 – Contemporary Perspectives in Design Innovation / Nō Nāianei Tirohanga i te Auaha Hoahoa
This course introduces students to a diverse range of research practices that foster criticality, creativity and a deepening of our connection to whanaungatanga associated with a range of contemporary issues and emerging technologies. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts
DSDN 481 – Research Methods/Tikanga ā-Rangahau
This seminar-based course introduces postgraduate students to current qualitative methods in design research. It explores a range of creative and empirical methods, concentrating on the formulation of research questions, the identification of appropriate research methods, and the articulation of research methodologies and analytical frameworks.
30 pts
FADN 411 – Fashion Cultures / Ngā Ahurea ā-Kākahu
This course explores the theory and practice of fashion history, culture and design. Students undertake analysis and critique of fashion paradigms through an interdisciplinary approach and consider the significance of fashion for people and societies throughout time. In lectures, seminars, readings and workshops, students investigate fashion as object, representation and practice. This course is first offered in 2022.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
INDN 441 – Creative Digital Manufacturing
In this course students undertake industrial design projects researching new and emerging digital technologies as a catalyst for the creation of innovative future products, systems and services. Students develop design proposals considering the effects of novel methods of manufacturing and digital production technology in stimulating socio-cultural change.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
IXXN 411 – Affective Interaction Design
The course investigates how hyper-personalised designs can affect emotional responses in people. In-depth research and design experiments will be carried out through theoretical and applied methods and presented by students through weekly seminars. Students will develop novel approaches and methods for addressing personalisation and affective design.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 402 – Digital Product Design/Hoahoa ā-Huataonga Matihiko
In this course students will explore and implement current digital product design methods for software, complex websites and apps. The course will emphasise complex interaction design, developing design systems, the interrelationship between design research and rapid prototyping. Students will be also introduced to digital product environments such as Agile development.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 403 – Design Ideation / Ariā ā-Hoahoa
This course is an advanced investigation of a range of topics relevant to professional activity in current design practice, including branding, marketing, networking, presentation and portfolio. Students will consider both traditional and emergent contexts and approaches to these topics while demonstrating rangatiratanga, an autonomous design style and content.
15 pts • (P) Permission from Head of School; (X) CCDN 422
MDDN 412 – Experimental Design for Decentralised Media & Networks
Students will gain advanced level experience with newly emerging media and interaction design techniques specific to mixed human-machine communication networks such as Blockchain, Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts • (P) 30 300-level MDDN or IXXN pts
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 413 – Graphic Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Whakairoiro
In this course students will explore and utilise graphic design elements, software, and strategies in the pursuit of a body of design work, while analysing ways to leverage personal experience and unique backgrounds. Through research, exercises and projects, students will develop technical mastery, formal graphic design skills and independent research skills towards expressing a unique visual identity.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 415 – Information Design Practice
This course explores practice for effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Topics will include understanding datasets to create accurate data visualisations, and visualising a variety of information to effectively communicate ideas in different contexts.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 416 – Advanced User Experience Studio/Taupuni Wheako Whaiaro Whatutoto
In this course students will analyse and conceive user experience design concepts, techniques and strategies. Students will explore a number of different design processes, frameworks, research methods, prototyping techniques, and design outcomes.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 417 – User Experience Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Wheako Kaiwhakamahi
In this course students develop skills in core user experience design processes such as: problem framing, qualitative research and analysis, visualisation techniques, interaction design, and prototyping. Students are introduced to designing for accessibility, and design ethics, and will use industry standard tools and techniques.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 421 – Compositing and VFX Design/Hiatotanga me te Hoahoa ā-Ataata Taunaki
In this course students will gain a comprehensive command of professional approaches to previsualization, production planning, and coordination. They will then progress to asset creation, which may include live action plates, set extensions, visual effects elements, matte painting, and modelling. Students will complete their understanding of the production process by developing workflows for post-production and compositing.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 301 or MDDN 311
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 422 – Effects and Simulation / Rākeitanga me te Whaihanga
In this course students will focus on developing a mastery of the skills relating to the creation of creature, human, and mechanical puppet rigs for digital characters, as well as creating digital simulations of physical phenomena.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 201 or MDDN 432
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 431 – Lighting and Rendering / Tūrama me te Whakaritenga
In this course students will critique and analyse traditional applications of lighting such as portraiture, practical studio lighting, and cinematography. Projects will develop a mastery of digital lighting and rendering software while evidencing mastery of an individual creative focus in areas such as CG animation, games, VR, and motion capture.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 421
MDDN 432 – Motion and Performance
In this course students will analyse and create digital animated sequences with a strong focus on using character-based animation to convey compelling and emotive narratives. The course will focus on technical workflows, skills, and good practices for animating complex characters and will culminate in a final animated short.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 311
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 443 – Creative Artificial Intelligence
This course introduces the latest research practices in the data-driven creation and manipulation of digital media. It covers techniques of how to organize, represent, transform, and generate image-based media. Students will strengthen their computational skills by constructing datasets and configuring machine learning pipelines in order to produce original content.
30 pts • (X) DSDN 487 in 2018–2020
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 451 – Creative Coding for Digital Content/Waehere Auaha
This course covers computer graphics techniques that are used as current practice in the film industry. While working on projects that span a range of approaches for generating special effects, and algorithmic treatment of media, students will also review and analyse cinematic examples.
30 pts • (P) 40 300-level MDDN pts
SIDN 412 – Mātauranga Design / Hoahoa ā-Mātauranga
This course engages with Māori creativity and mātauranga Māori (Māori knowledge) in the production of both visual and material cultural design that honours our place and past in Aotearoa New Zealand. Guided by traditional Māori protocols and knowledge, students will learn how to understand and interact with Māori concepts in ways that are culturally sound and appropriate.
15 pts • (X) CCDN 412
SIDN 472 – Advanced Theory
A critical examination of theoretical and creative work at the intersections of design, culture, history, politics and ethics. Students will read and analyse a range of texts relevant to contemporary multi-disciplinary design research practice. Special focus will be given to developing, and effectively communicating, a theoretical standpoint that supports individual research interests.
30 pts • (X) CCDN 472 for 2020
Not offered in 2023
DSDN 590 – Creative Project
FILM/DSDN/NZSM/THEA 590 is a creative research project, which is the capstone of the MFA (Creative Practice) degree. The project topic and approach is developed by the student under the guidance of an academic staff member in the relevant area.
60 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
DSDN 592 – Design Research Portfolio
Master of Design Research Portfolio.
120 pts
DSDN 593 – Design Research Innovation Portfolio/Kohinga ā-Auaha Rangahau Hoahoa
This is a project-based 90-point thesis that exists within the 180-point MDI degree programme. With approval of academic staff, and in consultation with a Design Research Innovation Lab (DRIL) supervisor, students undertake a major design investigation. The final research/ design outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development and expression.
90 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
Geographic Information Science
GISC 420 – Geographic Computing
Advanced work in geographical information science is conducted by scripting and programming. This course introduces principles of computer programming in the context of popular libraries for the handling of geographic data. Basic programming skills in python are introduced to equip students for modern geospatial analysis environments.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2023
GISC 421 – Geographic Information Science: Applications and Impact
This course provides an overview of Geographic Information Science in New Zealand and internationally. Through field teaching, individual and group work, and guest lectures from industry professionals, students will gain a strong understanding of the dimensions of the geospatial industry from data collection, storage analysis and dissemination. Specific attention will be given to exploring Maori communities and organisations’ use of and impact on GIS; ethics; and GIS fit within organisations, the economy, communities and impact on their decision making. The compulsory three-day field trip will run from 23-25 February 2022.
15 pts • (P) Enrolment in GIS postgraduate programme
Not offered in 2023
GISC 422 – Spatial Analysis and Modelling
Advances in data collection, such as crowdsourcing and the unique nature of geographic information require an understanding of the complexities of spatial data. Students on this course will learn to apply statistical techniques to the analysis of geographic data. Students will also explore relationships between spatial structures and processes using simulation models.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
GISC 423 – Cartography and Geovisualisation
This course provides a theoretical grounding in the various ways geographic information can be visualised. Beyond the conventional map display, alternate representations, interfaces to geographic data, visual exploration of datasets and cartographic generalisation will be covered. The course introduces the concepts, principles, theories and applied components of Cartography and Geovisualisation. Students who passed GISC 403 (offered 2012 to 2018) may not enrol in GISC 423.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
GISC 424 – Remote Sensing
A practical introduction to interpretation and analysis of satellite, aerial and radar imagery for earth observation. This course covers the basics of the electromagnetic spectrum and explores its interpretation and use in the analysis of remotely sensed data, specifically covering classification and image manipulation techniques for both active and passive sensors.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
GISC 425 – Special Topic: Geographical Computing
Advanced work in geographical information science is conducted by scripting and programming. This course introduces principles of computer programming in the context of popular libraries for the handling of geographic data. Basic programming skills in python are introduced to equip students for modern geospatial analysis environments.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2023
GISC 426 – Special Topic:
Topic to be advised.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2023
GISC 427 – Emerging Topics in GIS
This course will explore emerging topics in GIS through current academic literature, lectures, class discussion, and seminars. Such topics may include GIS 2.0, crowdsourcing, sensors and IoT (Internet of Things). Seminar topics vary and will be selected by the students.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2023
GISC 428 – Directed Individual Study
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2023
GISC 429 – Internship
This course allows students to apply knowledge gained from the PGDipGIS/MGIS postgraduate courses within business, government and non-profit organisations while gaining career-related work experience, achieving a greater clarity regarding their career goals, and developing ‘workready’ skills.
15 pts • (P) Enrolment in GIS postgraduate programme and 60 points from the MGIS schedule
GISC 511 – Research Project
This major research project gives the student scope to investigate a GIS related topic of particular interest, and centres on writing and presenting an extended research essay. It will consist of a research question, review of the literature, some primary research and analysis, and the leading of a seminar to share understanding of the project’s outcomes with fellow students.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MGIS and permission of the Programme Director
GISC 512 – Placement and Applied Research Project
This course comprises of a placement, a presentation, and a research project. The placement is a period of work with a GIS employer. The short research project aims to research a particular aspect of the work undertaken, or the host organisation itself, to enrich the student’s understanding of the organisation’s work. A seminar aims to share understanding among fellow students of the role of the host organisation.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MGIS and permission of the Programme Director (X) GISC 415;
^ Limited entry course
GISC 591 – Thesis
Master’s thesis in GIS.
120 pts
GISC 690 – Thesis
A supervised research project leading to a comprehensive thesis.
120 pts • (P) Approval of the Programme Director
Geography
See also Physical Geography
GEOG 407 – Special Topic: Climate Policy: Carbon Pricing Mechanisms
This course provides an introduction to the policy and institutional dimensions of carbon pricing. Putting a price on carbon creates incentives for reducing greenhouse gas emissions. This market-based approach has important implications for climate change mitigation. The lectures will cover major international, national, and private-sector initiatives that involve carbon pricing, with a focus on those linked with an emission trading system. Cases from the UNFCCC, European Union, China, Australia, New Zealand, and other parts of the world will be presented and discussed.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
GEOG 408 – Geography of Place, Power and Identity
This course provides an introduction to advanced debates within social and cultural geography, in particular around the theorisation of place, power and identity. The course will deal with a range of issues and grounded examples while introducing relational, postcolonial and feminist geographies
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
GEOG 410 – Geographies of Wellbeing
The study of wellbeing at all levels is one of the fastest growing subfields in social science. This course draws on human geography research to introduce graduate students in Human Geography, Development Studies and Environmental Studies, as well as other social science disciplines, to the concepts of wellbeing and people's relationship to place.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
GEOG 411 – Special Topic: Urban Geography and Urban Health
The course will provide students with skills to argue which characteristics a healthy city would have, a city which promotes urban health. Students will be equipped with geographical tools and concepts to analyse intra-urban processes and their effects on urban health. The course will will explore how characteristics of urban (notably residential) environments might promote urban health, how such effects can be analysed, and which measures urban planning can offer. Students will be exposed to contemporary urban geography debates about urban health in national and international contexts.
15 pts • (P) permission of the relevant Head of School
GEOG 415 – Introduction to Geographic Information Science and its Applications
This course is designed to empower you with the skills required to tackle complex spatial challenges. GIS combines the art of mapping, science of data analysis, and spatial understanding. Through hands-on computer practicals and lectures, you'll gain a deep understanding of how GIS can make a significant impact in your chosen field.
15 pts • (X) GEOG 215, PHYG 415 in 2008-12
GEOG 416 – Refugee Spaces: Emotional Geographies of Forced Migration
The course aims to understand the effects on, and affects felt, of people experiencing forced migration and refugee resettlement and to generate more nuanced and sensitive responses to them in Aotearoa New Zealand. Throughout we question multi-sited interrelationships of emotion, affect, embodiment, and power through a geographic inquiry into the material places and digital spaces of 'refugeeness'.
30 pts • (X) GEOG 411 in 2020-2021
GEOG 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
GEOG 489 – Research Project
30 pts • (X) GEOG 408
GISC 420 – Geographic Computing
Advanced work in geographical information science is conducted by scripting and programming. This course introduces principles of computer programming in the context of popular libraries for the handling of geographic data. Basic programming skills in python are introduced to equip students for modern geospatial analysis environments.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2023
GISC 421 – Geographic Information Science: Applications and Impact
This course provides an overview of Geographic Information Science in New Zealand and internationally. Through field teaching, individual and group work, and guest lectures from industry professionals, students will gain a strong understanding of the dimensions of the geospatial industry from data collection, storage analysis and dissemination. Specific attention will be given to exploring Maori communities and organisations’ use of and impact on GIS; ethics; and GIS fit within organisations, the economy, communities and impact on their decision making. The compulsory three-day field trip will run from 23-25 February 2022.
15 pts • (P) Enrolment in GIS postgraduate programme
Not offered in 2023
GISC 422 – Spatial Analysis and Modelling
Advances in data collection, such as crowdsourcing and the unique nature of geographic information require an understanding of the complexities of spatial data. Students on this course will learn to apply statistical techniques to the analysis of geographic data. Students will also explore relationships between spatial structures and processes using simulation models.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
GISC 423 – Cartography and Geovisualisation
This course provides a theoretical grounding in the various ways geographic information can be visualised. Beyond the conventional map display, alternate representations, interfaces to geographic data, visual exploration of datasets and cartographic generalisation will be covered. The course introduces the concepts, principles, theories and applied components of Cartography and Geovisualisation. Students who passed GISC 403 (offered 2012 to 2018) may not enrol in GISC 423.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
GISC 424 – Remote Sensing
A practical introduction to interpretation and analysis of satellite, aerial and radar imagery for earth observation. This course covers the basics of the electromagnetic spectrum and explores its interpretation and use in the analysis of remotely sensed data, specifically covering classification and image manipulation techniques for both active and passive sensors.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
GISC 425 – Special Topic: Geographical Computing
Advanced work in geographical information science is conducted by scripting and programming. This course introduces principles of computer programming in the context of popular libraries for the handling of geographic data. Basic programming skills in python are introduced to equip students for modern geospatial analysis environments.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2023
GISC 426 – Special Topic:
Topic to be advised.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2023
GISC 427 – Emerging Topics in GIS
This course will explore emerging topics in GIS through current academic literature, lectures, class discussion, and seminars. Such topics may include GIS 2.0, crowdsourcing, sensors and IoT (Internet of Things). Seminar topics vary and will be selected by the students.
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2023
GISC 428 – Directed Individual Study
15 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2023
GISC 429 – Internship
This course allows students to apply knowledge gained from the PGDipGIS/MGIS postgraduate courses within business, government and non-profit organisations while gaining career-related work experience, achieving a greater clarity regarding their career goals, and developing ‘workready’ skills.
15 pts • (P) Enrolment in GIS postgraduate programme and 60 points from the MGIS schedule
GEOG 580 – Research Preparation
15 pts
GEOG 591 – Thesis
MSc or MA thesis in Geography.
120 pts
GISC 511 – Research Project
This major research project gives the student scope to investigate a GIS related topic of particular interest, and centres on writing and presenting an extended research essay. It will consist of a research question, review of the literature, some primary research and analysis, and the leading of a seminar to share understanding of the project’s outcomes with fellow students.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MGIS and permission of the Programme Director
GISC 512 – Placement and Applied Research Project
This course comprises of a placement, a presentation, and a research project. The placement is a period of work with a GIS employer. The short research project aims to research a particular aspect of the work undertaken, or the host organisation itself, to enrich the student’s understanding of the organisation’s work. A seminar aims to share understanding among fellow students of the role of the host organisation.
60 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1 of the MGIS and permission of the Programme Director (X) GISC 415;
^ Limited entry course
GISC 591 – Thesis
Master’s thesis in GIS.
120 pts
GEOG 690 – Geography for PhD
120 pts
Geology
ESCI 404 – ST: Topics in Earth Sciences
15 pts • (P) 40 300-level points (X) GEOL 404
Not offered in 2023
ESCI 407 – Global Tectonics
This course looks at the frontiers of research on the tectonics of plate boundaries and lithospheric geodynamics, focusing on current scientific debate about these topics with examples from around the world.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 302
ESCI 408 – Special Topic: Frontiers of Palaeobiology
This course will review some of the latest results in the field of palaeobiology. Using research papers published over the last twelve months, we will choose the most exciting and extraordinary topics available. Depending on what’s published in that period, topics may include discussions on mass extinctions, processes and patterns in the fossil record, human evolution and any particularly spectacular fossils that are reported. Participants will be encouraged to suggest topics in any area of palaeobiology that interests them.
15 pts • (P) 20 pts from ESCI 301-399
Not offered in 2023
ESCI 409 – Special Topic
This course examines the formation of the elements, origins of the Solar System, and accretion and differentiation of the rocky planets. It reviews the generation and modification of magmas and volcanoes and the investigation of metamorphic conditions and processes, and examines how chemical and isotopic tracers are used in a diverse range of fields. Students will use the School's Geochemistry Laboratory and will obtain hands-on experience in the use of the electron microprobe and laser ablation inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry.
15 pts • (P) 20 pts from ESCI 301-399, GEOL 301-399
Not offered in 2023
ESCI 411 – Advanced Applied Geophysics
Geophysical topics relevant to earth science research in NZ and elsewhere including: seismic exploration, anisotropy in rocks, seismic wave attentuation & amplitude behaviour, gravity studies, geodesy, geophysics & geothermal studies, palaeomagnetism, Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR) and also includes reflection seismic processing.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 305; (X) GEOL 411
ESCI 412 – Paleoclimatology
The course is a study of contemporary research papers in Paleoclimate science. Concentrates on environmental proxy indicators, dating methods and climate dynamics. Prominent NZ Quaternary records as well as high profile records from elsewhere are examined. An understanding is developed of how atmosphere, ocean and cryosphere influence climate change as recorded in the geologic record.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 301; (X) GEOL 412
ESCI 413 – Geochemical Forensics of Earth's Origins, History and Future
An advanced course presenting petrologic/geochemical techniques and concepts used for reconstructing Earth processes. Topics include trace element and isotope geochemistry, mantle processes and magmatism, and marine and paleoenvironmental geochemistry.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 303; (X) GEOL 413
Not offered in 2023
ESCI 414 – Physics and Chemistry of Volcanoes
An advanced course covering why and how volcanoes form and the eruption styles that characterise magmas produced at different plate tectonic settings (subduction zone, mid-ocean ridges and oceanic and intraplate settings); quantitative geochemical methods for containing processes and rates of melt generation, storage in magma chambers and eruption; geochemical and geophysical techniques for monitoring volcanic activity and assisting in eruption prediction.
15 pts
ESCI 440 – Directed Individual Study
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
ESCI 441 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) permission of the Head of School
ESCI 449 – Earth Sciences – International Field Course
This international field course in earth sciences aims to examine key geographical, geological and/ or geophysical localities. The course will offer a variable but unique insight, understanding and experience of earth science in the field beyond that which already exists in New Zealand. This course is offered in alternate years and will run in the USA from 18 November 2019 to 18 December 2019. Numbers are limited, apply by 1 April 2019. An extra fee beyond that for the course, covering travel and subsistence costs applies and is to be met by the student.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level points from (ESCI, GEOG) including one of ESCI 341-344 or GEOG 323 (X) ESCI 349
Not offered in 2023
ESCI 451 – Active Earth
The physical and chemical phenomena governing tectonism, magmatism, and active margin processes in general interact on a wide variety of timescales. This course explores the observations on which modern understanding of active earth processes are based, the interaction between those processes, and the implications they have for hazard. Using global and New Zealand examples, this course explores how we make and evaluate geoscientific observations and effectively communicate our findings. The topics addressed include theoretical and empirical models of plate boundary processes, including subduction, magmatism, faulting, and fluid migration.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 402, PGEO 401
ESCI 452 – Earth History
This course will examine stratigraphic principles and approaches used to reconstruct past depositional environments, to then interpret major tectonic and/or climatic events in Earth’s history. Geochemical and paleontological proxies will be used to identify changes in Earth's environment and climate over last 100 million years. An emphasis will be placed on an integrated stratigraphic dataset to interpret the history of NZ’s sedimentary basins.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 403, GEOL 403
ESCI 453 – Earth Materials and Resources
Earth materials are essential for renewable energy transition and sustainable development but their extraction impacts our environment. This course will explore the origin, extraction, uses and potential problems associated with a range of Earth resources. We focus on the the transition from fossil fuels to green energy generation and storage, and explore where we might obtain the resources required for construction of a sustainable world.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 416, GEOL 414
ESCI 454 – Frontiers of Paleobiology
This course will review a diverse range of current controversies and debates in paleobiology using recently published papers. Topics will be selected from a list supplied by us and/or proposed by the class. We will suggest some literature as a starting point and students will research their own papers. Examples of topics include human evolution, cyclicity or ecology of mass extinctions, origins of the New Zealand biota, the Cambrian explosion, Quaternary megafaunal extinction, oxygenation of the atmosphere, and evolution of the eye or flight.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 408 in 2016-2020
GEOL 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic approved by the Geology Programme Director.
30 pts
ESCI 580 – Research Preparation
The course will provide skills and techniques required for successful scientific research in the Earth Sciences including: the philosophy of science; bibliographic database searches; writing, reviewing and revision of proposals; abstracts and journal papers; introductions to data analysis and selected research software; strategies for poster and oral presentations.
15 pts
GEOL 591 – Thesis
MSc thesis in Geology.
120 pts
GEOL 690 – Geology for PhD
120 pts
GEOL 695 – Geology for PhD (ARC)
Geology for PhD (Antarctic Research Centre).
120 pts
Geophysics
ESCI 404 – ST: Topics in Earth Sciences
15 pts • (P) 40 300-level points (X) GEOL 404
Not offered in 2023
ESCI 407 – Global Tectonics
This course looks at the frontiers of research on the tectonics of plate boundaries and lithospheric geodynamics, focusing on current scientific debate about these topics with examples from around the world.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 302
ESCI 408 – Special Topic: Frontiers of Palaeobiology
This course will review some of the latest results in the field of palaeobiology. Using research papers published over the last twelve months, we will choose the most exciting and extraordinary topics available. Depending on what’s published in that period, topics may include discussions on mass extinctions, processes and patterns in the fossil record, human evolution and any particularly spectacular fossils that are reported. Participants will be encouraged to suggest topics in any area of palaeobiology that interests them.
15 pts • (P) 20 pts from ESCI 301-399
Not offered in 2023
ESCI 409 – Special Topic
This course examines the formation of the elements, origins of the Solar System, and accretion and differentiation of the rocky planets. It reviews the generation and modification of magmas and volcanoes and the investigation of metamorphic conditions and processes, and examines how chemical and isotopic tracers are used in a diverse range of fields. Students will use the School's Geochemistry Laboratory and will obtain hands-on experience in the use of the electron microprobe and laser ablation inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry.
15 pts • (P) 20 pts from ESCI 301-399, GEOL 301-399
Not offered in 2023
ESCI 411 – Advanced Applied Geophysics
Geophysical topics relevant to earth science research in NZ and elsewhere including: seismic exploration, anisotropy in rocks, seismic wave attentuation & amplitude behaviour, gravity studies, geodesy, geophysics & geothermal studies, palaeomagnetism, Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR) and also includes reflection seismic processing.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 305; (X) GEOL 411
ESCI 412 – Paleoclimatology
The course is a study of contemporary research papers in Paleoclimate science. Concentrates on environmental proxy indicators, dating methods and climate dynamics. Prominent NZ Quaternary records as well as high profile records from elsewhere are examined. An understanding is developed of how atmosphere, ocean and cryosphere influence climate change as recorded in the geologic record.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 301; (X) GEOL 412
ESCI 413 – Geochemical Forensics of Earth's Origins, History and Future
An advanced course presenting petrologic/geochemical techniques and concepts used for reconstructing Earth processes. Topics include trace element and isotope geochemistry, mantle processes and magmatism, and marine and paleoenvironmental geochemistry.
15 pts • (P) ESCI 303; (X) GEOL 413
Not offered in 2023
ESCI 414 – Physics and Chemistry of Volcanoes
An advanced course covering why and how volcanoes form and the eruption styles that characterise magmas produced at different plate tectonic settings (subduction zone, mid-ocean ridges and oceanic and intraplate settings); quantitative geochemical methods for containing processes and rates of melt generation, storage in magma chambers and eruption; geochemical and geophysical techniques for monitoring volcanic activity and assisting in eruption prediction.
15 pts
ESCI 440 – Directed Individual Study
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
ESCI 441 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) permission of the Head of School
ESCI 449 – Earth Sciences – International Field Course
This international field course in earth sciences aims to examine key geographical, geological and/ or geophysical localities. The course will offer a variable but unique insight, understanding and experience of earth science in the field beyond that which already exists in New Zealand. This course is offered in alternate years and will run in the USA from 18 November 2019 to 18 December 2019. Numbers are limited, apply by 1 April 2019. An extra fee beyond that for the course, covering travel and subsistence costs applies and is to be met by the student.
15 pts • (P) 60 300-level points from (ESCI, GEOG) including one of ESCI 341-344 or GEOG 323 (X) ESCI 349
Not offered in 2023
ESCI 451 – Active Earth
The physical and chemical phenomena governing tectonism, magmatism, and active margin processes in general interact on a wide variety of timescales. This course explores the observations on which modern understanding of active earth processes are based, the interaction between those processes, and the implications they have for hazard. Using global and New Zealand examples, this course explores how we make and evaluate geoscientific observations and effectively communicate our findings. The topics addressed include theoretical and empirical models of plate boundary processes, including subduction, magmatism, faulting, and fluid migration.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 402, PGEO 401
ESCI 452 – Earth History
This course will examine stratigraphic principles and approaches used to reconstruct past depositional environments, to then interpret major tectonic and/or climatic events in Earth’s history. Geochemical and paleontological proxies will be used to identify changes in Earth's environment and climate over last 100 million years. An emphasis will be placed on an integrated stratigraphic dataset to interpret the history of NZ’s sedimentary basins.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 403, GEOL 403
ESCI 453 – Earth Materials and Resources
Earth materials are essential for renewable energy transition and sustainable development but their extraction impacts our environment. This course will explore the origin, extraction, uses and potential problems associated with a range of Earth resources. We focus on the the transition from fossil fuels to green energy generation and storage, and explore where we might obtain the resources required for construction of a sustainable world.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 416, GEOL 414
ESCI 454 – Frontiers of Paleobiology
This course will review a diverse range of current controversies and debates in paleobiology using recently published papers. Topics will be selected from a list supplied by us and/or proposed by the class. We will suggest some literature as a starting point and students will research their own papers. Examples of topics include human evolution, cyclicity or ecology of mass extinctions, origins of the New Zealand biota, the Cambrian explosion, Quaternary megafaunal extinction, oxygenation of the atmosphere, and evolution of the eye or flight.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Earth Sciences Postgraduate Coordinator (X) ESCI 408 in 2016-2020
GPHS 402 – Special Topic
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
GPHS 420 – Introduction to Dynamical Meteorology
This course introduces students to the fundamental concepts of dynamical meteorology and develops skills in problem solving.
15 pts • (P) MATH 323
GPHS 421 – Mid-latitude Weather Systems
This course extends the knowledge gained in GPHS 420 to the development of an understanding of weather systems in middle latitudes. Conceptual and mathematical models are investigated to provide insights into the physical processes that occur during development, including diagnosis of vertical motion. Special emphasis is paid to weather systems in NZ and the Tasman Sea region.
15 pts
GPHS 422 – Radiation and Thermodynamics for Meteorology
Students are introduced to the concepts of radiation and thermodynamics that are relevant to applications in meteorology and atmospheric physics.
15 pts
GPHS 423 – Cloud Physics and Boundary Layer Meteorology
This course investigates the microphysical properties of clouds. The meteorology of the lower boundary layer of the Earth's atmosphere is also examined. Offered in alternate years.
15 pts
GPHS 424 – Satellite Meteorology
This course examines the orbital characteristics and instrumentation of meteorological satellites. It discusses the impact of satellites on the development of modern meteorology.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
GPHS 425 – Numerical Weather Prediction
Numerical Weather Prediction (NWP) is examined within the context of modern weather forecasting. It includes material on the historical development of NWP, wave properties of the governing mathematical equations, numerical methods, model physics, statistical methods in post-processing, ensemble forecasting, and applications of global and limited-area NWP in modern weather forecasting operations.
15 pts
GPHS 426 – Climatology and Remote Sensing
This course takes a mathematical approach to understanding climate dynamics, based on the equations of atmospheric motion and energy transport in the large-scale circulation. The second half of the course derives and uses the equation of radiative transfer as a basis for investigating remote sensing of the atmosphere.
15 pts • (X) GPHS 430 in 2014, PHYG 413
GPHS 430 – Special Topic
Topic to be decided.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
GPHS 431 – Special Topic
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
GPHS 439 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study apporved by the Head of School.
15 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
GPHS 440 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study approved by the Head of School.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
GPHS 441 – Solid Earth Geophysics
This course provides a foundation of geophysical knowledge and skills relevant to solve problems of geohazards, geothermal energy, environmental science, and surveying of earth structure. The course explores how observations can be used to remotely infer deep and shallow structure and processes within the earth. Problems involving movement of mass (rock, melt or water), heat, or elastic energy (seismic waves) are analysed and solved using python computer code. A fundamental understanding of the earth is obtained through analysis of deep structure and examples of near-surface geophysical problems relevant to a wide range of real-world applications are considered.
15 pts • (X) GPHS 405, PHYS 406, 441
GPHS 445 – Observational Earthquake Seismology
Introduction to Earth structure and seismic wave propagation.
15 pts • (P) MATH 323 (X) GPHS 409
GPHS 446 – Advanced Seismology
Advanced topics in the theory of seismic sources and seismic wave propagation.
15 pts • (P) MATH 323 (X) GPHS 409
GPHS 447 – Geomagnetism
Physical and mathematical description of the geomagnetic field, spectrum of time variations, secular variation, reversals and sea-floor anomalies, origin of the geomagnetic field, introduction to palaeomagnetism and em induction in the Earth. Also taught as PHYS 447.
15 pts • (X) GPHS 408, 442, PHYS 406, PHYS 442, PHYS 447
Not offered in 2023
GPHS 448 – Advanced Topics in Geomagnetism
A selection of topics from (but not limited to) rock magnetism, palaeomagnetism, electrical/electromagnetic geophysics and satellite geomagnetism.
15 pts • (X) GPHS 408, 443, 444
Not offered in 2023
GPHS 489 – Research Project
A research project on a topic approved by the Head of the School.
30 pts
ESCI 580 – Research Preparation
The course will provide skills and techniques required for successful scientific research in the Earth Sciences including: the philosophy of science; bibliographic database searches; writing, reviewing and revision of proposals; abstracts and journal papers; introductions to data analysis and selected research software; strategies for poster and oral presentations.
15 pts
GPHS 520 – Professional Weather Observing, Analysis and Synoptic Diagnosis
This course, together with GPHS 521, forms an integrated study of forecasting practice and supporting meteorological theory. Emphasis is placed on the theoretical principles of weather observation, analysis and diagnosis that underpin weather prediction. Students will actively apply the principles learnt through a variety of simulated exercises.
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School (X) GPHS 521;
GPHS 521 – Professional Weather Diagnosis and Forecasting
This course, together with GPHS 520, forms an integrated study of forecasting practice and supporting meteorological theory. Emphasis is placed on the theoretical principles of weather diagnosis at synoptic and meso-scales that underpin weather prediction. Students will apply the principles learnt through advanced simulated exercises.
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
GPHS 581 – Practicum
Appropriate work undertaken in a geophysical observatory under supervision of observatory and VUW staff.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
GPHS 589 – Project
This project will be based on a ‘real world’ meteorological research objective selected from a list of research topics arising from meteorological operations at MetService. Students will be encouraged to demonstrate their independence, critical thinking and scientific rigour in their project work. MetService will provide all meteorological data required for the project. Supervision will be by MetService and/or VUW staff. Overall guidance and assessment will be by VUW staff.
30 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
GPHS 591 – Thesis
MSc thesis in Geophysics.
120 pts
GPHS 690 – Geophysics for PhD
120 pts
GPHS 695 – Geophysics for PhD (ARC)
Geophysics for PhD (Antarctic Research Centre).
120 pts
German
FHSS 410 – Global Cultures in Context
This course considers cultures as both local and global phenomena and addresses their development and evolution from an interdisciplinary range of theoretical and methodological perspectives in intercultural communication.
30 pts
GERM 401 – Advanced Language Study
Advanced-level study of written and spoken German. This is a compulsory course for German Honours. If all students enrolled in GERM 401 are agreed to it, the emphasis will be in Translation Studies. The decision will be made at the first meeting of the class. If the emphasis is to be on Translation Studies, the course will combine the study of the theory of professional translation and interpreting with advanced-level practice of translation of various texts from and into German. Some interpreting will also be practised. 60% internal assessment, 40% examination.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
GERM 411 – Special Topic 1: Captured Berlin: the Reflection of a City in Word and Image
This course presents Berlin through the lens of selected examples of literary texts and film from the Weimar Republic (1919-1933) to the present day. 60% internal assessment, 40% examination.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
GERM 489 – Research Project
A supervised research exercise, on a topic of the student's choice, designed to develop skills in bibliographic searches and the elaboration of a closely argued analytic text.
30 pts
GERM 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in German.
120 pts
GERM 690 – German for PhD
120 pts
Global Business
GBUS 511 – Global Business Environment
This course provides an understanding of the field of international business and the environment in which such business takes place. It examines the global political, social, moral and economic configurations and their managerial implications for both small and large firms.
15 pts
GBUS 512 – Management Theory and Practice
This course offers a broad perspective on modern management in the business, public and voluntary sectors, and examines key issues likely to face managers in the near future.
15 pts
GBUS 513 – Strategic Marketing
This course applies an analytical and problem solving approach to the development and implementation of marketing strategies. Achieving and sustaining an organisation’s competitive advantage is central to this course. Themes include environment scanning, brand management, market orientation, customer relationships, innovation, sustainable marketing and strategy formulation.
15 pts
GBUS 514 – Accounting for Managers
This course introduces students to the concepts of financial and management accounting, covering the content of financial statements; concepts of value and profit, cost behaviour and cost-volume-profit relationships; and cost allocation principles.
15 pts
GBUS 541 – Global Strategy
This course provides an understanding of how firms gain a competitive advantage and complete successfully in the global market place, and provides participants with frameworks and concepts in strategic management of business scenarios thereby enabling them to develop and communicate clear strategies for the organisations with which they are involved.
15 pts
GBUS 542 – Managing Across Cultures
This course provides an understanding of effective managerial decisions across cultures countries. It examines the influence of culture on managerial practices including communication, negotiation, decision making, motivation, staffing and leadership in both the New Zealand and international contexts.
15 pts
GBUS 580 – Consultancy Project
The project involves visiting and working with an organisation, doing internal and external research, placing the work in a global context, and producing a report and presentation, to a brief agreed with the client.
30 pts
GBUS 581 – Research Project
This course aims to provide students with applied research methodologies whereby practical solutions to real organisational issues can be derived. Students need to identify a relevant issue, position it in a global context, propose an applicable methodology, collect relevant data and write a business research project including appropriate recommendations.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
Greek
GREE 401 – Greek Prose Texts
This course will examine selected Greek Prose Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
GREE 402 – Greek Tragedy
This course will examine selected Greek Tragedy Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
GREE 403 – Greek Verse Texts
This course will examine selected Greek Verse Texts.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
GREE 405 – Special Topic
50% internal assessment, 50% examination.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
GREE 489 – Research Project
A research project, usually in the form of an extended essay of 10,000 words, with regular guidance from a supervisor. Students are expected to show familiarity with the literature in their chosen field, and to write a substantial discussion, engaging with questions relevant to the field and demonstrating independent thought.
30 pts • (X) GREE 404.
Health
See also Midwifery and Nursing
HLTH 501 – Research for Practice
This course focuses on locating, interpreting, critiquing and using research as a means for improving decision-making in the clinical or health setting.
30 pts
HLTH 502 – Applied Pathophysiology
Pathophysiology is explored in relation to clinical practice and emerging evidence. This course provides a foundation for clinical decisions related to interventions, management and expected health outcomes across the lifespan.
30 pts
HLTH 504 – Specialist Practice: Long Term Conditions
This specialist practice course will enhance the knowledge and skills of health care professionals who support individuals and populations living with long term conditions. Key issues for exploration during this course include: population health approaches to understand the impact of long term conditions, the role of health professionals in long term conditions management, and patient self-management strategies to improve health outcomes. Students must be in direct patient contact.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502
Not offered in 2023
HLTH 505 – Specialist Practice: Critical Care
This course will develop knowledge of specialist practice at an advanced level, in the context of international developments in patient care. Innovations in practice and challenges facing specific specialty practice areas are key content areas in this course. Students must be in direct patient contact.
30 pts • (C) HLTH502
Not offered in 2023
HLTH 506 – Specialist Practice: Acute Care
This course will develop knowledge of specialist practice at an advanced level, in the context of international developments in patient care. Innovations in practice and challenges facing specific specialty practice areas are the key content areas. Students must be in direct patient contact.
30 pts • (P) HLTH502, students must be in direct patient contact
Not offered in 2023
HLTH 513 – Real World Midwifery
This course explores the role of the midwife as it is constructed in contemporary society. In particular it explores the context in which midwifery is practised and in which it attempts to support and promote normal childbirth.
30 pts • (X) MIDW 523
HLTH 514 – Advanced Assessment and Clinical Reasoning
This course is designed to develop the skills of systematic history taking, clinical examination and diagnostic reasoning with a focus on the respiratory, cardiovascular, abdominal, and neurological, systems. Students work alongside mentors in their clinical practice to develop these skills. Students must be in direct patient contact.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502, students must be in direct patient contact
HLTH 515 – Advanced Assessment and Clinical Reasoning: Neonatal Nursing
This course is designed to develop the skills of systematic history taking, clinical examination and diagnostic reasoning in the care of the neonate. Students work alongside mentors in their clinical practice to develop these skills.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502; (X) NURS 553
Not offered in 2023
HLTH 516 – Health, Illness and Disease
This course focuses on sociological and anthropological literature about the experience of being healthy and being sick, as it relates to institutional recognition of disease.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HLTH 517 – Diagnostics and Therapeutics
This course examines the sensitivity, specificity and utility of commonly used diagnostic testing methods (including the FBC, 12 lead ECG and telemetry monitoring, radiological imaging, and cardio-pulmonary diagnostics). In addition, course modules will explore the assessments of nutrition, infection, and anaemia alongside their associated common therapies. Students must be in direct patient contact.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502, HLTH 514 Students must be in direct patient contact
HLTH 518 – Clinical Pharmacology
This course examines principles of clinical pharmacology and therapeutics in the context of safe and quality use of medicines.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502
HLTH 519 – Research Review
In developing a review relevant to your area of practice this course will examine the practices of scholarly writing and publishing practices to assist students in preparing manuscripts for publication in the appropriate scholarly or professional forum.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HLTH 520 – Practice Project
Students negotiate, design, undertake and report on an evidence based project of relevance to their practice area under the supervision of academic and workplace mentors.
30 pts • (P) 60 points from HLTH 501-550; (X) HLTH 551, HLWB 513
HLTH 521 – Research Methods
This course prepares students to undertake independent research by developing knowledge and skills in a variety of paradigms and methods, and engaging in higher-level debates on research philosophy and theory, ethics, limitations, data gathering and analysis.
30 pts
HLTH 522 – Health Systems, Policy and Practice
This course explores health care policy and service delivery in Aotearoa New Zealand and internationally. The structural, political, professional and ethical dimensions of health service delivery are examined.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HLTH 523 – Contemporary Issues in Nursing
This course will explore the role, place and voice of nurses influencing health and wellbeing at a national and international level. Students will be challenged to articulate their contribution to healthcare and encouraged to think innovatively about healthcare delivery. The course is designed to build professional self-confidence, by cultivating professional identity and professional voice.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HLTH 524 – Health Leadership and Management
This course will examine the issues that arise in leading and managing in the health sector. It will cover leadership and management theories and concepts, organisational development, budgeting and financing processes in health care, planning human resources and managing people, and consider issues relating to cultural safety.
30 pts
HLTH 525 – Diversity in Health Care
This course explores health from a cultural, ethnic and population perspective. Differences in health and illness patterns amongst groups are examined. The potential development of more appropriate services to address diversity is assessed.
30 pts
HLTH 526 – Patient Safety and Risk Reduction
This course is designed to develop knowledge related to patient safety within the international health care arena. Research related to adverse events and strategies to improve patient safety and reduce risk provide the key content.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HLTH 527 – Ageing in Aotearoa New Zealand
This course critically analyses aspects of current health care services supporting the diversity of experiences as people age in Aotearoa New Zealand, inclusive of the perspective of Maori as Tangata Whenua. The course aims to examine the extent of ageing well in Aotearoa New Zealand and how services support person-centred care their whanau/families.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HLTH 528 – Evaluation for Health
This course prepares students to systematically use a programme logic approach to introduce and evaluate practices, systems and processes within a health context.
30 pts
HLTH 529 – Special Topic
TBA
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HLTH 530 – Special Topic
TBA.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HLTH 531 – Nurse Practitioner Practicum
This course provides an opportunity for Nurse Practitioner students to synthesise and apply all previous Master's course learning. Note: Students must have identified suitable mentor/s before commencing this course.
30 pts • (P) At least B in each of the following courses HLTH 514 or HLTH 515, HLTH 517 and HLTH 518; Students must be in direct patient contact (X) HLTH 544
Not offered in 2023
HLTH 532 – Midwifery Assessment and Decision-making in Complex Maternity Care
This clinically oriented course is focused on building midwifery assessment and decision-making for complexity in maternity care across the full range of midwifery practice. Clinical contact with childbearing women is required.
30 pts • (P) Students hold a midwifery registration and a current New Zealand practising certificate
HLTH 533 – Midwifery Practicum in Complex Care
This course integrates theoretical knowledge into practice and extends the midwife's experience, knowledge, skills and practice in complex maternity care.
30 pts • (P) Students hold a midwifery registration and a current New Zealand practising certificate
HLTH 541 – Advanced Health Leadership and Management
This course will examine leadership and management in the health sector, including strategy development, and monitoring and evaluating organisational performance.
15 pts • (P) HLTH 524 or approved substitute
HLTH 542 – Applied Ethics and Law for Health Professionals
This course will enable health care professionals to develop advanced skills in the interpretation, analysis and application of ethics and law in professional practice.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HLTH 543 – Prescribing Practicum
This course will develop prescribing knowledge and skills, drawing on the student’s previous learning in advanced health assessment, diagnostic reasoning/therapeutics and pharmacology. This course supports students to meet the Nursing Council of New Zealand requirements for registered nurse prescribing authority.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 502; At least a B in HLTH 514 & HLTH 518; students must be in direct patient contact
HLTH 544 – Nurse Practitioner Practicum
This course provides an opportunity for Nurse Practitioner students to synthesise and apply all previous Advanced nursing practice learning within the context of Mentored practice. This course supports students to meet the Nursing Council of New Zealand requirements for Nurse Practitioner registration and prepares them to contribute to Improvements in health outcomes for Maori through an Understanding of key concepts such as policy that supports Equitable health outcomes, Whanau Ora and Maori models of Health.
60 pts • (P) At least a B in each of the following courses: HLTH 514, HLTH 517, HLTH 518; students must be in direct patient contact (X) HLTH 531;
HLTH 550 – Transition to Professional Nursing Practice
This course facilitates the transition of the newly graduated nurse to practice using the New Zealand quality and safety capability framework to support the provision of safe person-centred care. Graduate nurses will focus on developing professional resilience, confidence in their clinical assessment and reasoning skills including the application of pathophysiology knowledge to clinical decision making as part of the wider healthcare team in order to provide safe, competent and comprehensive care inclusive of family/whānau.
30 pts • (P) Must have gained registration with Nursing Council of New Zealand no more than 12 months before enrolment; (X) HLTH 540 in 2013
HLTH 551 – Professional Project
This course will provide students with the knowledge and skills to plan, execute and complete a project that demonstrates advanced knowledge in a field of professional practice. Students will apply skills acquired during the study programme to solve a practice problem or problems. The outcomes of the project will be presented in a report targeting relevant key stakeholders.
60 pts • (P) Part 1 of subject requirement and one of P Part 1 of MNS or Part 1 of MHlth subject requirement; (X) HLTH 520, HLWB 513
HLTH 560 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study agreed between a student and supervisor and approved by Programme Director/Head of School.
30 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
HLTH 591 – Master of Health Research - Thesis
120 pts
HLTH 592 – Master of Health Research - Thesis in Nursing
120 pts
HLTH 593 – Master of Health Research - Thesis in Midwifery
120 pts
HLTH 594 – Thesis for Master of Nursing Science
A research project is undertaken. Emphasis is placed on the practice of research and theory development in relation to nursing practice and/or health outcomes. The thesis report demonstrates generation and synthesis of knowledge and makes a contribution to nursing knowledge.
90 pts • (P) At least B in HLTH 521 and an average grade of at least B in Part 1 of the MNS
HLTH 596 – Thesis for Master of Health Care
A research project is undertaken. Emphasis is placed on the practice of research and theory development in relation to health care and/or health outcomes. The thesis report demonstrates generation and synthesis of knowledge and contributes to knowledge in health practice, education and/or health services.
90 pts • (P) At least B in HLTH 521 and an average grade of at least B in Parts 1 and 2 of MHC degree
Not offered in 2023
HLTH 597 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study agreed between a student and supervisor and approved by Programme Director/Head of School.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
Not offered in 2023
HLWB 501 – Health Policy and Planning
This course will examine governance, policy, strategy, service-delivery and decision-making in the health sector. It will consider policy and service delivery issues: key institutions, influences and behaviours, and the roles of the public and private sectors in healthcare systems; the efficiency and quality of health services, and policies to reduce inequities in healthcare services and health outcomes for Māori, Pasifika and other disadvantaged groups. Participants will learn health economics and policy concepts and develop knowledge and skills to address policy and service delivery challenges; design and analyse options; advance health policy and service delivery goals and objectives and advise decision-makers.
30 pts
HLWB 503 – Financing, Purchasing and Organising Health Services
This course will examine and critique alternative approaches to financing and organising health care, with international comparisons. It will draw on economic concepts to explore in depth issues relating to financing health care; accountability and performance; purchasing and contracting, and paying providers. The course will explore the role of competition in the delivery of health care, and examine issues relating to the integration of health, and health and social services.
15 pts • (X) GOVT 537, MAPP 551
HLWB 504 – Health Economics and Economic Evaluation
This course introduces key concepts in health economics and applies health economics to health policy and planning issues. It then introduces the role of monitoring and evaluation in health policy and planning and discusses economic evaluation in depth.
15 pts
HLWB 507 – Principles of Health and Safety Management
This course will provide advanced knowledge of management systems, organisational culture, and the integration of legal, regulatory and societal factors in the context of health and safety management.
15 pts
HLWB 508 – Human and Biological Factors in Workplace Health and Safety
This course applies principles of human function and considers the application of cognitive and behavioural psychology to workplace health and safety practice.
15 pts
HLWB 509 – Identification, Assessment and Control of Hazards and Risks
This course provides advanced knowledge about practice and performance in workplace health and safety risk management.
15 pts
HLWB 510 – Principles of Occupational Health and Hygiene
This course will provide advanced knowledge of the principles and practice of work related health – health protection, health promotion and wellbeing. It provides knowledge and understanding of the main work-related health hazards, and the practices to recognise, assess, control and monitor risks.
15 pts
HLWB 511 – Health and Safety Management and Leadership
This course provides insights into organisational behaviour, structures, functions, roles and responsibilities and accountabilities. The approach to workplace health and safety strategies is discussed. The principles of effective project management and human resource management are also covered.
15 pts
HLWB 512 – Professional Role and Functioning
This course provides advanced knowledge about the role and function of corporate governance and corporate social responsibility. The professional role and ethical framework for the workplace health and safety professional is described. Theories of communication and fostering teamwork are also explored.
15 pts
HLWB 513 – Research Project
In this course students will design, undertake and report on a research project relevant to their subject area and area of professional interest.
60 pts • (P) Part 1 of the MHlth; (X) HLTH 520, HLTH 551
HLWB 513 – Research Project
In this course students will design, undertake and report on a research project relevant to their subject area and area of professional interest.
60 pts • (P) Part 1 of the MHlth; (X) HLTH 520, HLTH 551
HLWB 519 – Directed Individual Study
A supervised programme of study agreed between a student and supervisor and approved by Programme Director/Head of School.
30 pts • (P) permission of Programme Director
HLWB 520 – Pae Ora - Māori Health and Wellbeing
This course supports students to develop their knowledge and understanding of Māori health and wellbeing. They will learn to critically analyse strategic approaches to Māori health improvement by examining past and present efforts to achieve equitable health and social outcomes for Māori. The course will focus on Māori engagement, and the development of tangible actions for implementation across the health sector.
15 pts
HLWB 521 – Pacific Community Health and Wellbeing
This course provides students with an in-depth understanding of the community approaches that inform inter-agency collaborations and partnerships across central and local government levels to benefit Pacific communities. It provides them with a foundation for understanding persisting inequities related to the health system and its implementation. It also allows students to examine the cultural influence on the Pacific community's health and wellbeing.
15 pts
HLWB 525 – Health Promotion Theory and Practice
This course develops students' knowledge in core health promotion approaches and perspectives in relation to the economic, social, cultural and environmental influences on well-being. Students will critically appraise health promotion strategies and issues, design and evaluate interventions, and gain skills for health promotion practice.
15 pts • (X) HLWB 505
HLWB 526 – Emerging Issues in Health Promotion
In this guided study course, students will apply their knowledge of health promotion, needs assessment and intervention to an emerging issue in health promotion. The course will provide the opportunity for students to engage with, and critically analyse, the contribution of various paradigms for health promotion, including whānau-based initiatives, the use of digital technologies and social marketing.
15 pts • (X) HLWB 506
HLWB 591 – Master of Health Research - Thesis
120 pts
HEAL 690 – Health for PhD
For exact school dates, times and venues please refer to the Graduate School’s website - www.vuw.ac.nz/nmh.
120 pts
HLTH 601 – Critical Analysis of a Health Issue
During this course, students complete a critical review of the relevant literature as background to framing the proposed research question(s) and methodological approach for their investigation of the health issue that is the focus of their thesis research, including consideration of the importance of the issue for Māori communities.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 521 (or an approved equivalent)
HLTH 602 – Issues in Professional Contexts
In this course, students develop a detailed understanding of the philosophical and theoretical frameworks and their application to professional contexts that are required for critically examining and addressing professional issues in the health sector, including the importance of Māori worldviews.
30 pts • (C) HLTH 601
HLTH 603 – Advanced Research Design
This course provides students with an in-depth understanding and critique of the major methodological approaches to research investigations in the health sector, including Mātauranga Māori in research design, and provides the rationale for the selection of their approach to the investigation of their identified health issue that is the focus of their thesis research.
30 pts • (C) HLTH 601, 602
Not offered in 2023
HLTH 604 – Research Proposal
This course draws together students’ detailed understanding, gained from earlier coursework, of the theory, methodology and professional context for investigating the health issue that is the subject of their thesis research. The focus of the course is on the development of the proposal for the thesis research.
30 pts • (P) HLTH 601, HLTH 602, HLTH 603
Not offered in 2023
HLTH 691 – Doctor of Health Thesis
.
120 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1, acceptance into Part 2 by Associate Dean
HLWB 690 – Health and Wellbeing Thesis for PhD
A supervised research project leading to a comprehensive thesis.
120 pts • (P) Approval of the Programme Director
HLWB 691 – Health and Wellbeing Thesis for PhD (Public Health)
A supervised research project leading to a comprehensive thesis in public health.
120 pts
MIDW 691 – Doctor of Midwifery Thesis
.
120 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1, acceptance into Part 2 by Associate Dean
NRSE 691 – Doctor of Nursing Thesis
.
120 pts • (P) Completion of Part 1, acceptance into Part 2 by Associate Dean
Health Promotion
EDUC 568 – Sport and Physical Activity: Supporting Youth Development
This course critically examines beliefs about the use of sport and physical activity contexts for youth development and the implications for policy and practice. Students will examine contemporary models and evidence based practice in relation to the evaluation of programmes designed to promote positive youth development.
30 pts • (X) EDUC 464, EDUC 564 in 2015-2018
Not offered in 2023
HLTH 501 – Research for Practice
This course focuses on locating, interpreting, critiquing and using research as a means for improving decision-making in the clinical or health setting.
30 pts
HLTH 521 – Research Methods
This course prepares students to undertake independent research by developing knowledge and skills in a variety of paradigms and methods, and engaging in higher-level debates on research philosophy and theory, ethics, limitations, data gathering and analysis.
30 pts
HLTH 528 – Evaluation for Health
This course prepares students to systematically use a programme logic approach to introduce and evaluate practices, systems and processes within a health context.
30 pts
Health Psychology
HPSY 501 – Health Psychology: Health and Wellbeing in Context
This course will provide an in-depth examination of the social, cultural and environmental contexts in which people maintain good health and wellbeing. It will explore the roles of behaviour, emotions, identity, relationships and belonging in promoting physical and psychological wellbeing and preventing illness from individual, group, community, local and global perspectives. Particular emphasis will be on Māori, Pasifika and diverse communities in Aotearoa New Zealand.
15 pts
HPSY 502 – Health Psychology: Illness, Disease and Support
This course examines how individuals, whānau and care givers make sense of becoming ill and how they engage with health professionals and live with illness and disease. Cultural understandings of health, systemic issues and environmental contexts will be explored extensively. The course will address critical issues involved in symptom recognition, help-seeking behaviour, interactions with health professionals, experiences of being ill and living with chronic conditions, embodiment, identity, pain and quality of life. The course will be framed by social, cultural and environmental contexts as well as intersectional identities particularly gender and minority groups.
15 pts
HPSY 503 – Professional Practice and Skills in Psychological Practice
This course provides a critical examination of frameworks for health psychology practice in a range of settings, including collaborative practice with other health professionals, cultural professionals, community providers and whānau. Students will acquire skills and knowledge, including ethical approaches, evidence-based practice and cultural competency, to enable them to work effectively in a range of health psychology roles.
30 pts
^ Limited entry course
HPSY 504 – Research and Inquiry in Health Psychology
This course prepares students to undertake independent research in health psychology by exposing them to planning, gathering and analysing data using a variety of quantitative, qualitative and mixed methods of research and developing knowledge and skills for the critical evaluation of research. Māori research and Pasifika research methodologies will also be explored in this course. Students will scope a possible research project topic.
30 pts
HPSY 505 – Health Psychology Placement
Professional work placement for health psychology students in a health organisation with close supervision by a registered health professional. This is a requirement for entry to the Postgraduate Diploma in Health Psychology Practice. Limited to 8 students.
15 pts • (P) HPSY501, HPSY502, HPSY503, HPSY504
^ Limited entry course
HPSY 510 – Professional Issues in Health Psychology Practice 1
This first professional practice course strengthens the foundational and cultural competencies for evidence-based practice as a psychologist in a range of health settings. Students will consolidate their skills a knowledge in communication, assessment, evaluation and problem solving in collaboration with other health professionals, including Māori and Pasifika cultural professionals, community providers (mainstream, Māori and Pasifika) and whanau.
15 pts • (P) HPSY 503 (C) HPSY 511 and HPSY 512
^ Limited entry course
HPSY 511 – Professional Issues in Health Psychology Practice 2
This second professional practice course extends students’ competencies for practice as a psychologist in a range of health settings. Students will deepen their knowledge of evidence-based and practice-informed interventions and support provision in multiple contexts. They will engage in reflective practice during critical evaluations of health psychology work to ensure the mana and wellbeing of the communities they serve and their own professional and cultural integrity is preserved.
15 pts • (P) HPSY 503 (C) HPSY 510 and 512
^ Limited entry course
HPSY 512 – Supervised Internship
Students complete 1500 hours of health psychology practice supervised by registered psychologists, in partnership with relevant cultural oversight, developing the core competencies required for professional registration with the NZ Psychologists Board under the relevant Scope of Practice. There will be a focus on working in partnership with mainstream providers that work with Māori and Pasifika communities, Māori service providers and Pasifika service providers to enhance cultural responsivity and skill capacity in their practice.
120 pts • (P) HPSY 503 (C) HPSY 510 and HPSY 511
^ Limited entry course
HPSY 591 – Thesis in Health Psychology
Thesis in Health Psychology.
120 pts
HPSY 690 – Health Psychology for PhD
A supervised research project leading to a comprehensive thesis.
120 pts
Higher Education Learning and Teaching
HELT 501 – Foundations of Learning and Teaching in Higher Education
Using the theme of Ako - the interrelatedness of teaching and learning - participants will evaluate the explanatory power and practical applications of higher education theories and research for understanding and improving teaching effectiveness and learning outcomes. Assessment includes reflective evaluation of teaching and curriculum design.
30 pts • (X) UTDC 501
Not offered in 2023
HELT 502 – Portfolios for Professional Practice
This course will introduce different types of teaching portfolios used in higher education. Students will be required to select and annotate evidence appropriate to specific portfolio types and develop a reflection-based peer-reviewed portfolio for an agreed purpose, and take part in peer review of written teaching portfolios.
30 pts • (P) HELT 501; (X) UTDC 503
Not offered in 2023
HELT 503 – Researching Higher Education
In this course participants will learn how different research approaches are used to address specific education questions. Participants will develop a research proposal related to their teaching, to be investigated in HELT 504, or as a research grant application to an internal or external education funder.
30 pts • (P) HELT 501
HELT 504 – Applied Research Project in Higher Education
Participants will undertake and report an individually supervised, research project on a specific aspect of higher education. Participants will apply educational theories and research approaches studied in HELT501and HELT503, with the aim of producing research outcomes appropriate for conference or journal acceptance.
30 pts • (P) HELT 501, HELT 503
Not offered in 2023
HELT 505 – Special topic: Higher Education in New Zealand
This course covers aspects of New Zealand higher education policy, the Treaty of Waitangi, diversity and practice that are distinctive to the New Zealand tertiary environment. It also examines key learning and teaching theories and their application within the New Zealand university context.
30 pts • (P) UTDC 501 or HELT 501
Not offered in 2023
HELT 506 – Special Topic: Teaching as Communication and Interaction
Teaching as mediating learning is about creating an environment that facilitates knowledge construction and provides opportunities for students to communicate complex ideas in a range of contexts, using different modes and formats. This course engages participants in a critical evaluation of higher education teaching and learning as a form of conversations and dialogue. Participants will explore aspects of academic communications in their courses and design discipline-specific course tasks and activities. Participants will engage with the students-as-partners framework by looking at examples from Victoria and elsewhere.
30 pts • (P) As for PGCert entry requirements
Not offered in 2023
HELT 507 – Learning and Teaching with Digital Technology
Participants will experience and reflect upon the impact and practical uses of digital technologies on student learning. The course will explore how technology can influence and support student outcomes in different disciplines both online and in a face-to-face context.
30 pts • (X) HELT 506 prior to 2017
Not offered in 2023
HELT 520 – Directed Individual Study
This provides students with the option of following a directed individual study, with the approval of the Director of the Centre for Academic Development, and under the supervision of an academic staff member with appropriate expertise.
30 pts • (P) HELT 501; (X) HELT 505, HELT 506
History
HIST 403 – A Topic in Pacific History: New Zealand(ers) in the “Sea of Islands”
This course explores the involvement of Aotearoa/New Zealand and New Zealanders in the Pacific islands since 1840. It focuses not only on New Zealand’s formal colonial empire and its legacy in Sāmoa, Cook Islands, Niue, Tokelau and Nauru but also its connections with other parts of the region including (but not limited to) the Solomon Islands, Fiji and Vanuatu.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HIST 404 – A Topic in the History of the United States: From Cold War to Culture Wars, 1965-2021
The course explores the way the Cold War shaped US society and culture from 1965 to 1991 and the causes and consequences of the Culture Wars that followed from 1991 to 2021. It examines the growing polarisation- political, social, cultural, ideological, and regional- that stems from the conflict between an increasingly powerful Christian and progressive movements and the lack of an existential threat to provide a basis for unity since the end of the Cold War.
30 pts
HIST 407 – A Topic in European History 1: Histories of the Senses
This course will introduce students to historical problems and approaches in studying the five senses: vision, touch, taste, smell and hearing. The chief aims of the course are to consider the role of the senses in history and to interrogate historians' emphasis on textual primary sources in the discipline. The seminar discussions will focus primarily on Europe before 1800, and will be based on readings of scholarly works in cultural history and the history of medicine, technology and the environment- with occasional forays into other geographical regions and historical periods.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HIST 412 – A Topic in the History of Sport: Studies in the History of Sport and Spectatorship
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HIST 419 – A Topic in Historiography and Historical Method 1: History and Theory
This is a historiographical and theoretical course. This means that we will examine both the philosophical bases for understanding the past and the ways in which history has been (and currently is) practised.
30 pts
HIST 420 – A Topic in the History of Race Relations in New Zealand: Contexts of the Treaty
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HIST 421 – A Topic in European History 2: The European Outreach into the Atlantic
This course considers the European outreach into the Atlantic in early modern history, 1400-1800. We examine the development of major Atlantic trades, including the Newfoundland fishing industry, whaling, the slave trade, and trades in cash-crops and other consumer goods. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HIST 422 – A Topic in New Zealand History 1: Oral History Method and Practice
We explore how the recovery and reconstruction of memory can be both the source and subject of oral history, and the methods to make that happen. Students will both analyse and create oral histories in this course.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HIST 423 – A Topic in Historiography and Historical Method 2: Digital History
This course will examine the digital tools and methods increasingly used by historians in producing historical scholarship, via discussion of recent scholarship on digital history and hands-on workshops of various digital skills and resources. Students at all levels of digital competency are welcome. Final outputs may vary depending on the skills students begin the course with, but everyone who completes the course will have increased their digital skills base and created a digital exploration of their chosen research topic.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HIST 425 – A Topic in European History 3: Scotland- Colony, Nation, Empire
Was there such a thing as a Scotttish Empire or a distinctively Scottish experience of empire? This course takes a self-consciously Scotocentric approach to British imperial and colonial history. It considers Scottish thinking on empire, Scottish experiences of empire and the role of empire in shaping the Scottish nation. The course focuses mostly on the 17th, 18th and 19th centuries but considers the medieval foundations of imperialism in Britain and the legacy of decolonisation for the Scottish nation and the British state in the 20th and 21st centuries.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HIST 427 – A Topic in New Zealand History 2: Empire and Desire: Gender and Imperialism, c.1780-1920
Spanning the period from roughly the end of the 18th Century and American independence through to the imperial conferences of the 1920s, this course explores the inter-related histories of gender and empire, largely as they unfolded in what become known as the British Empire. New Zealand and other settler colonies will provide the major focus for the course.
30 pts
HIST 428 – Special Topic: Class in History
This course will examine the importance of social class as an analytical category and a historical reality. Attention will be paid to classical and more recent theoretical debates, and to the concrete meaning of class in a variety of historical situations. 100% internal assessment.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HIST 429 – History of Migration
History of Migration considers the history of forced and free migration. Topics may include: Māori migration to Aotearoa; recent Māori migration to Australia; the transatlantic slave trade; convict labour; indentured labour in the Atlantic, Indian Ocean and Pacific worlds; mass migration in the era of steamships; rural/urban migration; as well as themes such as commodities and migration, warfare and migration, religious change and migration, culture and migration, and the economics of migration.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HIST 430 – Māori Literature in History
Drawing on an extensive archival and published pool of Māori writing c. 1820 to the current day, this course examines the written landscape of Aotearoa New Zealand's first peoples. Critical and theoretical work on indigenous literatures drawn from various perspectives will be read alongside a variety of texts written by Māori over time. The course will deal with material in both Māori and English; ability in te reo Māori will be helpful but is not essential.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HIST 431 – Class in History
This course will examine the importance of social class as an analytical category and a historical reality. Attention will be paid to classical and more recent theoretical debates, and to the concrete meaning of class in a variety of historical situations. The course will deal with elites and the middle classes as much as with the working class, and with historiographical discussion as well as with current research.
30 pts • (X) HIST 428 (2013-2020)
Not offered in 2023
HIST 448 – National Awakening in Eastern Europe
This course introduces students to the phenomenon 'national awakening' by examining the political, social, intellectual, and cultural origins of East European nationalism in light of nationalism theory. Students may choose to focus on either Czech or Hungarian history in the 19th Century. 100% internal assessment including a major 7500 word research essay worth 70%.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HIST 449 – Origins of Nationalism
The emergence of nationalism has transformed human societies all over the world, but scholars disagree about what nationalism is and how to interpret it. This course examines the origins of nationalism in detail by reading canonical works by leading nationalism theorists, primary sources related to the history of nationalism, and a selection of outstanding and influential case studies.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
HIST 489 – Research Project
HIST 489 is a compulsory research essay undertaken in the completion of a BA (Hons) degree. The topic is devised principally by the student under the guidance of a History programme staff member.
30 pts
HIST 591 – Thesis
MA thesis in History.
120 pts
HIST 690 – History for PhD
120 pts
Human Resource Management and Industrial Relations
FCOM 401 – Research Methodology A
This course examines a number of scientific methodologies and related research methods within the business context, with an emphasis on science-informed and evidence-based decision making. Methods are the means by which knowledge, predictions, or control are achieved. Characteristic of science are systematic observation and experimentation, inductive and deductive reasoning, and the formation and testing of hypotheses and theories.
15 pts • (C) FCOM 421
FCOM 421 – Research Methodology B
This course examines interpretive and critical social science methodologies within the specific context of business disciplines. It introduces cultural aspects of conducting business research, including Mātauranga Māori.
15 pts • (C) FCOM 401
FCOM 429 – Applied Research Internship
Applied research is a critical skill required in organisations. Through a research internship with an approved organisation this course allows students to experience applied research in an organisational context. The research problem is provided by the organisation and scoped in consultation with the Course Coordinator. Students work approx. 1.5 days per week within that organisation for 12 weeks to undertake the research under supervision, and report research progress and results in the form of presentations and a final report (or equivalent). This course has limited capacity and is by selection only.
15 pts
FCOM 430 – Research Project
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, FCOM 421
HRER 401 – Labour Policy
This course examines matters related to the policy-making role of the State in employment relations. Areas covered include issues related to labour protection, minimum wage, pay equity, employment equity, workers' compensation, occupational health and safety and labour legislation.
15 pts • (P) 45 300-level HRER pts (X) HRIR 401;
Not offered in 2023
HRER 402 – Employment Relations
Theoretical approaches to the study of employment relations, with specific emphasis on the evolution of general employment relations theory, theories of the labour movement, theories of employer/managerial behaviour, and the interrelationship of theory, research, and practice.
15 pts • (P) 45 300-level HRER pts (X) HRIR 402;
Not offered in 2023
HRER 405 – The Future of Work and Employment
Recent developments in human resource management have been driven by the changing context of work, as employers seek to remain competitive. This course focuses on this new work context and the challenges it poses for human resource management.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level HRER or MGMT pts (X) MGMT 405;
HRER 411 – ST: Emerging Tech, Organisations & Society
The course examines the theoretical and practical aspects of emerging technologies and their impact on organisations, society, and individuals. In this course, students will assess how various emerging technologies solve problems and create values that may lead to organisational and societal changes. Students will also investigate how to present emerging technologies solutions with wide-ranging implications (ie ethical and/or legal issues) to the general public and different stakeholders. Co-taught with INFO 413, MGMT 409, MARK 407, IBUS 411, TOUR 411.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
HRER 412 – Special Topic
Special topic to be advised.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
HRER 413 – Directed Individual Study
Approved directed individual study.
15 pts
HRER 430 – Research Project in Human Resource Management and Employment Relations
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, 421; (C) 15 400-level HRER pts
HRER 501 – Advanced Topic in Human Resource Management and Employment Relations
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
HRER 502 – Advanced Topic in Human Resource Management and Employment Relations
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
HRER 530 – Research Project
30 pts
HRER 531 – Research Paper
Research paper in human resource management and employment relations.
30 pts
HRER 592 – Thesis
Thesis in human resource management and employment relations.
90 pts
HRER 593 – Dissertation
60 point dissertation in Human Resource Management and Employment Relations.
60 pts
Human Resources Management and Employment Relations
HRER 401 – Labour Policy
This course examines matters related to the policy-making role of the State in employment relations. Areas covered include issues related to labour protection, minimum wage, pay equity, employment equity, workers' compensation, occupational health and safety and labour legislation.
15 pts • (P) 45 300-level HRER pts (X) HRIR 401;
Not offered in 2023
HRER 402 – Employment Relations
Theoretical approaches to the study of employment relations, with specific emphasis on the evolution of general employment relations theory, theories of the labour movement, theories of employer/managerial behaviour, and the interrelationship of theory, research, and practice.
15 pts • (P) 45 300-level HRER pts (X) HRIR 402;
Not offered in 2023
HRER 405 – The Future of Work and Employment
Recent developments in human resource management have been driven by the changing context of work, as employers seek to remain competitive. This course focuses on this new work context and the challenges it poses for human resource management.
15 pts • (P) 30 300-level HRER or MGMT pts (X) MGMT 405;
HRER 411 – ST: Emerging Tech, Organisations & Society
The course examines the theoretical and practical aspects of emerging technologies and their impact on organisations, society, and individuals. In this course, students will assess how various emerging technologies solve problems and create values that may lead to organisational and societal changes. Students will also investigate how to present emerging technologies solutions with wide-ranging implications (ie ethical and/or legal issues) to the general public and different stakeholders. Co-taught with INFO 413, MGMT 409, MARK 407, IBUS 411, TOUR 411.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
HRER 412 – Special Topic
Special topic to be advised.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
HRER 413 – Directed Individual Study
Approved directed individual study.
15 pts
HRER 430 – Research Project in Human Resource Management and Employment Relations
This course is a supervised individual research project, supplemented by seminars on topics related to stages in the research process.
30 pts • (P) FCOM 401, 421; (C) 15 400-level HRER pts
HRER 501 – Advanced Topic in Human Resource Management and Employment Relations
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
HRER 502 – Advanced Topic in Human Resource Management and Employment Relations
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
HRER 530 – Research Project
30 pts
HRER 531 – Research Paper
Research paper in human resource management and employment relations.
30 pts
HRER 592 – Thesis
Thesis in human resource management and employment relations.
90 pts
HRER 592 – Thesis
Thesis in human resource management and employment relations.
90 pts
HRER 593 – Dissertation
60 point dissertation in Human Resource Management and Employment Relations.
60 pts
HRER 690 – Human Resource and Employment Relations for PhD
120 pts
Indigenous Studies
MAOR 501 – Aro Taketake/Indigenous Theories
This course will explore Indigenous theories and worldviews. In particular, it will cover Indigenous peoples’ political and cultural relationships, international contexts, resource management and policy (language, education, economic and science) and governance.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Programme Director
MAOR 512 – Kia Kautū/Internship
Approved and supervised work placement of students in an organisation with a predominant focus on Indigenous issues.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director; (X) MAOR 413, 410 in 2013-2019
MAOR 521 – Kia Rukuhia/Project in Indigenous Studies
This course enables students to research a particular aspect of Indigenous Studies in detail with a focus on conducting reviews of key literature in the discipline by Indigenous peoples and about Indigenous peoples. The course will also examine the challenges and opportunities around, and the practicalities of, preparing academic work on Indigenous specific issues for publication.
30 pts • (P) Permission of the Programme Director
Industrial Design
See also Design Innovation
COMD 411 – Narrative Design / Hoahoa ā-Paki
Narrative is an important element in design. Design can tell stories, communicate information, and create meaning. This course looks at a range of tools and techniques for creatively constructing and deploying narratives in various contexts, including visual design, interactive formats, and texts. Students will learn how to build story into their design projects, enhancing their appeal and impact.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
DSDN 451 – Contemporary Perspectives in Design Innovation / Nō Nāianei Tirohanga i te Auaha Hoahoa
This course introduces students to a diverse range of research practices that foster criticality, creativity and a deepening of our connection to whanaungatanga associated with a range of contemporary issues and emerging technologies. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts
DSDN 481 – Research Methods/Tikanga ā-Rangahau
This seminar-based course introduces postgraduate students to current qualitative methods in design research. It explores a range of creative and empirical methods, concentrating on the formulation of research questions, the identification of appropriate research methods, and the articulation of research methodologies and analytical frameworks.
30 pts
FADN 411 – Fashion Cultures / Ngā Ahurea ā-Kākahu
This course explores the theory and practice of fashion history, culture and design. Students undertake analysis and critique of fashion paradigms through an interdisciplinary approach and consider the significance of fashion for people and societies throughout time. In lectures, seminars, readings and workshops, students investigate fashion as object, representation and practice. This course is first offered in 2022.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
INDN 441 – Creative Digital Manufacturing
In this course students undertake industrial design projects researching new and emerging digital technologies as a catalyst for the creation of innovative future products, systems and services. Students develop design proposals considering the effects of novel methods of manufacturing and digital production technology in stimulating socio-cultural change.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
IXXN 411 – Affective Interaction Design
The course investigates how hyper-personalised designs can affect emotional responses in people. In-depth research and design experiments will be carried out through theoretical and applied methods and presented by students through weekly seminars. Students will develop novel approaches and methods for addressing personalisation and affective design.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 402 – Digital Product Design/Hoahoa ā-Huataonga Matihiko
In this course students will explore and implement current digital product design methods for software, complex websites and apps. The course will emphasise complex interaction design, developing design systems, the interrelationship between design research and rapid prototyping. Students will be also introduced to digital product environments such as Agile development.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 403 – Design Ideation / Ariā ā-Hoahoa
This course is an advanced investigation of a range of topics relevant to professional activity in current design practice, including branding, marketing, networking, presentation and portfolio. Students will consider both traditional and emergent contexts and approaches to these topics while demonstrating rangatiratanga, an autonomous design style and content.
15 pts • (P) Permission from Head of School; (X) CCDN 422
MDDN 412 – Experimental Design for Decentralised Media & Networks
Students will gain advanced level experience with newly emerging media and interaction design techniques specific to mixed human-machine communication networks such as Blockchain, Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence. An emphasis will be placed on experimentation and pushing the boundaries of new design paradigms.
30 pts • (P) 30 300-level MDDN or IXXN pts
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 413 – Graphic Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Whakairoiro
In this course students will explore and utilise graphic design elements, software, and strategies in the pursuit of a body of design work, while analysing ways to leverage personal experience and unique backgrounds. Through research, exercises and projects, students will develop technical mastery, formal graphic design skills and independent research skills towards expressing a unique visual identity.
15 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 415 – Information Design Practice
This course explores practice for effectively and accurately designing with complex information. Topics will include understanding datasets to create accurate data visualisations, and visualising a variety of information to effectively communicate ideas in different contexts.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 416 – Advanced User Experience Studio/Taupuni Wheako Whaiaro Whatutoto
In this course students will analyse and conceive user experience design concepts, techniques and strategies. Students will explore a number of different design processes, frameworks, research methods, prototyping techniques, and design outcomes.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 417 – User Experience Design Practice / Tikanga ā-Hoahoa Wheako Kaiwhakamahi
In this course students develop skills in core user experience design processes such as: problem framing, qualitative research and analysis, visualisation techniques, interaction design, and prototyping. Students are introduced to designing for accessibility, and design ethics, and will use industry standard tools and techniques.
30 pts • (P) Permission of Head of School
MDDN 421 – Compositing and VFX Design/Hiatotanga me te Hoahoa ā-Ataata Taunaki
In this course students will gain a comprehensive command of professional approaches to previsualization, production planning, and coordination. They will then progress to asset creation, which may include live action plates, set extensions, visual effects elements, matte painting, and modelling. Students will complete their understanding of the production process by developing workflows for post-production and compositing.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 301 or MDDN 311
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 422 – Effects and Simulation / Rākeitanga me te Whaihanga
In this course students will focus on developing a mastery of the skills relating to the creation of creature, human, and mechanical puppet rigs for digital characters, as well as creating digital simulations of physical phenomena.
30 pts • (P) ANFX 201 or MDDN 432
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 431 – Lighting and Rendering / Tūrama me te Whakaritenga
In this course students will critique and analyse traditional applications of lighting such as portraiture, practical studio lighting, and cinematography. Projects will develop a mastery of digital lighting and rendering software while evidencing mastery of an individual creative focus in areas such as CG animation, games, VR, and motion capture.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 421
MDDN 432 – Motion and Performance
In this course students will analyse and create digital animated sequences with a strong focus on using character-based animation to convey compelling and emotive narratives. The course will focus on technical workflows, skills, and good practices for animating complex characters and will culminate in a final animated short.
30 pts • (P) MDDN 311
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 443 – Creative Artificial Intelligence
This course introduces the latest research practices in the data-driven creation and manipulation of digital media. It covers techniques of how to organize, represent, transform, and generate image-based media. Students will strengthen their computational skills by constructing datasets and configuring machine learning pipelines in order to produce original content.
30 pts • (X) DSDN 487 in 2018–2020
Not offered in 2023
MDDN 451 – Creative Coding for Digital Content/Waehere Auaha
This course covers computer graphics techniques that are used as current practice in the film industry. While working on projects that span a range of approaches for generating special effects, and algorithmic treatment of media, students will also review and analyse cinematic examples.
30 pts • (P) 40 300-level MDDN pts
SIDN 412 – Mātauranga Design / Hoahoa ā-Mātauranga
This course engages with Māori creativity and mātauranga Māori (Māori knowledge) in the production of both visual and material cultural design that honours our place and past in Aotearoa New Zealand. Guided by traditional Māori protocols and knowledge, students will learn how to understand and interact with Māori concepts in ways that are culturally sound and appropriate.
15 pts • (X) CCDN 412
SIDN 472 – Advanced Theory
A critical examination of theoretical and creative work at the intersections of design, culture, history, politics and ethics. Students will read and analyse a range of texts relevant to contemporary multi-disciplinary design research practice. Special focus will be given to developing, and effectively communicating, a theoretical standpoint that supports individual research interests.
30 pts • (X) CCDN 472 for 2020
Not offered in 2023
DSDN 590 – Creative Project
FILM/DSDN/NZSM/THEA 590 is a creative research project, which is the capstone of the MFA (Creative Practice) degree. The project topic and approach is developed by the student under the guidance of an academic staff member in the relevant area.
60 pts • (P) permission of Head of School
DSDN 592 – Design Research Portfolio
Master of Design Research Portfolio.
120 pts
DSDN 593 – Design Research Innovation Portfolio/Kohinga ā-Auaha Rangahau Hoahoa
This is a project-based 90-point thesis that exists within the 180-point MDI degree programme. With approval of academic staff, and in consultation with a Design Research Innovation Lab (DRIL) supervisor, students undertake a major design investigation. The final research/ design outcome should demonstrate mastery of design thinking, resolution, development and expression.
90 pts • (P) Permission of the Head of School
Information Management
See also Library and Information Studies
MMIM 581 – Special Topic: Digital Architecture
This course addresses the conceptual and design challenges involved in developing and managing digital architecture, by investigating the alignment between enterprise goals and strategy, business processes, information systems and technical infrastructure. Students learn how to analyse, model, design and evaluate digital architectures, and how to create effective architecture governance instruments.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
MMIM 590 – Case Study Project
A independent investigation of a selected information management issue as a case study.
30 pts
Not offered in 2023
Information Management and Business
INFM 571 – Guiding and Growing Digital Businesses
This course will focus on guiding and growing digital businesses, whether that be within established organisations or entrepreneurial ventures. This will include innovative digital business models and the strategies needed to support them. It will also explore the unique challenges associated with growing digital businesses including those related to user acquisition, scaling and platform management.
15 pts
INFM 572 – IT and Digital Governance
This course explores IT and digital governance, including constructing organisational information policies and practices that enable people to do their jobs while protecting privacy and confidentiality. It also includes compliance with national and international laws related to privacy, intellectual property, censorship, and access to official information. In addition to covering aspects of digital governance associated with risk-avoidance the course also covers how good governance practices can enable organisations to extract the most value from their data, information, and other digital assets.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
INFM 573 – Digital Transformation and Change
This course will explore how digital technology drives transformation and change within organisations and society and how transformation and change in those things drive change in digital technology. This will include discussion of emerging technologies, such as artificial intelligence and augmented reality and topics such as planning for change, dealing with resistance to change, and digital work.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
INFM 574 – Information Security
This course covers current information security topics from a high-level digital solution design as a managerial point of view. Students will become familiar with contemporary information security-related threats and risks for organizations as well as proven approaches, methods and techniques for secure digital solution design and information security management in organizations. They will also learn how to utilize these approaches, methods and techniques for information security assessments response and enhancement plans.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
INFM 575 – Designing for Agility
This course provides students with principles processes, and practices for the development of IT-enabled organisational agility. It covers managerial aspects of organisational design (e.g., projects, programmes, teams, IT infrastructures, digital platforms) necessary to drive agility in different types of organisations, and application of design thinking principles and methods to create innovative solutions in an agile way.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
INFM 576 – Digital Architecture
This course addresses the conceptual and design challenges involved in developing and managing digital architecture, by investigating the alignment between enterprise goals and strategy, business processes, informati information systems and technical infrastructure. Students learn how to analyse, model, design and evaluate digital architectures, and how to create effective architecture governance instruments.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
INFM 580 – Storing and Accessing Data
This course focuses on the factors organisations must consider and balance to create information architecture that take into account organisational requirements as well as user experience, computational efficiency, and data privacy and security. It also includes hands-on experience designing, implementing, and using relational databases.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
INFM 581 – Analysing Data for Decision Making
This course provides students with the ability to do basic forms of data analysis including generating frequencies, descriptive statistics, cross-tabs, and ANOVA with software commonly used for these tasks. It will also provide them with an understanding of how to select the most appropriate measures and test statistics for a given data type and question / problem, and how to communicate results verbally and visually.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
INFM 582 – Advanced Analytical Techniques
This course builds on the knowledge students gain in INFM 580 and INFM 581 by considering situations in which more complex analytical approaches may be needed to address organisational objectives. It also focusses on the legal, ethical and cultural concerns that may arise as a result of the application of such techniques and how to communicate the results of more complex forms of analysis to different target audiences.
15 pts • (P) INFM 580, 581
Not offered in 2023
INFM 583 – Automation of Analytical Processes and Machine Learning
This course builds on INFM 580, 581, and 582 to enable students to automate analytical models and develop machine learning models. Attention will be given to the types of situations in which automation and machine learning are appropriate, the data and organisational requirements for successful implementation, and how to communicate results verbally and visually.
15 pts • (P) INFM 580, 581, 582
Not offered in 2023
INFM 584 – Sustainable and Socially Responsible Business in a Digital World
A hands-on exploration of how the use and impact of digital technologies and systems relates to sustainability and socially responsible business. Topics will focus on current issues regarding both sustainability (eg clean energy, climate change, innovation, and sustainable cities) and ethics (eg inequality, digital inclusion, privacy and identity, and IT professional conduct) in the context of organisations, communities,government and society.
15 pts
INFM 585 – ST: Communicating Data for Impact
This course focuses on communicating data in a way that’s appropriate for the target audience, objective, and type of data and analysis. It covers various ways of communicating data, including with words, numbers, charts, graphs, dashboards and infographics as well as how to assemble those together to tell a larger story.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
INFM 588 – Directed Individual Study
To be determined for each individual student.
15 pts
Information Studies
INFO 520 – The Information Professions
This course explores the role of the information professions in society, focusing on the diverse nature of librarianship/information work and the key issues and trends impacting its development.
15 pts
INFO 521 – Management in Information Services
Introduces the key concepts of management and organisation theory necessary for the effective management of information services.
15 pts
INFO 522 – Information Policy Concepts, Issues and Processes
This course explores information policy concepts and issues with which information professionals need to be familiar, including the processes through which information policy and legislation are created in New Zealand, individual policies which influence information creation, access and use and the role of information professionals in information policy development.
15 pts
INFO 523 – Information Access and Use
This course covers models of information seeking behaviour and information literacy, and will equip students with the skills to assist users efficiently and effectively to access information in contexts such as libraries, museums, records management systems, and archives.
15 pts
INFO 525 – Digital Technologies for Information Professionals
A study of the technologies used for creating, storing, and disseminating information, including hardware, software, and virtual and physical environments. The student will use and evaluate technologies for information management.
15 pts
INFO 527 – Creating and Managing Metadata
An introduction to the theories, standards, and systems used for the storage and retrieval of information. Topics include metadata schemes, standards for record structure and content, and the design principles of databases used for information management and retrieval.
15 pts
INFO 528 – Research Methods for Information Management Environments
An introduction to the common forms of research for libraries, archives, records centres, and other information management environments; including quantitative, qualitative and mixed methods research, as well as the evaluation and application of such methods within the discipline.
15 pts
INFO 530 – Maori Information Sources
An introduction to the range and characteristics of Maori information sources: including oral texts, databases held by organisations such as the Waitangi Tribunal and the Dictionary of New Zealand Biography, iwi and whakapapa information.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
INFO 531 – Aotearoa New Zealand: Information Resources, Tools, Issues
An in-depth examination of the structures, institutions, resources, and tools for New Zealand studies within an historical and contemporary framework of research, access, and preservation in the cultural heritage sector and digital humanities.
15 pts
Not offered in 2023
INFO 533 – Services to Specific Groups
An examination of information-seeking behaviour in specific subject disciplines, such as law or business, or in specific groups within society, such as children and young adults, and the development and marketing of collections and services for these groups.
15 pts